1 In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. 2 This one was in the beginning with God. 3 All things were made through him, and without him there was not one thing made that has been made. 4 In him was life, and the life was the light of men. 5 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it.
6 There was a man who was sent from God, whose name was John. 7 He came as a witness to testify about the light, that all might believe through him. 8 John was not the light, but came that he might testify about the light.
9 The true light, which gives light to all men, was coming into the world. 10 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him. 11 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him. 12 But to as many as received him, who believed in his name, he gave the right to become children of God. 13 These were not born of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.
14 The Word became flesh and lived among us. We have seen his glory, glory as of the one and only who came from the Father, full of grace and truth. 15 John testified about him and cried out, saying, "This was the one of whom I said, 'He who comes after me is greater than I am, for he was before me.'" 16 For from his fullness we have all received grace after grace. 17 For the law was given through Moses. Grace and truth came through Jesus Christ. 18 No one has ever seen God; the only God, who is at the Father's side, he has made God known.
19 This is the testimony of John when the Jews sent priests and Levites to him from Jerusalem to ask him, "Who are you?" 20 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed—"I am not the Christ." 21 So they asked him, "What are you then? Are you Elijah?" He said, "I am not." They said, "Are you the prophet?" He answered, "No." 22 Then they said to him, "Who are you, so that we may give an answer to those who sent us? What do you say about yourself?" 23 He said, "I am a voice, crying in the wilderness: 'Make the way of the Lord straight,' just as Isaiah the prophet said."
24 Now some from the Pharisees were sent, 25 and they asked him and said to him, "Why do you baptize then if you are not the Christ nor Elijah nor the prophet?" 26 John answered them, saying, "I baptize with water. But among you stands someone you do not know. 27 He is the one who comes after me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie." 28 These things were done in Bethany on the other side of the Jordan, where John was baptizing.
29 The next day John saw Jesus coming to him and said, "Look, there is the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world! 30 This is the one of whom I said, 'The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me.' 31 I did not know him, but it was so that he could be revealed to Israel that I came baptizing with water." 32 John testified, saying, "I saw the Spirit coming down like a dove from heaven, and it stayed upon him. 33 I did not recognize him, but he who sent me to baptize in water said to me, 'The one on whom you see the Spirit come down and remain, he is the one who will baptize with the Holy Spirit.' 34 I have both seen and testified that this is the Son of God."
35 Again, the next day, as John was standing with two of his disciples, 36 they saw Jesus walking by, and John said, "Look, the Lamb of God!" 37 His two disciples heard him say this and they followed Jesus. 38 Then Jesus turned and saw them following him and said to them, "What are you looking for?" They replied, "Rabbi" (which is translated "Teacher"), "where are you staying?" 39 He said to them, "Come and see." Then they came and saw where he was staying; they stayed with him that day, for it was about the tenth hour.
40 One of the two who heard John speak and then followed Jesus was Andrew, the brother of Simon Peter. 41 He first found his own brother Simon and said to him, "We have found the Messiah" (which is translated "Christ"). 42 He brought him to Jesus, and Jesus looked at him and said, "You are Simon son of John. You will be called Cephas" (which is translated "Peter").
43 The next day, when Jesus wanted to leave to go to Galilee, he found Philip and said to him, "Follow me." 44 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter. 45 Philip found Nathaniel and said to him, "He of whom Moses wrote in the law, and the prophets, we have found him: Jesus son of Joseph, from Nazareth." 46 Nathaniel said to him, "Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?" Philip said to him, "Come and see." 47 Jesus saw Nathaniel coming to him and said about him, "See, a true Israelite, in whom is no deceit!" 48 Nathaniel said to him, "How do you know me?" Jesus answered and said to him, "Before Philip called you, when you were under the fig tree, I saw you." 49 Nathaniel replied, "Rabbi, you are the Son of God! You are the King of Israel!" 50 Jesus replied and said to him, "Because I said to you, 'I saw you underneath the fig tree,' do you believe? You will see greater things than this." 51 Then he said, "Truly, truly, I say to you, you will see the heavens opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of Man."
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 1:23, which is from the Old Testament.
John uses the phrase "the Word" to refer to Jesus (John 1:1, 14). John is saying that God's most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: wordofgod)
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: righteous)
When people believe in Jesus, they go from being "children of wrath" to "children of God." They are adopted into the "family of God." This is an important image that is used many times in the New Testament. (See: believe and adoption)
John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus.
Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But "very long ago" is different from "in the beginning," and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth.
This refers to Jesus. Translate as "the Word" if possible. If "Word" is feminine in your language, it could be translated as "the one who is called the Word."
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God made all things through him"
This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of "all things were made through him" is false. Alternate translation: "God did not make anything without him" or "with him there was every thing made that has been made" or "God made with him every thing that God has made"
"In him was life" is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, "light" here is a metaphor for "truth." Alternate translation: "He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God"
Here "him" refers to the one who is called the Word.
Here use a general term for "life." If you must be more specific, translate as "spiritual life."
Here "light" is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here "darkness" is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: "The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "light" is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: "show how Jesus is like the true light of God"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth.
"Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him"
The "world" is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people did not know who he really was"
"He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either"
"accept him." To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
The word "name" is a metonym that stands for Jesus's identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: "believed in him"
"he gave them the authority" or "he made it possible for them"
The word "children" is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This refers to Jesus. Translate as "the Word" if possible. If "Word" is feminine in your language, it could be translated as "the one who is called the Word." See how you translated this in John 1:1.
Here "flesh" represents "a person" or "a human being." Alternate translation: "became human" or "became a human being"
The phrase "the one and only" means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase "who came from the Father" means that he is the Father's child. Alternate translation: "the unique Son of the Father" or "the only Son of the Father"
This is an important title for God.
"full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve"
John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus's ministry will start later.
"is more important than I am" or "has more authority than I have"
Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
This word refers to God's grace that has no end.
"blessing after blessing"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This phrase refers to God the Son. Alternate translation: "the only Son, who is himself God"
The Greek word that is translated here as "only" is translated by some as "only begotten." This means the only one that comes or procedes from God. The phrases "Son" and "procedes from" can be used to express some of the meaning of the word "begotten." Alternate translation: "the only begotten God" or "the only begotten Son, who is himself God" or "the only Son who proceeds from God and is himself God"
This is an important title for God.
The word "Jews" here represents the "Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders sent"
The phrase "he did not deny" says in negative terms the same thing that "He confessed" says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
"What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?" or "What then is going on?" or "What then are you doing?"
John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
"the priests and Levites said to John"
the priests and Levites, not John
"John said"
John is saying that Isaiah's prophecy is about himself. The word "voice" here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "I am the one calling out in the wilderness"
Here the word "way" is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord's arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use"
This is background information about the people who questioned John.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story.
John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus's ministry will start later.
Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: "me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way" or "me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is a metaphor that represents God's perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins.
The word "world" is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world.
See how you translated this in John 1:15.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Possible meanings: 1) the Spirit descended in the form of a dove or 2) the Spirit descended in the way a dove descends.
The word "heaven" refers to the "sky."
"The one upon whom"
"he is the one who will baptize in the Holy Spirit"
Some copies of this text say "Son of God"; others say "chosen one of God."
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God.
This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
This is a metaphor that represents God's perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29]
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"hour 10." This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in John 1:39.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is not John the Baptist. "John" was a very common name.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is background information about Philip.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Nathaniel said to Philip"
This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No good thing can come out of Nazareth!"
This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "a completely truthful man"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is an important title for Jesus.
This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "You believe only because I said, 'I ... tree'!"
Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true.
1 Three days later, there was a wedding in Cana of Galilee, and the mother of Jesus was there. 2 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding. 3 When the wine ran out, the mother of Jesus said to him, "They have no wine." 4 Jesus said to her, "Woman, why do you come to me? My time has not yet come." 5 His mother said to the servants, "Whatever he says to you, do it."
6 Now there were six stone water pots there used for the Jewish ceremonial washing, each containing two to three metretes. 7 Jesus said to them, "Fill the water pots with water." So they filled them up to the brim. 8 Then he told the servants, "Take some out now and take it to the head waiter." So they did.
9 The head waiter tasted the water that had become wine, but he did not know where it came from (but the servants who had drawn the water knew). Then he called the bridegroom 10 and said to him, "Every man serves the good wine first and then the cheaper wine when they are drunk. But you have kept the good wine until now." 11 This first sign Jesus did in Cana of Galilee, and he revealed his glory, and his disciples believed in him. 12 After this Jesus, his mother, his brothers, and his disciples went down to Capernaum and they stayed there for a few days.
13 Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem. 14 He found sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons in the temple, and the money changers were sitting there. 15 So he made a whip of cords and drove all of them out from the temple, including both the sheep and the cattle. He scattered the coins of the money changers and turned their tables over. 16 To the pigeon sellers he said, "Take these things away from here. Stop making the house of my Father a marketplace." 17 His disciples remembered that it was written, "Zeal for your house will consume me."
18 Then the Jewish authorities responded and said to him, "What sign will you show us, since you are doing these things?" 19 Jesus replied, "Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up." 20 Then the Jewish authorities said, "This temple was built in forty-six years, and you will raise it up in three days?" 21 However, he was speaking about the temple of his body. 22 After he was raised from the dead, his disciples remembered that he said this, and they believed the scripture and this statement that Jesus had spoken.
23 Now when he was in Jerusalem at the Passover festival, many believed in his name when they saw the signs that he did. 24 But Jesus did not trust in them because he knew them all, 25 because he did not need anyone to testify to him about man, for he knew what was in man.
The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.
When Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple, he showed that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.
Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.
John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers (John 2:16) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus had talkid about the temple of his body (John 2:17 and John 2:22).
Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story.
Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43.
This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother "woman" in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "this has nothing to do with me." or "you should not tell me what to do."
The word "time" is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: "It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "75 to 115 liters"
This means "to the very top" or "completely full."
This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
This is background information.
unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
This verse is not part of the main story, but rather it gives a comment about the story.
This is a place name.
Here "his glory" refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: "showed his power"
This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation.
The word "brothers" includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus's brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple.
This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce.
People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God.
Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the "money changers."
This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple.
"Stop buying and selling things in my Father's house"
This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
This is an important title that Jesus uses for God.
This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "someone had written"
This term refers to the temple, God's house.
The word "consume" points to the metaphor of "fire." Jesus's love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him.
This refers to an event that proves something is true.
This refers to Jesus's actions against the money changers in the temple.
Jesus dared them to destroy the temple so that he could raise it up in three days. That would be the sign that he had authority to drive the sellers and animals out of the temple area. Jesus knew that they would not destroy the temple building. You can translate the words "destroy" and "raise" using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. If a command form in your language would indicate that Jesus truly intended for them to destroy the temple, it can be translated as a condition with the word "if" instead. Alternate translation: "If you destroy this temple, I will rebuild it in three days"
"cause it to stand"
"46 years ... 3 days"
The Jewish authorities misunderstood Jesus's words and thought that Jesus wanted to tear down the literal temple and build it again in three days. "Raise" is an idiom for "rebuild." Alternate translation: "you will rebuild it in three days?" or "you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!"
This is the beginning of a comment on the story. It tells about something that happens later.
This is the end of a comment on the story. It tells about something that happens later.
Here "believe" means to accept something or trust that it is true.
This refers back to Jesus's statement in John 2:19.
The word "now" introduces us to a new event in the story.
Here "name" is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed in him" or "trusted in him"
Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here the word "man" represents people in general. Alternate translation: "about people, for he knew what was in people"
1 Now there was a Pharisee whose name was Nicodemus, a Jewish leader. 2 This man came to Jesus at night and said to him, "Rabbi, we know that you are a teacher that came from God, for no one can do these signs that you do unless God is with him." 3 Jesus replied to him, "Truly, truly, unless someone is born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God."
4 Nicodemus said to him, "How can a man be born when he is old? He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he?" 5 Jesus replied, "Truly, truly, unless someone is born of water and the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. 6 That which is born of the flesh is flesh, and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. 7 Do not be amazed that I said to you, 'You must be born again.' 8 The wind blows wherever it wishes; you hear its sound, but you do not know where it comes from or where it is going. So is everyone who is born of the Spirit."
9 Nicodemus replied and said to him, "How can these things be?" 10 Jesus answered and said to him, "Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? 11 Truly, truly, I say to you, we speak what we know, and we testify about what we have seen. Yet you do not accept our testimony. 12 If I told you about earthly things and you do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? 13 No one has ascended into heaven except he who descended from heaven—the Son of Man. 14 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up, 15 so that all who believe in him may have eternal life.
16 "For God so loved the world, that he gave his only Son, that whoever believes in him will not perish but have eternal life. 17 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him. 18 He who believes in him is not condemned, but he who does not believe is already condemned because he has not believed in the name of the only Son of God. 19 This is the reason for the judgment: The light has come into the world, and men loved the darkness rather than the light because their deeds were evil. 20 For everyone who does evil hates the light, and does not come to the light, so that his deeds will not be exposed. 21 However, he who practices the truth comes to the light so that it may be plainly seen that his deeds have been done in God."
22 After this, Jesus and his disciples went into the land of Judea. There he spent some time with them and baptized. 23 Now John was also baptizing in Aenon near to Salim because there was much water there. People were coming to him and were being baptized, 24 for John had not yet been thrown in prison.
25 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew about ceremonial washing. 26 They went to John and said to him, "Rabbi, the one who was with you on the other side of the Jordan River, about whom you have testified, look, he is baptizing, and they are all going to him."
27 John replied, "A man cannot receive anything unless it has been given to him from heaven. 28 You yourselves can testify that I said, 'I am not the Christ,' but instead, 'I have been sent before him.' 29 The bride belongs to the bridegroom. Now the friend of the bridegroom, who stands and hears him, rejoices greatly because of the voice of the bridegroom. This, then, is my joy made complete. 30 He must increase, but I must decrease.
31 "He who comes from above is above all. He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth. He who comes from heaven is above all. 32 He testifies about what he has seen and heard, but no one accepts his testimony. 33 He who has received his testimony has confirmed that God is true. 34 For the one whom God has sent speaks the words of God. For he does not give the Spirit by measure. 35 The Father loves the Son and has given all things into his hand. 36 He who believes in the Son has eternal life, but the one who disobeys the Son will not see life, but the wrath of God stays on him."
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: righteous)
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus.
Here "we" is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
"born from above" or "born of God"
Possible meanings of seeing the kingdom of God are 1) seeing the place God rules over or 2) knowing what God's kingdom is like or 3) belonging to the kingdom of God.
Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: "A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!"
Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. "Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb!
"again" or "twice"
the part of a woman's body where a baby grows
You can translate this in the same way you did in John 3:3.
There are two possible meanings: 1) "baptized in water and in the Spirit" or 2) "born physically and spiritually"
Entering God’s kingdom means that the people belong to God, God rules over them, and they will live with him forever. AT: "he cannot belong to the kingdom of God"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
"You must be born from above"
In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants"
This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: "This cannot be!" or "This is not able to happen!"
Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!"
The word "you" is singular and refers to Nicodemus.
The word "you" is plural and refers either the Pharisees [John 3:1]
Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
When Jesus said "we," he was not including Nicodemus.
Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
In all three places "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general.
This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: "you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!"
spiritual things
This double negative emphasizes that he who descended from heaven is the only one who has ascended into heaven. Alternate translation: "The only one who has ascended into heaven is he who descended from heaven"
This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will "lift up" Jesus just as Moses "lifted up" the bronze serpent in the wilderness.
The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "world" is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God""'s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it"
"to punish." Usually "punish" implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
This is an important title for Jesus.
Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
The word "light" is a metaphor for God's truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The "world" is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a light has revealed God's truth to all people" or "I, who am like a light, have come into the world"
Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil.
This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that the light will not show the things he does" or "so that the light does not make clear his deeds"
This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "people may clearly see his deeds" or "everyone may clearly see the things he does"
This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in John 2:12.
This word means "springs," as of water.
a village or town next to the Jordan River
"because there were many springs in that place"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "John was baptizing them" or "he was baptizing them"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: "Then John's disciples and a Jew began to argue"
a fight using words
In this phrase, "look" is a command meaning "pay attention!" Alternate translation: "you have testified, 'Look! He is baptizing,'" or "you have testified. 'Look at that! He is baptizing,'"
"Nobody has any power unless"
Here "heaven" is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has given it to him"
This "You" is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: "You all" or "All of you"
This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him"
John the Baptist continues speaking.
Here the "bride" and "bridegroom" are metaphors. Jesus is like the "bridegroom" and John is like the friend of the "bridegroom."
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much"
The word "my" refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
"He" refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
"He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else"
John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: "He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world"
This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven"
Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: "very few people believe him"
"Anyone who believes what Jesus says"
"proves" or "agrees"
John the Baptist finishes speaking.
"This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him, speaks"
"For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit"
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
This means to be put in his power or control.
"A person who believes" or "Anyone who believes"
The abstract noun "wrath" can be translated with the verb "punish." Alternate translation: "God will continue to punish him"
1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John 2 (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were), 3 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee. 4 But it was necessary for him to go through Samaria. 5 So he came to a town of Samaria, called Sychar, near the piece of land that Jacob had given to his son Joseph. 6 The well of Jacob was there. Jesus was tired from his journey and sat by the well. It was about the sixth hour.
7 A Samaritan woman came to draw water, and Jesus said to her, "Give me some water to drink." 8 For his disciples had gone away into the town to buy food.
9 Then the Samaritan woman said to him, "How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking me, being a Samaritan woman, for something to drink?" For Jews have no dealings with Samaritans.
10 Jesus answered and said to her, "If you had known the gift of God, and who it is that is saying to you, 'Give me a drink,' you would have asked him, and he would have given you living water."
11 The woman said to him, "Sir, you do not have a bucket and the well is deep. Where then do you have the living water? 12 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, as did his sons and his livestock?"
13 Jesus replied and said to her, "Everyone who drinks from this water will be thirsty again, 14 but whoever drinks from the water that I will give him will not ever be thirsty again. Instead, the water that I will give him will become a fountain of water in him, springing up to eternal life."
15 The woman said to him, "Sir, give me this water so that I may not become thirsty and not have to come here to draw water."
16 Jesus said to her, "Go, call your husband, and come back here."
17 The woman answered and said to him, "I do not have a husband."
Jesus replied, "You have said correctly, 'I have no husband,' 18 for you have had five husbands, and the one you now have is not your husband. What you have said is true."
19 The woman said to him, "Sir, I see that you are a prophet. 20 Our fathers worshiped on this mountain, but you say that Jerusalem is the place where people have to worship."
21 Jesus said to her, "Believe me, woman, that an hour is coming when you will worship the Father neither on this mountain nor in Jerusalem. 22 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know, for salvation is from the Jews. 23 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth, for the Father is seeking such people to be his worshipers. 24 God is Spirit, and the people who worship him must worship in spirit and truth."
25 The woman said to him, "I know that the Messiah is coming (the one called Christ). When he comes, he will explain everything to us."
26 Jesus said to her, "I am he, the one speaking to you."
27 At that moment his disciples returned. Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman, but no one said, "What are you looking for?" or "Why are you speaking with her?"
28 So the woman left her water pot, went back to the town, and said to the people, 29 "Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done. This could not be the Christ, could it?" 30 They left the town and came to him.
31 In the meantime, the disciples were urging him, saying, "Rabbi, eat." 32 But he said to them, "I have food to eat that you do not know about." 33 So the disciples said to each other, "No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?"
34 Jesus said to them, "My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work. 35 Do you not say, 'There are four more months and then the harvest comes'? I am saying to you, look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest! 36 He who is harvesting receives wages and gathers fruit for everlasting life, so that he who sows and he who reaps may rejoice together. 37 For in this the saying, 'One sows, and another reaps,' is true. 38 I sent you to reap what you have not worked for. Others have labored, and you have entered into their labor."
39 Many of the Samaritans in that city believed in him because of the report of the woman who was testifying, "He told me everything that I have done." 40 So when the Samaritans came to him, they asked him to stay with them, and he stayed there two days. 41 Many more believed because of his word. 42 They said to the woman, "We no longer believe because of what you said, for we ourselves have heard, and we know that this one is indeed the Savior of the world."
43 After those two days, he departed from there for Galilee. 44 For Jesus himself declared that a prophet has no honor in his own country. 45 When he came into Galilee, the Galileans welcomed him. They had seen all the things that he had done in Jerusalem at the festival, for they had also gone to the festival.
46 Now he came again to Cana in Galilee, where he had made the water wine. There was a certain royal official whose son in Capernaum was ill. 47 When he heard that Jesus had come from Judea to Galilee, he went to Jesus and asked him to come down and heal his son, who was about to die. 48 Jesus then said to him, "Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe." 49 The royal official said to him, "Sir, come down before my child dies." 50 Jesus said to him, "Go. Your son lives." The man believed the word that Jesus spoke to him, and he went away. 51 While he was going down, his servants met him, saying that his son was living. 52 So he asked them the hour when he began to improve. They replied to him, "Yesterday at the seventh hour the fever left him." 53 Then the father realized that it was at that hour that Jesus had said to him, "Your son lives." So he himself and his whole household believed. 54 This was the second sign that Jesus did when he came out of Judea to Galilee.
John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the "living water," the one who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: believe)
Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: godly and kingdomofisrael)
Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. "The hour" in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.
Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land (John 4:20). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped (John 4:21-24).
Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God's kingdom. (See: faith)
John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: believe)
The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.
John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus's conversation with a Samaritan woman.
A long sentence begins here.
"Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this"
The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
The reflexive pronoun "himself" adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples.
You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words "Now when Jesus" in verse 1. "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is a polite request, not a command.
He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
The word "him" refers to Jesus.
This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman's surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking me, a Samaritan woman, for a drink!"
"do not associate with"
Jesus uses the metaphor "living water" to refer to the Holy Spirit, who works in a person to transform and bring new life.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are not greater than our father Jacob ... livestock!"
"our ancestor Jacob"
"drank water that came from it"
"will need to drink water again"
Here the word "fountain" is a metaphor for life-giving spring of water. Alternate translation: "the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him"
Here "life" refers to the "spiritual life" that only God can give.
In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as "Sir," which is a term of respect or politeness.
"get water" or "pull water up from the well" using a container and rope
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"You spoke well when you said" or "You chose your words skillfully when you said." Jesus is acknowledging that what she had said was strictly true but was hiding a fact about her that she expected Jesus to disapprove of. He was saying neither that it was a good thing that she had no husband nor that her answer showed that she was morally good.
Jesus said this to emphasize the words "You are right in saying, 'I have no husband'" in verse 17. He wanted the woman to know that he knew she was telling the truth.
In this context the Samaritan woman is addressesing Jesus as "sir," which is a term of respect or politeness.
"I can understand that you are a prophet"
"Our forefathers" or "Our ancestors"
To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true.
Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
This is an important title for God.
Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It also means that the Christ, the one who will save the world, will be a Jew. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: "for all people will know about God's salvation because of the Jews"
Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
"However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to"
This is an important title for God.
Possible meanings are the "spirit" here is 1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or 2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "in the Spirit and in truth" or "with the Spirit's help and in truth"
thinking correctly of what is true about God
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Both of these words mean "God's promised king."
This statement implies that he will tell them everything they need to know. Alternate translation: "he will tell us everything we need to know"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town"
It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
Possible meanings are 1) "no one asked Jesus, 'What ... looking for?' or 'Why ... her?'" or 2) "no one asked the woman, 'What ... looking for?' or asked Jesus, 'Why ... her?'"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: "Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before"
The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects "no" for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"While the woman was going into town"
"the disciples were telling Jesus" or "the disciples were encouraging Jesus"
Here Jesus is not talking about literal "food," but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in John 4:34.
The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal "food." They begin asking each other this question, expecting a "no" response. Alternate translation: "Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!"
Here "food" is a metaphor that represents "obeying God's will." Alternate translation: "Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God's will is what satisfies me"
"Is this not one of your popular sayings"
The words "fields" and "ripe for harvest" are metaphors. The "fields" represent people. The words "ripe for harvest" mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: "look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them"
Here "fruit for everlasting life" is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ's message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers"
Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
The words "sows" and "reaps" are metaphors. The one who "sows" shares the message of Jesus. The one who "reaps" helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "One person plants the seeds, and another person reaps the crops"
"you are now joining in their work"
To "believe in" someone means to "trust in" that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: "He told me many things about my life"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "word" is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: "his message"
The "world" is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: "all the believers in the world"
Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously.
from Judea
The reflexive pronoun "himself" is added to emphasize that Jesus had "declared" or said this.. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person.
"people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country" or "a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community"
Here the festival is the Passover.
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here the author starts a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
someone who is in the service of the king
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Unless ... not believe" here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: "You will believe only if you see a signs and wonders"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "word" is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: "believed the message"
This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The reflexive pronoun "himself" is used here to emphasize the word "he." If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
1 After this there was a Jewish festival, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem. 2 Now in Jerusalem by the sheep gate there is a pool, which in the Aramaic language is called Bethesda, and it has five roofed porches. 3 A large number of people who were sick, blind, lame, or paralyzed were lying there. [1]4[2]5 A certain man was there who had been sick for thirty-eight years. 6 When Jesus saw him lying there, and after he realized that he had been there a long time, he said to him, "Do you want to be healthy?" 7 The sick man replied, "Sir, I do not have anyone to put me into the pool when the water is stirred up. When I come, another steps down before me." 8 Jesus said to him, "Get up, take up your bed, and walk." 9 Immediately the man was healed, and he took up his bed and walked.
Now that day was a Sabbath. 10 So the Jews said to him who was healed, "It is the Sabbath and you are not permitted to carry your mat." 11 He replied, "He who made me healthy said to me, 'Pick up your mat and walk.'" 12 They asked him, "Who is the man that said to you, 'Pick it up and walk'?" 13 However, the one who was healed did not know who it was because Jesus had gone away secretly, for there was a crowd in the place.
14 Afterward, Jesus found him in the temple and said to him, "See, you have become healthy! Do not sin anymore, so that something worse will not happen to you." 15 The man went away and reported to the Jews that it was Jesus who had made him healthy.
16 Now because of these things the Jews persecuted Jesus, because he did these things on the Sabbath. 17 Jesus replied to them, "My Father is working even now, and I, too, am working." 18 Because of this, the Jews sought even more to kill him because he not only broke the Sabbath, but also called God his own Father, making himself equal to God.
19 Jesus answered them, "Truly, truly, the Son can do nothing of himself, except only what he sees the Father doing, for whatever the Father is doing, the Son does in the same way. 20 For the Father loves the Son and he shows him everything that he himself does, and he will show him greater works than these so that you will be amazed. 21 For as the Father raises the dead and gives them life, so also the Son gives life to anyone he wishes. 22 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son 23 so that everyone will honor the Son just as they honor the Father. The one who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father who sent him. 24 Truly, truly, he who hears my word and believes him who sent me has eternal life and will not be condemned, but he has passed from death to life.
25 "Truly, truly, I tell you the time is coming, and is now, when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live. 26 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself, 27 and the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment because he is the Son of Man. 28 Do not be amazed at this, for there is a time coming in which everyone who is in the tombs will hear his voice 29 and will come out: those who have done good to the resurrection of life, and those who have done evil to the resurrection of judgment.
30 "I can do nothing from myself. As I hear, I judge, and my judgment is righteous because I am not seeking my own will but the will of him who sent me. 31 If I should testify about myself, my testimony would not be true. 32 There is another who testifies about me, and I know that the testimony that he gives about me is true. 33 You have sent to John, and he has testified the truth. 34 But the testimony that I receive is not from man. I say these things that you might be saved. 35 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while. 36 Yet the testimony that I have is greater than that of John, for the works that the Father has given me to accomplish, the very works that I do, testify about me that the Father has sent me. 37 The Father who sent me has himself testified about me. You have neither heard his voice nor seen his form at any time. 38 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent. 39 You search the scriptures because you think that in them you have eternal life, and these same scriptures testify about me, 40 and you are not willing to come to me so that you may have life. 41 I do not receive glory from men, 42 but I know that you do not have the love of God in yourselves. 43 I have come in my Father's name, and you do not receive me. If another should come in his own name, you would receive him. 44 How can you believe, you who accept glory from one another but are not seeking the glory that comes from the only God? 45 Do not think that I myself will accuse you before the Father. The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have hoped. 46 If you believed Moses, you would believe me, because he wrote about me. 47 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?"
Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were "stirred up."
Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do.
God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever.
Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the "Son"
This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story.
This refers to after Jesus healed the official's son. See how you translated this in John 3:22.
"the Jews were celebrating a festival"
Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
a place name
roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings
"Many people"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story.
"was at the Bethesda pool" (John 5:1)
"38 years"
"he understood" or "he found out"
"Jesus said to the paralyzed man"
Here the word "sir" is a polite form of address.
This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "when the angel moves the water"
This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated "pool" in John 5:2.
"someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me"
"Stand up"
"pick up your sleeping mat, and walk"
"the man became healthy again"
The writer uses the word "now" to show that the words that follow are background information.
The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
"It is God's Day of Rest"
"The man who made me well"
"The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Jesus found the man he had healed"
The word "See" is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The writer uses the word "now" to show that the words that follow are background information.
Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche which represent the "Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
This is an important title for God.
"saying that he was like God" or "saying that he had as much authority as God"
Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him.
These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God.
"you will be surprised" or "you will be shocked"
Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
This refers to "spiritual life."
The word "for" marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father.
God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here "word" is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "anyone who hears my message"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he will not receive condemnation" or "God will not condemn him"
Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave.
This is an important title for Jesus.
The word "For" marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does.
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
This means spiritual life.
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
"This" refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
"hear my voice"
This tells what will happen to those who have done good. Alternate translation: "will rise to live" or "will rise and live"
This tells what will happen to those who have done evil. Alternate translation: "will rise to be judged" or "will rise and be judged"
The word "him" refers to God the Father.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"There is someone else who tells people about me"
This refers to God.
"what he tells people about me is true"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"I do not need people's testimony"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so God can save you"
Here "lamp" and "light" are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: "John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy"
God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
This is an important title for God.
Here Jesus says that the miracles "testify" or "tell the people" about him. Alternate translation: "what I do, shows the people that God has sent me"
The reflexive pronoun "himself" emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified.
"You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you"
Jesus speaks of people living according to God's word as if they were houses and God's word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: "You do not live according to his word" or "You do not obey his word"
"the message he spoke to you"
"you will find eternal life if you read them" or "the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life"
"you refuse to believe my message"
The word "glory" here is a metonym for the praise that people give to a person who has glory or is glorious. Alternate translation: "receive praise"
accept
This can mean 1) "you really do not love God" or 2) "you have really not received God's love."
Here the word "name" is a metonym that represents God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "with my Father's authority"
This is an important title for God.
welcome as a friend
The word "name" is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: "If another should come in his own authority"
This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "There is no way you can believe because you accept glory ... God!"
This means to trust in Jesus.
The word "glory" here is a metonym for the praise that people give to a person who has glory or is glorious. Alternate translation: "accept praise ... seeking the praise"
Here the word "hope" means "expect" or "trust," and the person who hopes in this way believes that he will receive what he hopes for. It can be stated clearly what they hoped for in Moses. Alternate translation: "whom you expect to help you" or "whom you trust to defend you before the Father you"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!"
"what I say"
1 After these things, Jesus went away to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, also called the Sea of Tiberias. 2 A great crowd was following him because they saw the signs that he was doing on those who were sick. 3 Jesus went up the mountain and there he sat down with his disciples. 4 (Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near.) 5 When Jesus looked up and saw a great crowd coming to him, he said to Philip, "Where are we going to buy bread so that these may eat?" 6 (But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do.) 7 Philip answered him, "Two hundred denarii worth of bread would not be sufficient for each one to have even a little." 8 One of the disciples, Andrew, the brother of Simon Peter, said to Jesus, 9 "There is a boy here who has five loaves of barley bread and two fish, but what are these among so many?" 10 Jesus said, "Make the people sit down." Now there was much grass in the place. So the men sat down, about five thousand in number. 11 Then Jesus took the loaves and after giving thanks, he gave it to those who were sitting. He did the same with the fish, as much as they wanted. 12 When the people were filled, he said to his disciples, "Gather up the broken pieces which remain, so that nothing will be lost." 13 So they gathered them up and filled twelve baskets with broken pieces from the five barley loaves left over by those who had eaten. 14 Then, when the people saw this sign that he did, they said, "This truly is the prophet who is to come into the world." 15 When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain by himself.
16 When it became evening, his disciples went down to the sea. 17 They got into a boat, and were going over the sea to Capernaum. It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them. 18 A strong wind was blowing, and the sea was getting rough. 19 When they had rowed about twenty-five or thirty stadia, they saw Jesus walking on the sea and coming near the boat, and they were afraid. 20 But he said to them, "It is I! Do not be afraid." 21 Then they were willing to receive him into the boat, and immediately the boat reached the land where they were going.
22 The next day, the crowd that had been standing on the other side of the sea saw that there was no other boat there except the one, and that Jesus had not entered it with his disciples but that his disciples had gone away alone. 23 However, there were some boats that came from Tiberias close to the place where they had eaten the bread loaves after the Lord had given thanks. 24 When the crowd discovered that neither Jesus nor his disciples were there, they themselves got into the boats and went to Capernaum seeking Jesus. 25 After they found him on the other side of the sea, they said to him, "Rabbi, when did you come here?" 26 Jesus replied to them, saying, "Truly, truly, you seek me, not because you saw signs, but because you ate some of the bread loaves and were filled. 27 Do not labor for the food that perishes, but labor for the food that endures to eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him." 28 Then they said to him, "What must we do, so that we may do the works of God?" 29 Jesus replied and said to them, "This is the work of God: That you believe in the one whom he has sent." 30 So they said to him, "What sign then will you do, so that we may see and believe you? What will you do? 31 Our fathers ate the manna in the wilderness, as it is written, 'He gave them bread from heaven to eat.'" 32 Then Jesus replied to them, "Truly, truly, it was not Moses who gave you the bread out of heaven, but it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven. 33 For the bread of God is that which comes down from heaven and gives life to the world." 34 So they said to him, "Sir, give us this bread always." 35 Jesus said to them, "I am the bread of life; he who comes to me will not be hungry, and he who believes in me will never be thirsty. 36 But I told you that indeed you have seen me, and you do not believe. 37 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me, and he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out. 38 For I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of him who sent me. 39 This is the will of him who sent me, that I would lose not one of all those whom he has given me, but will raise them up on the last day. 40 For this is the will of my Father, that everyone who sees the Son and believes in him would have eternal life and I will raise him up on the last day."
41 Then the Jews grumbled about him because he had said, "I am the bread that has come down from heaven." 42 They said, "Is not this Jesus son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'?" 43 Jesus replied and said to them, "Stop grumbling among yourselves. 44 No one can come to me unless the Father who sent me draws him, and I will raise him up on the last day. 45 It is written in the prophets, 'Everyone will be taught by God.' Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me. 46 Not that anyone has seen the Father, except he who is from God—he has seen the Father. 47 Truly, truly, he who believes has eternal life. 48 I am the bread of life. 49 Your fathers ate the manna in the wilderness, and they died. 50 This is the bread which comes down from heaven, so that a person may eat some of it and not die. 51 I am the living bread that came down from heaven. If anyone eats some of this bread, he will live forever. The bread that I will give is my flesh for the life of the world."
52 The Jews became angry among themselves and began to argue, saying, "How can this man give us his flesh to eat?" 53 Then Jesus said to them, "Truly, truly, unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves. 54 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life, and I will raise him up at the last day. 55 For my flesh is true food, and my blood is true drink. 56 He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him. 57 As the living Father sent me, and as I live because of the Father, so he who eats me, he will also live because of me. 58 This is the bread that has come down from heaven, not as the fathers ate and died. He who eats this bread will live forever." 59 But Jesus said these things in the synagogue while he was teaching in Capernaum.
60 Then many of his disciples who heard this said, "This is a difficult saying; who can hear it?" 61 Jesus, because he knew in himself that his disciples were grumbling at this, said to them, "Does this offend you? 62 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? 63 It is the Spirit who makes alive; the flesh profits nothing. The words that I have spoken to you are spirit, and they are life. 64 Yet there are some of you who do not believe." For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones that would not believe and who it was who would betray him. 65 He said, "It is because of this that I said to you that no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father."
66 Because of this, many of his disciples went away and no longer walked with him. 67 Then Jesus said to the twelve, "You do not want to go away also, do you?" 68 Simon Peter answered him, "Lord, to whom would we go? You have words of eternal life, 69 and we have believed and come to know that you are the Holy One of God." [1]70 Jesus said to them, "Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?" 71 Now he spoke of Judas son of Simon Iscariot, for it was he, one of the twelve, who would betray Jesus.
The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people's sins and that the world would persecute his people.
Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus's day, and so the word "bread" was their general word for "food." It is often difficult to translate the word "bread" into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus's culture. Jesus used the word "bread" to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life.
When Jesus said, "Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves," he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: flesh and blood)
Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story.
The phrase "these things" refers to the events in John 5:1-46 and introduces the event that follows.
It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: "Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples"
"A large number of people"
This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened.
The action in the story begins in verse 5.
John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread.
The reflexive pronoun "himself" makes it clear that the word "he" refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do.
The word "denarii" is the plural of "denarius." Alternate translation: "The amount of bread that costs two hundred days' wages"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Loaves of bread are lumps of dough that are shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves.
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: "these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!"
"lie down"
John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens.
While the crowd probably included women and children (John 6:4-5), here John is counting only the men.
Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves.
"he" here represents "Jesus and his disciples." Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples gave it"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
"the disciples gathered"
the food that no one had eaten
Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish
the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is the next event in the story. Jesus's disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
Use your language's way of showing that this is background information.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
A "stadium" is 185 meters. Alternate translation: "about five or six kilometers"
"Stop being afraid!"
It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: "they gladly received him into the boat"
"the Sea of Galilee"
This double negative emphasizes that the one boat is the only one that was there. Alternate translation: "there was only that one boat there"
Use your language's way of showing that this is background information.
Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before.
The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God.
To "set a seal" on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Our forefathers" or "Our ancestors"
This refers to the place where God lives.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
The "true bread" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven"
This is an important title for God.
"gives spiritual life to the world"
Here the "world" is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: "Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life"
This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus.
This is an important title for God.
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "I will keep everyone who comes to me"
Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
"my Father, who sent me"
Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: "I should keep all of them"
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "will cause them to live again"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
talked unhappily
Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35]
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: "This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!"
Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again"
This can mean 1) "pulls" or 2) "attracts."
This is an important title for God.
This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote"
The Jews thought Jesus was the "son of Joseph" (John 6:42), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders.
"I am not saying that anyone has seen the Father. Only he who is from God-he has seen the Father"
This is an important title for God.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
God gives "eternal life" to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God.
Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35]
"Your forefathers" or "Your ancestors"
This refers to physical death.
Here "bread" is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: "I am like the true bread"
"live forever." Here the word "die" refers to spiritual death.
This means "the bread that causes people to live" (John 6:35).
Here "the world" is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "that will give life to all the people in the world"
Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about "his flesh." Alternate translation: "There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!"
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here the phrases "eat the flesh" and "drink his blood" are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor clearer than Jesus did.
"you will not receive eternal life"
Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
The phrases "eats my flesh" and "drinks my blood" are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did.
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again"
"on the day when God judges everyone"
The phrases "true food" and "true drink" are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor clearer than Jesus did.
"has a close relationship with me"
The phrase "eats me" is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor clearer than Jesus did.
Possible meanings are 1) "the Father who gives life" or 2) "the Father who is alive."
This is an important title for God.
Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I am the bread that has come down from heaven"
The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor clearer than Jesus did.
Jesus spoke about himself as "this bread." Alternate translation: "He who eats me, the bread, will live forever"
Here "eats this bread" is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor clearer than Jesus did.
"the forefathers" or "the ancestors"
Here John gives background information about when this event happened.
Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
The disciples use this question to emphasize that they cannot do this. Alternate translation: "no one can hear it!" or "it is too hard to hear!"
Possible meanings are 1) "hear it" is a synecdoche for "understand it" or 2) "hear it" is a synecdoche for "agree with it"
"Does this shock you?" or "Does this upset you?"
Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: "Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!"
The word "profit" means to cause good things to happen.
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus's words in [John 6:32-58]
"What I have told you"
Possible meanings are 1) "are about the Spirit and eternal life" or 2) "are from the Spirit and give eternal life" or 3) "are about spiritual things and life."
Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen.
Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
This is an important title for God.
"follow me and receive eternal life"
Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say.
Here "his disciples" refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
This is an ellipsis for "the twelve disciples," a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: "the twelve disciples"
Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: "Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: "I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!"
Verse 71 is not part of the main story. Here John comments on what Jesus said.
1 After these things Jesus traveled about in Galilee, for he did not want to go into Judea because the Jews were seeking to kill him. 2 Now the Jewish Festival of Shelters was near. 3 His brothers therefore said to him, "Leave this place and go to Judea, so that your disciples also may see the works that you do. 4 No one does anything in secret if he himself seeks to be known openly. If you do these things, show yourself to the world." 5 For even his brothers did not believe in him. 6 Jesus therefore said to them, "My time has not yet come, but your time is always ready. 7 The world cannot hate you, but it hates me because I testify about it that its works are evil. 8 You go up to the festival; I am not going to this festival because my time has not yet been fulfilled." 9 After he said these things to them, he stayed in Galilee.
10 But when his brothers had gone up to the festival, then he also went up, not publicly but in secret. 11 The Jews were looking for him at the festival and said, "Where is he?" 12 There was much discussion among the crowds about him. Some said, "He is a good man." Others said, "No, he leads the crowds astray." 13 Yet no one spoke openly about him for fear of the Jews.
14 When the festival was already half over, Jesus went up into the temple and began to teach. 15 Then the Jews marveled, saying, "How does this man know so much? He has never been educated." 16 Jesus answered them and said, "My teaching is not mine, but is of him who sent me. 17 If anyone wishes to do his will, he will know about this teaching, whether it comes from God, or whether I speak from myself. 18 Whoever speaks from himself seeks his own glory, but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him. 19 Did not Moses give you the law? Yet none of you keeps the law. Why do you seek to kill me?" 20 The crowd answered, "You have a demon. Who seeks to kill you?" 21 Jesus answered and said to them, "I did one work, and you all marvel because of it. 22 Moses gave you circumcision (not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors), and on the Sabbath you circumcise a man. 23 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken, why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? 24 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously."
25 Some of them from Jerusalem said, "Is not this the one they seek to kill? 26 See, he speaks openly, and they say nothing to him. It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? 27 Yet we know where this one is from. But when the Christ comes, no one will know where he is from." 28 Then Jesus cried out in the temple, teaching and saying, "You both know me and know where I come from. I have not come of myself, but he who sent me is true, and you do not know him. 29 I know him because I come from him and he sent me." 30 They were trying to arrest him, but no one laid a hand on him because his hour had not yet come. 31 But many in the crowd believed in him, and they said, "When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?" 32 The Pharisees heard the crowds whispering these things about Jesus, and the chief priests and the Pharisees sent officers to arrest him. 33 Jesus then said, "I am still with you for a short amount of time, and then I go to him who sent me. 34 You will seek me but you will not find me; where I go, you will not be able to come." 35 The Jews therefore said among themselves, "Where will this man go that we will not be able to find him? Will he go to the dispersion among the Greeks and teach the Greeks? 36 What is this word that he said, 'You will seek me but will not find me; where I go, you will not be able to come'?"
37 Now on the last, great day of the festival, Jesus stood and cried out, saying, "If anyone is thirsty, let him come to me and drink. 38 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says, rivers of living water will flow from his belly." 39 But he said this about the Spirit, whom those who believed in him would receive; the Spirit had not yet been given because Jesus was not yet glorified. 40 Some of the crowd, when they heard these words, said, "This is indeed the prophet." 41 Others said, "This is the Christ." But some said, "Does the Christ come from Galilee? 42 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?" 43 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him. 44 Some of them would have arrested him, but no one laid hands on him.
45 Then the officers came back to the chief priests and Pharisees, who said to them, "Why did you not bring him?" 46 The officers answered, "Never has anyone spoken like this." 47 So the Pharisees answered them, "Have you also been deceived? 48 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? 49 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed." 50 Nicodemus (one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier) said to them, 51 "Does our law judge a man before hearing from him and knowing what he does?" 52 They answered and said to him, "Are you also from Galilee? Search and see that no prophet comes from Galilee."
53[1] [Then everyone went to his own house.
This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: christ and prophet)
Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.
This phrase and "his hour had not yet come" are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.
This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment.
Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John 7:33-34.
Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.
Jesus's brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: believe)
This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him (John 7:1). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus (John 7:13). The translator may wish to use the terms "Jewish leaders" and "Jewish people" or "Jews (leaders)" and "Jews (in general)."
Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred.
These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. "After he finished speaking with the disciples" (John 6:66-71) or "Some time later"
The reader should understand that Jesus is probably walking rather than riding on an animal or in a vehicle.
Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him"
"Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near" or "Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters"
This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
The word "works" refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word "he."
Here "the world" is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: "all people" or "everyone"
This sentence is a stop from the main story. Here John gives background information about the brothers of Jesus.
All of Jesus's brothers were younger than he was. This can be made explicit in the translation as long as it does not suggest that Jesus also had older brothers. Alternate translation: "his younger brothers"
The word "time" is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to end my work"
"any time is good for you"
Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "The people in the world cannot hate you"
"I tell them that what they are doing is evil"
Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The setting of the story has changed. Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
All of Jesus's brothers were younger than he was. This can be made explicit in the translation as long as it does not suggest that Jesus also had older brothers. Alternate translation: "when his younger brothers"
Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "very secretly"
Here the word "Jews"is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." The word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus"
Here "leads ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "he deceives the people"
This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders' surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: "It is amazing how much he knows about the scriptures!"
"but comes from God, the one who sent me"
Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
"when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie"
Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "It was Moses who gave you the law"
"obeys the law"
Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: "You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!"
"This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one is trying to kill you!"
"one miracle" or "one sign"
"you all are shocked"
Here John provides additional information about circumcision.
Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: "you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too"
"on the Jewish Day of Rest"
"If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!"
"on the Jewish Day of Rest"
Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: "Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!"
This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: "they say nothing to oppose him"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"spoke in a loud voice"
Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard"
John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: "You all know me and you think you know where I come from"
"on my own authority." See how you translated "of himself" in John 5:19.
"God is the one who sent me and he is true"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The word "hour" is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God's plan. Alternate translation: "it was not the right time to arrest him"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!"
This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"I will remain with you for only a short period of time"
Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him.
"you will not be able to come to the place where I am"
The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said among themselves"
This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine.
This "word" is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: "What is he talking about when he said"
Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
It is "great" because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
Here the word "thirsty" is a metaphor that means one's great desire for the things of God, just as one "thirsts" for water. Alternate translation: "Anyone who desires the things of God like a thirsty man desires water"
The word "drink" is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: "let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst"
"As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me"
The "rivers of living water" is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually "thirsty." Alternate translation: "spiritual life will flow like rivers of water"
Possible meanings are 1) "water that gives life" or 2) "water that causes people to live."
Here the belly represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: "from inside of him" or "from his heart"
In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about.
Here "he" refers to Jesus.
John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers"
Here the word "glorified" refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: "This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The Christ cannot come from Galilee!"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!"
The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: "Did the prophets not write in the scriptures ... was?" or "The prophets wrote in the scriptures ... was."
"where David lived"
The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: "but no one grabbed him to arrest him"
"the temple guards"
The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officers were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. Alternate translation: "We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!"
"Because they said that, the Pharisees"
"answered the officers"
The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: "You have been deceived too!"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!"
This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
"As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!"
John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information.
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man ... what he does!"
Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Do we judge a man ... does?" or "We do not judge a man ... does."
The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: "You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!"
This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: "Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures"
This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
The best early texts do not have 7:53-8:11. The ULB has set them apart in square brackets
1[1] Jesus went to the Mount of Olives. 2 Early in the morning he came to the temple again, and all the people came; he sat down and taught them. 3 The scribes and the Pharisees brought a woman caught in the act of adultery. They placed her in the middle. 4 Then they said to him, "Teacher, this woman has been caught in the act of adultery. 5 Now in the law, Moses commanded us to stone such people; what do you say about her?" 6 They said this in order to trap him so that they might have something to accuse him about, but Jesus bent down and wrote on the ground with his finger. 7 When they continued asking him questions, he stood up and said to them, "The one among you who has no sin, let him be the first to throw a stone at her." 8 Again he stooped down, and wrote on the ground with his finger. 9 When they heard it, they left one by one, beginning with the oldest. Finally Jesus was left alone, with the woman who had been in the middle. 10 Jesus stood up and said to her, "Woman, where are your accusers? Did no one condemn you?" 11 She said, "No one, Lord." Jesus said, "Neither do I condemn you. Go and sin no more."] [2]
12 Again Jesus spoke to them, saying, "I am the light of the world; he who follows me will not walk in the darkness but will have the light of life." 13 The Pharisees said to him, "You testify about yourself; your testimony is not true." 14 Jesus answered and said to them, "Even if I testify about myself, my testimony is true. I know where I came from and where I am going, but you do not know where I came from or where I am going. 15 You judge according to the flesh; I judge no one. 16 Yet if I judge, my judgment is true because I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me. 17 Yes, and in your law it is written that the testimony of two men is true. 18 I am he who testifies about myself, and the Father who sent me testifies about me." 19 They said to him, "Where is your father?" Jesus answered, "You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also." 20 He said these words in the treasury as he taught in the temple, and no one arrested him because his hour had not yet come.
21 So again he said to them, "I am going away; you will seek me and will die in your sin. Where I am going, you cannot come." 22 The Jews said, "Will he kill himself? Is that why he says, 'Where I am going you cannot come'?" 23 Jesus said to them, "You are from below; I am from above. You are of this world; I am not of this world. 24 Therefore, I said to you that you will die in your sins. For unless you believe that I AM, you will die in your sins." 25 They said therefore to him, "Who are you?" Jesus said to them, "What I have said to you from the beginning. 26 I have many things to speak and to judge about you. However, he who sent me is true; and the things that I heard from him, these things I say to the world." 27 They did not understand that he was speaking to them about the Father. 28 Jesus said, "When you have lifted up the Son of Man, then will you know that I AM, and that I do nothing of myself. As the Father taught me, I speak these things. 29 He who sent me is with me, and he has not left me alone, because I always do what is pleasing to him." 30 As Jesus was saying these things, many believed in him.
31 Jesus said to those Jews who had believed him, "If you remain in my word, then you are truly my disciples; 32 and you will know the truth, and the truth will set you free." 33 They answered him, "We are descendants of Abraham and have never been slaves of anyone; how can you say, 'You will be set free'?" 34 Jesus answered them, "Truly, truly, I say to you, everyone who commits sin is the slave of sin. 35 The slave does not remain in the house forever; the son remains forever. 36 Therefore, if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free. 37 I know that you are Abraham's descendants; you seek to kill me because my word has no place in you. 38 I say what I have seen with my Father, and you also do what you heard from your father." 39 They answered and said to him, "Our father is Abraham." Jesus said to them, "If you were Abraham's children, you would do the works of Abraham. 40 Yet, now you seek to kill me, a man who has told you the truth that I heard from God. Abraham did not do this. 41 You do the works of your father." They said to him, "We were not born in sexual immorality; we have one Father: God." 42 Jesus said to them, "If God were your Father, you would love me, for I came from God and am here; for neither have I come of myself, but he sent me. 43 Why do you not understand my words? It is because you cannot hear my words. 44 You are of your father, the devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father. He was a murderer from the beginning and does not stand in the truth because there is no truth in him. When he speaks a lie, he speaks from his own nature because he is a liar and the father of lies. 45 Yet, because I speak the truth, you do not believe me. 46 Which one of you convicts me of sin? If I speak the truth, why do you not believe me? 47 He who is of God hears the words of God; you do not hear them because you are not of God." 48 The Jews answered and said to him, "Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?" 49 Jesus answered, "I do not have a demon, but I honor my Father, and you dishonor me. 50 I do not seek my glory; there is one seeking and judging. 51 Truly, truly, I say to you, if anyone keeps my word, he will never see death." 52 The Jews said to him, "Now we know that you have a demon. Abraham and the prophets died; but you say, 'If anyone keeps my word, he will never taste death.' 53 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The prophets also died. Who do you make yourself out to be?" 54 Jesus answered, "If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing; it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God. 55 You have not known him, but I know him. If I would say, 'I do not know him,' I would be like you, a liar. However, I know him and keep his word. 56 Your father Abraham rejoiced at seeing my day; he saw it and was glad." 57 The Jews said to him, "You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?" 58 Jesus said to them, "Truly, truly, I say to you, before Abraham was, I AM." 59 Then they picked up stones to throw at him, but Jesus hid himself and went out of the temple.
Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11.
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: light and darkness and righteous)
John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for "I AM," by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: yahweh).
The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: adultery)
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
While some texts have 7:53-8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
Verse 1 tells us where Jesus went at the end of the previous chapter.
This is a general way of speaking. It means "many people."
Here the phrase "the scribes and the Pharisees" is a synecdoche that represents some of the members of these two groups. Alternate translation: "Some scribes and Pharisees brought" or "Some men who taught the Jewish laws and some who were Pharisees brought"
This is a passive statement. You may translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "a woman whom they had found committing adultery"
While some texts have 7:53-8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
"people like that" or "people who do that"
"so you tell us. What should we do about her?"
This means to use a trick question.
What they would accuse him of can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "so that they could accuse him of saying something wrong" or "so that they could accuse him of not obeying the law of Moses or the Roman law"
While some texts have 7:53-8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
The word "they" refers to the scribes and Pharisees.
The abstract noun "sin" can be expressed with the verb sin. Alternate translation: "The one among you is has never sinned" or "If any one of you has never sinned"
"let that person"
"he bent down"
While some texts have 7:53-8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
"one after another"
When Jesus called her "woman," he was not trying to make her feel insignificant. If people in your language group would think that he was doing that, this can be translated without the word "Woman."
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52]
Here the "light" is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: "I am the one who gives light to the world"
This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: "the people of the world"
This is an idiom that means "everyone who does what I teach" or "everyone who obeys me"
To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: "will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin"
The "light of life" is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: "truth that brings eternal life"
"You are just saying these things about yourself"
The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: "you cannot be your own witness" or "what you say about yourself may not be true"
"Even if I say these things about myself"
"human standards and the laws of men"
Possible meanings are 1) "I do not judge anyone yet" or 2) "I am not judging anyone now."
Possible meanings are 1) "if I judge people" or 2) "whenever I judge people"
Possible meanings are 1) "my judgment will be right" or 2) "my judgment is right."
Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father.
The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: "I am not alone in how I judge" or "I do not judge alone"
The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: "the Father who sent me also judges with me" or "the Father who sent me judges as I do"
This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses.
Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
The word "Yes" shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote"
The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: "if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true"
Jesus testifies about himself. Alternate translation: "I give evidence to you about myself"
The Father also testifies about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus's testimony is true. Alternate translation: "my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true"
This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses.
Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. "Father" is an important title for God.
This is an important title for God.
Here there is a break in Jesus's speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12]
The word "hour" is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: "it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die"
Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
Here the word "die" refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die while you are still sinful" or "you will die while you are sinning"
"you are not able to come"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said" or "The Jewish authorities said"
"You were born in this world"
"I came from heaven"
"You belong to this world"
"I do not belong to this world"
"you will die without God's forgiving your sins"
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: "I am from above."
The word "They" refers to the Jewish leaders (John 8:22).
Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "these things I say to all the people"
This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: "his Father"
This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
Jesus used the title "Son of Man" to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "lifted me, the Son of Man, up"
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus is saying, "I am the one I claim to be."
"I am only saying what my Father taught me to say." The word "Father" is an important title for God.
The word "He" refers to God.
"As Jesus spoke these words"
"many people trusted him"
This is an idiom that means "to obey Jesus." Alternate translation: "obey what I have said"
"my followers"
This is personification. Jesus speaks of "the truth" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "if you obey the truth, God will set you free"
This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: "what is true about God"
This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!"
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here the word "slave" is a metaphor. This implies that "sin" is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: "is like a slave to sin"
Here "house" is a metonym for "family." Alternate translation: "as a permanent member of a family"
This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: "the son is a member of the family forever"
It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "if the Son sets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin"
"Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "If I, the Son, set you free"
Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" or "message" of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: "you do not accept my teachings" or "you do not allow my message to change your life"
"I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father"
The Jewish leaders do not understand that by "your father" Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: "you also continue doing what your father has told you to do"
forefather
"Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God"
Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: "No! You are doing the things that your real father did"
Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: "We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children" or "We were all born from proper marriages"
Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves.
Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: "I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!"
Here "words" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "It is because you will not accept my teachings.
"You belong to your father, Satan"
Here "father" is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: "he is the one who created all lies in the beginning"
Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
"because I tell you true things about God"
Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: "None of you can show that I have ever sinned!"
"If I say things that are true"
Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: "you have no reason for not believing in me!"
Here "words" is a metonym for the "message" of God. Alternate translation: "the message of God" or "the truth that comes from God"
The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders"
The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: "We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus continues answering the Jews.
This refers to God.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "obeys my teachings" or "does what I say"
This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die spiritually"
Here "Jews" is a metonym for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jewish leaders"
"If anyone obeys my teaching"
This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: "die"
The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!"
forefather
The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You should not think that you are so important!"
The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God"
Here "word" is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: "I obey what he says to do"
This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: "what I would do during my life"
"he foresaw my coming through God's revelation and he rejoiced"
This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in John 8:12.
Here the "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him"
The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!"
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus is saying, "before Abraham existed, I existed."
The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: "Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God"
1 Now as Jesus passed by, he saw a man blind from birth. 2 His disciples asked him, "Rabbi, who sinned, this man or his parents, so that he was born blind?" 3 Jesus answered, "Neither did this man sin, nor his parents, but so that the works of God would be revealed in him. 4 We must do the works of him who sent me while it is day. Night is coming when no one will be able to work. 5 While I am in the world, I am the light of the world." 6 After Jesus said these things, he spit on the ground, made mud with the saliva, and smeared the mud on his eyes. 7 He said to him, "Go, wash in the pool of Siloam" (which is translated "Sent"). So the man went away, washed, and came back seeing. 8 Then the man's neighbors and those who had seen him previously as a beggar were saying, "Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?" 9 Some said, "It is he." Others said, "No, but he is like him." But he said, "It is me." 10 They said to him, "Then how were your eyes opened?" 11 He answered, "The man who is called Jesus made mud and smeared it on my eyes and said to me, 'Go to Siloam and wash.' So I went and washed, and I received my sight." 12 They said to him, "Where is he?" He replied, "I do not know."
13 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees. 14 Now it was the Sabbath day when Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. 15 Then again the Pharisees asked him how he had received his sight. He said to them, "He put mud on my eyes, I washed, and I now can see." 16 Some of the Pharisees said, "This man is not from God because he does not keep the Sabbath." Others said, "How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?" So there was a division among them. 17 So they asked the blind man again, "What do you say about him, since he opened your eyes?" The blind man said, "He is a prophet." 18 Now the Jews still did not believe about him that he was blind and had received his sight until they called the parents of him who had received his sight. 19 They asked the parents, "Is this your son whom you say was born blind? How then does he now see?" 20 So his parents answered them, "We know that this is our son and that he was born blind. 21 How he now sees, we do not know, and who opened his eyes, we do not know. Ask him, he is an adult. He can speak for himself." 22 His parents said these things, because they were afraid of the Jews. For the Jews had already agreed that if anyone would confess him to be the Christ, he would be thrown out of the synagogue. 23 Because of this, his parents said, "He is an adult, ask him." 24 So for a second time they called the man who had been blind and said to him, "Give glory to God. We know that this man is a sinner." 25 Then that man replied, "I do not know if he is a sinner. One thing I do know: I was blind, and now I see." 26 Then they said to him, "What did he do to you? How did he open your eyes?" 27 He answered, "I have told you already, and you did not listen! Why do you want to hear it again? You do not want to become his disciples too, do you?" 28 They insulted him and said, "You are his disciple, but we are disciples of Moses. 29 We know that God has spoken to Moses, but we do not know where this one is from." 30 The man answered and said to them, "This is remarkable, that you do not know where he is from, and yet he opened my eyes. 31 We know that God does not listen to sinners, but if someone worships God and does his will, he listens to him. 32 Since the world began it has never been heard that anyone opened the eyes of a man born blind. 33 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing." 34 They answered and said to him, "You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?" Then they threw him out.
35 Jesus heard that they had cast him out of the synagogue. He found him and said, "Do you believe in the Son of Man?" 36 He replied and said, "Who is he, Lord, that I may believe in him?" 37 Jesus said to him, "You have seen him, and it is the one who is speaking with you." 38 The man said, "Lord, I believe," and he worshiped him. 39 Jesus said, "For judgment I came into this world so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind." 40 Some of the Pharisees who were with him heard these things and asked him, "Are we also blind?" 41 Jesus said to them, "If you were blind, you would have no sin, but now you say, 'We see,' so your sin remains."
Many of the Jews of Jesus's time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: sin and lawofmoses)
The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: sabbath)
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: righteous)
Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event.
Here "Jesus" is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: "as Jesus and his disciples passed by"
This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: "Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? Did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This "We" includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to.
Here "day" and "night" are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God's work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God's work.
Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "living among the people of this world"
Here "light" is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: "the one who shows what is true, just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness"
Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: "and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud"
"smeared the mud on the man's eyes"
You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did.
A brief stop occurs here in the story. Here John explains to his readers what "Siloam" means. Alternate translation: "which means 'Sent'"
This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: "This man is the one who used to sit and beg!"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
"Then what caused you to be able to see?" or "How is it that you can see now?"
"used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud." See how you translated a similar phrase in John 9:6.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
This verse tells background information about when Jesus healed the man.
"Jewish Day of Rest"
"So the Pharisees also asked him"
This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus's signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: "A sinner can not do such signs!"
This is another word for miracles. "Signs" give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
"I think he is a prophet"
Here John stops the main story. Here here provides background information about the Jews' disbelief.
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe"
"They" refers to the Jewish leaders.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"he is a man" or "he is no longer a child"
In this verse there is a stop from the main story. Here John provides background information about the man's parents being afraid of the Jews.
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them"
This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others.
"would say that Jesus is the Christ"
Here "be thrown out of the synagogue" is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: "he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue" or "he would no longer belong to the synagogue"
"he is a man" or "he is no longer a child." See how you translated this in John 9:21.
Here, "they" refers to the Jews. (John 9:18)
This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: "In the presence of God, tell the truth" or "Speak the truth before God"
This refers to Jesus.
This refers to the man who had been blind.
The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man's amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man's statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: "It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!"
"You are following Jesus!"
The pronoun "we" is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: "but we are following Moses"
"We are sure that God has spoken to Moses"
Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: "we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority"
The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus's authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: "that you do not know where he gets his authority"
"does not answer the prayers of sinners ... God answers his prayers"
The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
"Since the beginning of time" or "As far back as anyone can remember"
This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth"
This sentence uses a double negative pattern. Alternate translation: "Only a man from God could do something like that"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: "You were born as a result of your parents' sins. You are not qualified to teach us!"
"they threw him out of the synagogue"
Jesus finds the man whom he healed (John 9:1-7) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
This means to "believe in Jesus," to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if "the Son of Man" were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of "the Son of Man." You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The "world" is a metonym for "the people who live in the world." Alternate translation: "came to live among the people of this world"
Here "seeing" is a metaphor for being able to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: "so that those who do not see spiritually may see spiritually"
When Jesus speaks here of those that see, he is speaking of those who think that they understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: "so that those who think that they see spiritually"
Here "blind" is a metaphor for not being able to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: "may never see spiritually"
Here "blind" is a metaphor for not understanding spiritual things. The Pharisees do not believe that they are spiritually blind, but they realize that Jesus might saying that they are spiritually blind, so they use this question to challenge him. Alternate translation: "and said to him, 'Are you saying that we are blind?'" or "and said to him, 'You seem to be saying that we, too, are blind.'"
Blindness is a metaphor for not understanding spiritual things, and having sin is a metonym for being guilty of sin. Alternate translation: "If you truly were spiritually blind, you would not be guilty of your sin"
Here "seeing" is a metaphor for understanding spiritual things, and "sin remaining" is a metonym for continuing to be guilty of one's sin. Alternate translation: "but since you think that you understand spiritual truth, you remain guilty of your sin"
1 "Truly, truly, I say to you, he who does not enter through the gate into the sheep pen, but climbs up some other way, that man is a thief and a robber. 2 He who enters through the gate is the shepherd of the sheep. 3 The gatekeeper opens for him. The sheep hear his voice, and he calls his own sheep by name and leads them out. 4 When he has brought out all his own, he goes ahead of them, and the sheep follow him, for they know his voice. 5 They will not follow a stranger but instead they will avoid him, for they do not know the voice of strangers." 6 Jesus spoke this parable to them, but they did not understand what these things were that he was saying to them.
7 Then Jesus said to them again, "Truly, truly, I say to you, I am the gate of the sheep. 8 Everyone who came before me is a thief and a robber, but the sheep did not listen to them. 9 I am the gate. If anyone enters in through me, he will be saved; he will go in and out and will find pasture. 10 The thief does not come except to steal and kill and destroy. I have come so that they will have life and have it abundantly. 11 I am the good shepherd. The good shepherd lays down his life for the sheep. 12 The hired servant is not a shepherd and does not own the sheep. He sees the wolf coming and abandons the sheep and escapes, and the wolf snatches them and scatters them. 13 He runs away because he is a hired servant and does not care for the sheep. 14 I am the good shepherd, and I know my own, and my own know me. 15 The Father knows me, and I know the Father, and I lay down my life for the sheep. 16 I have other sheep that are not of this sheep pen. I must bring them also, and they will hear my voice so that there will be one flock and one shepherd. 17 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life so that I may take it again. 18 No one takes it away from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have authority to lay it down, and I have authority to take it up again. I have received this command from my Father."
19 A division again occurred among the Jews because of these words. 20 Many of them said, "He has a demon and is insane. Why do you listen to him?" 21 Others said, "These are not the words of a demon-possessed man. Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?"
22 Then it was time for the Festival of the Dedication in Jerusalem. It was winter, 23 and Jesus was walking in the temple in the porch of Solomon. 24 Then the Jews surrounded him and said to him, "How long will you hold us doubting? If you are the Christ, tell us openly." 25 Jesus replied to them, "I told you, but you do not believe. The works that I do in the name of my Father, these testify concerning me. 26 Yet you do not believe because you are not my sheep. 27 My sheep hear my voice; I know them, and they follow me. 28 I give them eternal life; they will never die, and no one will snatch them out of my hand. 29 My Father, who has given them to me, is greater than all others, and no one is able to snatch them out of the hand of the Father. 30 I and the Father are one." 31 Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him. 32 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father. For which of those works are you stoning me?" 33 The Jews answered him, "We are not stoning you for any good work, but for blasphemy, because you, a man, are making yourself God." 34 Jesus answered them, "Is it not written in your law, 'I said, "You are gods"'? 35 If he called them gods, to whom the word of God came (and the scripture cannot be broken), 36 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, 'You are blaspheming,' because I said, 'I am the Son of God'? 37 If I am not doing the works of my Father, do not believe me. 38 But if I am doing them, even if you do not believe me, believe in the works so that you may know and understand that the Father is in me and that I am in the Father." 39 They tried to seize him again, but he went away out of their hand.
40 He went away again beyond the Jordan to the place where John had first been baptizing, and he stayed there. 41 Many people came to him and they said, "John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true." 42 Many people believed in him there.
When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, "I and the Father are one," the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: blasphemy and lawofmoses)
Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God's people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.
A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.
Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.
Jesus begins to speak in parables.
Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in John 9:35.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd"
This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away.
"The sheep hear the shepherd's voice"
"he walks in front of them"
"because they recognize his voice"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Possible meanings: 1) "the disciples did not understand" or 2) "the crowd did not understand."
This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The "shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. The "sheep" represent those who follow Jesus, and the "strangers" are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people.
Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here "gate" is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God's people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: "I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold"
This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "All of the teachers who came without my authority"
These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers "a thief and a robber" because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God's people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people.
Here "gate" is a metaphor. By referring to himself as "the gate," Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: "I myself am like that gate"
The word "pasture" means a grassy area where sheep eat.
In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "comes only to steal, kill, and destroy"
Here the implied metaphor is "sheep," which represents God's people. Alternate translation: "steal and kill and destroy the sheep"
The word "they" refers to the sheep. "Life" refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: "so that they will really live, lacking nothing"
Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
Here "good shepherd" is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd"
To lay down something means to give up control of it. To lay down one's life is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: "dies"
The "hired servant" is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a hired servant"
Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people.
Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers are like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, and they do not care for God's people.
Here the "good shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd"
God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. "Father" is an important title for God.
This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: "I die for the sheep"
Here "other sheep" is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews.
Here "flock" and "shepherd" are metaphors. All of Jesus's followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them.
Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
God's eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus's death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
This is an important title for God.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: "I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life"
The reflexive pronoun "myself" is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: "I myself lay it down"
"This is what my Father has commanded me to do." The word "Father" is an important title for God.
These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "Do not listen to him!"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!" or "Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!"
During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story.
Winter is the coldest time of the year. You may use your language's term for the coldest season if your reader understands that in Israel this was in December, not in June.
This is an eight-day winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: "Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard"
This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him"
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "keep us wondering" or "keep us from knowing for sure"
Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
Here "name" is a metonym for the power of God. Here "Father" is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father's power and authority. Alternate translation: "through my Father's power" or "with my Father's power"
His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: "these offer proof concerning me"
The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not my followers" or "not my disciples"
The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the "shepherd" is also implied. Alternate translation: "Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice"
Here the word "hand" is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no one will steal them away from me" or "they will remain secure forever in my care"
The word "Father" is an important title for God.
The word "hand" is a metonym that represents God's possession and protective care. Alternate translation: "steal them from my Father"
Here "are one" means they are completely united and alike. It does not mean they are the same person. Alternate translation: "I and the Father are completely united" or "I and the Father are exactly alike"
The word "Father" is an important title for God.
The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again"
Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word "Father" is an important title for God.
This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works.
The word "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish opponents replied" or "The Jewish leaders answered him"
"claiming to be God"
Jesus uses a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders should know that this is written in scripture. Alternate translation: "You should already know that it is written in your law, 'I said, "You are gods."'"
Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers "gods," perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
Jesus speaks of God's message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: "God spoke his message"
Possible meanings are 1) "no one can change the scripture" or 2) "the scripture will always be true."
Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself "the Son of God." Alternate translation: "you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, 'You are blaspheming,' when I say that I am the Son of God!"
"You are insulting God." Jesus's opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
This is an important title for God.
Here the word "believe" means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
Here "believe in" is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: "my Father and I are completely joined together as one"
The word "hand" is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "got away from them again"
Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: "to the east side of the Jordan River"
Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: "Jesus stayed there for several days"
"It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs."
These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility.
Here "believed in" means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
1 Now a certain man named Lazarus was sick. He was from Bethany, the village of Mary and her sister Martha. 2 It was Mary who anointed the Lord with myrrh and wiped his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus was sick. 3 The sisters then sent for Jesus, saying, "Lord, see, he whom you love is sick." 4 When Jesus heard it, he said, "This sickness is not to death, but instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it." 5 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus. 6 So when he heard that Lazarus was sick, Jesus stayed two more days in the place where he was. 7 Then after this, he said to the disciples, "Let us go to Judea again." 8 The disciples said to him, "Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?" 9 Jesus answered, "Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world. 10 However, if he walks at night, he will stumble because the light is not in him." 11 He said these things, and after these things, he said to them, "Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep, but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep." 12 The disciples therefore said to him, "Lord, if he has fallen asleep, he will recover." 13 Now Jesus had spoken of his death, but they thought that he was speaking about the sleep of resting. 14 Then Jesus said to them plainly, "Lazarus is dead. 15 I am glad, for your sakes, that I was not there so that you may believe. Let us go to him." 16 Thomas, who was called Didymus, said to his fellow disciples, "Let us also go so that we may die with Jesus."
17 When Jesus came, he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days. 18 Now Bethany was near Jerusalem, about fifteen stadia away. 19 Many of the Jews had come to Martha and Mary, to comfort them about their brother. 20 Then Martha, when she heard that Jesus was coming, went to meet him, but Mary was sitting in the house. 21 Martha then said to Jesus, "Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died. 22 Even now, I know that whatever you ask from God, he will give to you." 23 Jesus said to her, "Your brother will rise again." 24 Martha said to him, "I know that he will rise again in the resurrection on the last day." 25 Jesus said to her, "I am the resurrection and the life; he who believes in me, even if he dies, will live; 26 and whoever lives and believes in me will never die. Do you believe this?" 27 She said to him, "Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God, who is coming into the world." 28 When she had said this, she went away and called her sister Mary privately. She said, "The Teacher is here and is calling for you." 29 When she heard this, she got up quickly and went to him. 30 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village but was still in the place where Martha had met him. 31 So when the Jews, who were with her in the house and who were comforting her, saw Mary getting up quickly and going out, they followed her, thinking that she was going to the tomb to weep there. 32 When Mary came to the place where Jesus was and saw him, she fell down at his feet and said to him, "Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died." 33 When Jesus saw her weeping, and the Jews who came with her also weeping, he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled; 34 he said, "Where have you laid him?" They said to him, "Lord, come and see." 35 Jesus wept. 36 Then the Jews said, "See how much he loved Lazarus!" 37 But some of them said, "Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?" 38 Then Jesus again, being deeply moved in himself, went to the tomb. Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it. 39 Jesus said, "Take away the stone." Martha, the sister of Lazarus, the one who had died, said to Jesus, "Lord, by this time the body will be decaying, for he has been dead for four days." 40 Jesus said to her, "Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?" 41 So they took away the stone. Jesus lifted up his eyes and said, "Father, I thank you that you listened to me. 42 I knew that you always listen to me, but it is because of the crowd that is standing around me that I said this, so that they may believe that you have sent me." 43 After he had said this, he cried out with a loud voice, "Lazarus, come out!" 44 The dead man came out; his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth. Jesus said to them, "Untie him and let him go."
45 Then many of the Jews who came to Mary and saw what Jesus did, believed in him. 46 But some of them went away to the Pharisees and told them the things that Jesus had done.
47 Then the chief priests and the Pharisees gathered the council together and said, "What will we do? This man does many signs. 48 If we leave him alone like this, all will believe in him; the Romans will come and take away both our place and our nation." 49 However, a certain man among them, Caiaphas, who was high priest that year, said to them, "You know nothing. 50 You do not consider that it is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes." 51 Now this he said not from himself. Instead, being high priest that year, he prophesied that Jesus should die for the nation; 52 and not only for the nation, but so that the children of God who are scattered would be gathered together into one. 53 So from that day onward they planned how to put Jesus to death.
54 No longer did Jesus walk openly among the Jews, but he departed from there into the country near to the wilderness into a town called Ephraim. There he stayed with the disciples. 55 Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem from the country before the Passover in order to purify themselves. 56 They were looking for Jesus, and speaking one with another as they stood in the temple, "What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?" 57 Now the chief priests and the Pharisees had given an order that if anyone knew where Jesus was, he should report it so that they might seize him.
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: righteous)
After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: passover)
The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people's sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, "It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes" (John 11:50). He said this because he loved his "place" and "nation" (John 11:48) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people's sins.
When Martha said, "If you had been here, my brother would not have died," she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come sooner, and her brother died.
These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary.
As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story.
"asked Jesus to come"
Here "love" refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: "Death will not be the final result of this sickness"
This refers to physical death.
Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: "but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do"
This is an important title for Jesus.
This is background information.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!"
This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You know that the day has twelve hours of light!"
People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. "Light" is a metaphor for "truth." Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do.
Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
Here "night" is a metaphor that refers to one's walking without God's light.
Possible meanings are 1) "he cannot see" or "he does not have God's light."
"Has fallen asleep" is an idiom that means "has begun to sleep" or "is sleeping." Jesus meant that Lazarus had died, but the disciples did not understand this. So it is important to keep the idea of sleeping in the translation.
"Wake him out of sleep" is an idiom that means "cause someoen who is sleeping to wake up." Jesus meant that he was going to bring Lazurus back to life. But his disciples did not understand this. So it is important to keep the idea of waking him up in the translation. Alternate translation: "but I am going there to wake him up"
The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
In this verse there is a stop in the story. Here John comments on the disciples' misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep.
"So Jesus told them in words that they could understand"
Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
"for your benefit"
"that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they called Didymus"
This is a male name that means "twin."
Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before"
"about three kilometers away." A "stadium" is 185 meters.
Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: "about their younger brother"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "Your younger brother will become alive again"
"he will become alive again"
The abstract nouns "resurrection" and "life" can be stated as verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "I am the one who raises those who die and causes them to live again"
"even a person who dies will live forever, if he believes in me"
"those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God" or "those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever"
Here "die" refers to spiritual death.
"Martha said to Jesus"
Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
This is an important title for Jesus.
Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: "she went away and called her younger sister Mary"
This is a title referring to Jesus.
"is asking that you come"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
Lazarus was Mary's younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21]
John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: "he was greatly upset"
This is a milder way of asking, "Where have you buried him?"
"Jesus began to cry" or "Jesus started crying"
This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member.
This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews' surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: "He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!" or "Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!"
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "healed the eyes"
John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus.
Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: "Martha, the older sister of Lazarus"
"by this time there will be a bad smell" or "the body is already stinking"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: "I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!"
This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: "Jesus looked up toward heaven"
Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: "Father, I thank you that you have heard me" or "Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer"
This is an important title for God.
Jesus had authority to teach the people because God the Father had sent him to do that. Also where the Father sent Jesus can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "that I am here because you have sent me to them"
"After Jesus had prayed"
"he shouted"
A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face"
The word "them" refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
"Then the leaders among the priests"
The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of John 11:45-46.
It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "What are we going to do about Jesus?"
The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: "everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome"
This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: "the Roman army will come"
"destroy both our temple and our nation"
This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here.
This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what is happening" or "You speak as though you know nothing"
Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word "nation" here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation"
In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information.
The word "nation" is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel.
The words "that he should die" are understood from the previous clause. Alternate translation: "and that he should die not only for the nation"
This is an ellipsis. The word "people" is implied by the context. Alternate translation: "would be gathered into one people"
This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God's children.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim.
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and "walk openly" is a metaphor for "live where everyone could see him." Alternate translation: "live where all the Jews could see him" or "walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him"
the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: "There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time"
Here the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56.
The word "they" refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
The speakers were sure that if Jesus came to the festival the Jewish leaders would arrest him. The meaning of these rhetorical questions is not clear. Possible meanings are 1) the speakers were not sure that he would come. Alternate translation: "Do you think that he will come to the festival?" or "I do not know what to think. He might come to the festival, or he might not." 2) The speakers were sure that Jesus would not come. Alternate translation: "We can be sure that he will not come to the festival."
This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here.
1 Six days before the Passover, Jesus came to Bethany, where Lazarus was, whom Jesus had raised from the dead. 2 So they made him a dinner there, and Martha was serving, but Lazarus was one of those who were lying down at the table with Jesus. 3 Then Mary took a litra of perfume made of very precious pure nard, anointed the feet of Jesus with it, and wiped his feet with her hair. The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume. 4 Judas Iscariot, one of his disciples, the one who would betray him, said, 5 "Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?" 6 Now he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief. He had the moneybag and would steal from what was put in it. 7 Jesus said, "Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial. 8 You will always have the poor with you. But you will not always have me."
9 Now a large crowd of the Jews learned that Jesus was there, and they came, not only for Jesus, but also to see Lazarus, whom Jesus had raised from the dead. 10 The chief priests conspired together so that they might also put Lazarus to death; 11 for it was because of him that many of the Jews went away and believed in Jesus.
12 On the next day a great crowd came to the festival. When they heard that Jesus was coming to Jerusalem, 13 they took the branches of the palm trees and went out to meet him and cried out, "Hosanna! Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord, the King of Israel."
14 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it; as it was written,
15 "Do not fear, daughter of Zion;
see, your King is coming,
sitting on the colt of a donkey."
16 His disciples did not understand these things at first; but when Jesus was glorified, they remembered that these things had been written about him and that they had done these things to him. 17 Now the crowd testified that they had been with him when he called Lazarus out of the tomb and raised him up from the dead. 18 It was also for this reason that the crowd went out to meet him, because they heard that he had done this sign. 19 The Pharisees therefore said among themselves, "Look, you can do nothing good; see, the world has gone after him."
20 Now certain Greeks were among those who were going up to worship at the festival. 21 These went to Philip, who was from Bethsaida in Galilee, and asked him, saying, "Sir, we want to see Jesus." 22 Philip went and told Andrew; Andrew went with Philip, and they told Jesus. 23 Jesus answered them and said, "The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified. 24 Truly, truly, I say to you, unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies, it remains by itself alone; but if it dies, it will bear much fruit. 25 He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life. 26 If anyone serves me, let him follow me; and where I am, there will my servant also be. If anyone serves me, the Father will honor him. 27 Now my soul is troubled and what should I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? But for this reason I came to this hour. 28 Father, glorify your name." Then a voice came from heaven and said, "I have glorified it and I will glorify it again." 29 Then the crowd that stood by and heard it said that it had thundered. Others said, "An angel has spoken to him." 30 Jesus answered and said, "This voice did not come for me, but for you. 31 Now is the judgment of this world: Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out. 32 When I am lifted up from the earth, I will draw everyone to myself." 33 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die. 34 The crowd answered him, "We have heard from the law that the Christ will stay forever. How can you say, 'The Son of Man must be lifted up'? Who is this Son of Man?" 35 Jesus then said to them, "The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going. 36 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light."
Jesus said these things and then departed and hid from them. 37 Although Jesus had done so many signs before them, yet they did not believe in him 38 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled, in which he said:
"Lord, who has believed our report,
and to whom has the arm
of the Lord been revealed?"
39 For this reason they could not believe, for Isaiah had also said,
40 "He has blinded their eyes,
and he has hardened their heart,
otherwise they would see with their eyes
and understand with their hearts,
and turn, and I would heal them."
41 Isaiah said these things because he saw the glory of Jesus and spoke of him. 42 But despite that, many of the rulers believed in Jesus; but because of the Pharisees, they did not confess it so that they would not be banned from the synagogue. 43 They loved the glory that comes from people more than the glory that comes from God.
44 Jesus cried out and said, "The one who believes in me, believes not only in me but also in him who sent me, 45 and the one who sees me sees him who sent me. 46 I have come as a light into the world, so that whoever believes in me may not remain in the darkness. 47 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world. 48 The one who rejects me and who does not receive my words, has one who judges him. The word I have spoken will judge him on the last day. 49 For I did not speak for myself, but it is the Father who sent me, who has given me the command about what to say and what to speak. 50 I know that his command is eternal life, so that is what I say—just as the Father has spoken to me, so I speak."
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which is from the Old Testament.
Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.
The Jews would put oil on a person's head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person's body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person's feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULB without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15)
Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection (John 12:16).
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: and righteous)
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: "He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life." But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one's life for eternal life. (John 12:25-26).
Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event.
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "had made alive again"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
You may convert this to a the measure system used in your area. The word "litra" was used for measures of about 300 milliliters of liquids or about 300 grams of solids. Because the perfume was a liquid, the word here probably refers to the liquid measure as guessed by those who saw the size of the container.
This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India.
This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The scent of her perfume filled the house"
"the one who later enabled Jesus's enemies to seize him"
This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!"
You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: "300 denarii"
A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work.
John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here.
"he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor"
Jesus implies that the woman's actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: "Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial"
Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: "There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want"
In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: "But I will not always be here with you"
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem.
All those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: "were putting their trust in Jesus"
Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event.
"a great crowd of people"
This means "May God save us now!"
This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
Here the word "name" is a metonym for the person's authority and power. Alternate translation: "comes as the representative of the Lord" or "comes in the power of the Lord"
Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as the prophets wrote in the Scripture"
"Daughter of Zion" here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "you people of Jerusalem"
John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood.
Here the words "these things" refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when God glorified Jesus"
The words "these things" refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead.
"they heard others say that he had done this sign"
A "sign" is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the "sign" of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: "It seems like we can do nothing to stop him"
The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: "It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple"
Here "the world" is a metonym that represents
The phrase "now certain" marks the introduction of new characters to the story.
John implies that these "Greeks" were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: "Greeks ... to worship God at the Passover festival"
This was a town in the province of Galilee.
Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks' request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: "they told Jesus what the Greeks had said"
Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "God will soon honor me when I die and rise again"
Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated "Truly, truly" in John 1:51.
Here "a grain of wheat" or "seed" is a metaphor for Jesus's death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life.
Here "loves his life" means to consider one's own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: "Whoever values his own life more than the lives of others will not receive eternal life"
Here the one who "hates his life" refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever"
Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: "when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me"
Here "Father" is an important title for God.
This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: "I will not pray, 'Father, save me from this hour!'"
This is an important title for God.
Here "this hour" is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross.
Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "make your glory known" or "reveal your glory"
This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
Here "this world" is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "Now is the time for God to judge all of the people"
Here "ruler" refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan, who rules this world"
Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "When people raise me high on a cross"
Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
Here John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being "lifted up."
John interprets Jesus's words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: "He said this to let the people know how he would die"
The phrase "lifted up" means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words "on a cross." Alternate translation: "The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross"
Possible meanings are 1) "What is the identity of this Son of Man? or 2) "What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?"
Here "light" is a metaphor for Jesus's teachings which reveal the truth of God. To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor that means to live without God's truth. Alternate translation: "My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going"
The "light" is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. "sons of light" is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God's truth. Alternate translation: "While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God's truth will be in you"
This is a stop in the main story. Here John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet"
This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet's dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: "Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!"
This is a metonym that refers to the Lord's ability to rescue with power.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hardened their heart" is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to "understand with their heart" means to "truly understand." Alternate translation: "he has made them stubborn ... truly understand"
Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "and they would repent"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue"
The word "glory" here is a metonym for the praise that people give others who are glorious. Alternate translation: "They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them"
Here John returns to the main story. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: "Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered"
Here the word "him" refers to God. Alternate translation: "the one who sees me sees God, who sent me"
Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
Here the "light" is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Also, "world" is a metonym for "people." See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 8:12]
Here "darkness" is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God's truth. Alternate translation: "may not continue to be spiritually blind"
Here "the world" is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world.
Here "to judge the world" implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: "If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me"
"at the time when God judges people's sins"
This is an important title for God.
"I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever"
1 Now it was before the Festival of the Passover. Jesus knew that his hour had come to go out of this world and go to the Father. Having loved his own who were in the world, he loved them to the end. 2 Now the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus. So during dinner, 3 Jesus—who knew that the Father had given everything over into his hands and that he had come from God and was going back to God— 4 got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing. Then he took a towel and wrapped it around himself. 5 Then he poured water into a basin and began to wash the feet of the disciples and dry them with the towel that he had put around himself. 6 He came to Simon Peter, and Peter said to him, "Lord, are you going to wash my feet?" 7 Jesus answered and said to him, "What I am doing you do not understand now, but you will understand this later." 8 Peter said to him, "You will never wash my feet." Jesus answered him, "If I do not wash you, you have no share with me." 9 Simon Peter said to him, "Lord, do not only wash my feet, but also my hands and my head." 10 Jesus said to him, "He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet, but he is completely clean; you are clean, but not everyone." 11 (For Jesus knew who would betray him; that is why he said, "Not all of you are clean.")
12 So when Jesus had washed their feet and taken his garments and sat down again, he said to them, "Do you understand what I have done for you? 13 You call me 'teacher' and 'Lord,' and you are speaking correctly, because so I am. 14 If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, you should also wash the feet of one another. 15 For I have given you an example so that you should also do just as I did for you. 16 Truly, truly, I say to you, a servant is not greater than his master; nor is a messenger greater than he who sent him. 17 If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them. 18 I am not speaking about all of you; I know those whom I have chosen—but this is so that the scripture will be fulfilled: 'He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me.' 19 I tell you this now before it happens so that when it happens, you may believe that I AM. 20 Truly, truly, I say to you, whoever receives the one I send receives me, and whoever receives me receives the one who sent me."
21 When Jesus said this, he was troubled in spirit. He testified and said, "Truly, truly, I say to you that one of you will betray me." 22 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking. 23 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved, was lying down at the table against Jesus' side. 24 Simon Peter motioned to this disciple and said, "Ask him who he is speaking about." 25 So he leaned back against the side of Jesus and said to him, "Lord, who is it?" 26 Then Jesus answered, "It is the one for whom I will dip the piece of bread and give it him." So when he had dipped the bread, he gave it to Judas son of Simon Iscariot. 27 Then after the bread, Satan entered into him, so Jesus said to him, "What you are doing, do it quickly." 28 Now no one who was lying down at the table knew why he said this to him. 29 Some thought that, since Judas had the moneybag, Jesus said to him, "Buy what we need to have for the festival," or that he should give something to the poor. 30 After Judas received the bread, he went out immediately. It was night.
31 When Judas was gone, Jesus said, "Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him. 32 If God is glorified in him, God will also glorify the Son in himself, and he will glorify him at once. 33 Little children, I am with you for still a short amount of time. You will seek me, and as I said to the Jews, 'Where I am going, you cannot come.' Now I also say this to you. 34 I am giving you a new commandment, that you should love one another; as I have loved you, so also you should love one another. 35 By this everyone will know that you are my disciples, if you have love one for another."
36 Simon Peter said to him, "Lord, where are you going?" Jesus answered, "Where I am going, you cannot follow me now, but you will follow later." 37 Peter said to him, "Lord, why can I not follow you now? I will lay down my life for you." 38 Jesus answered, "Will you lay down your life for me? Truly, truly, I say to you, the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times."
The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord's supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus's sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: passover)
People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people's feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other.
John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for "I AM," by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: yahweh).
Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter
It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas.
This is an important title for God.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
John begins to give background information for a part of the story that begins in verse 4.
This word shows that the author has stopped describing the action and is about to give background information before continuing the story. You should translate using the way your language introduces background information.
The phrase "put it into the heart" is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: "the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus"
John continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4.
This is an important title for God.
Here "his hands" is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: "had given him complete power and authority over everything"
Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
John has finished giving the background to this part of the story John 13:2-3 and tells what Jesus did next.
Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples' feet.
Peter's question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: "Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here Jesus begins to speak about "washing" to mean making someone spiritually clean or pure. Since Jesus said in 13:7 that the disciples would not fully understand what was happening, translations should keep the "washing" imagery and not try to explain it in the text.
It can be stated explicitly that Jesus is talking about washing feet. Alternate translation: "If I do not wash your feet" (
The word "share" means a part of an inheritance. Here it is a metaphor meaning that Peter would not have fellowship or anything in common with Jesus. Alternate translation: "you will not be my disciple" or "you will not belong to me"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
Here Jesus speaks about "bathed" and "wash" and "clean" to mean making someone spiritually clean or pure. Since Jesus said in 13:7 that the disciples would not fully understand what was happening, translations should keep the "washing" imagery and not try to explain it in the text.
The word "but" shows the contrast between a person needing to be cleaned and a person already being being clean. In some languages "but" would not be used. Alternate translation: "He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet, because he is completely clean" or "He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet; he is completely clean"
This double negative emphasizes that to wash the feet is the only thing that he who is bathed needs. Alternate translation: "He who is bathed needs only to wash his feet" or "The only thing a person who has bathed needs is to wash his feet"
It is implied that this need concerns washing the whole body. Alternate translation: "has no need to be fully bathed" or "does not need me to wash his whole body"
Here "clean" means spiritually clean or pure. Since Jesus said in 13:7 that the disciples would not fully understand what was happening, translations should keep the "clean" imagery and not try to explain it in the text.
This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: "You need to understand what I have done for you!"
Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: "You show me great respect when you call me 'teacher' and 'Lord.'"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: "you should also humbly serve each other"
Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
"more important"
Here "bless" means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you"
With this sentence, Jesus introduces something he will tell them in verse 21 that fulfills what the scripture says. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "this is in order to fulfill the scripture"
"this scripture"
Jesus quoted the scripture that will be fulfilled. Here the phrase "eats my bread" is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase "lifted up his heel" is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that have these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: "The one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy"
"I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens"
Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus is saying, "I am the one I claim to be."
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
concerned, upset
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
"The disciples looked at each other and wondered: 'Who will betray Jesus?'"
This refers to John.
During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches.
Lying with one's head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth.
The words "Judas took" are understood from the context. Alternate translation: "Then after Judas took the bread"
This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: "Satan took control of him" or "Satan started to command him"
Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
"Do quickly what you are planning to do"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
You can translate this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "'Go and give some money to the poor'"
John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or "dark" deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: "he went out immediately into the dark night"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing"
The word "him" refers to the Son of Man. The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: "God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man"
Jesus uses the term "Little children" to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "as I said to the Jewish leaders"
Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"give up my life" or "die"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus's statement. Alternate translation: "You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!"
"you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows"
1 "Do not let your heart be troubled. You believe in God; believe also in me. 2 In my Father's house are many rooms. If it were not so, I would have told you, for I am going to prepare a place for you. 3 If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you to myself, so that where I am you will also be. 4 You know the way to where I am going." 5 Thomas said to Jesus, "Lord, we do not know where you are going; how can we know the way?" 6 Jesus said to him, "I am the way, the truth, and the life; no one comes to the Father except through me. 7 If you had known me, you would have known my Father also. From now on you know him and have seen him." 8 Philip said to Jesus, "Lord, show us the Father, and that will be enough for us." 9 Jesus said to him, "I have been with you for such a long time and you still do not know me, Philip? Whoever has seen me has seen the Father. How can you say, 'Show us the Father'? 10 Do you not believe that I am in the Father and the Father is in me? The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority, but the Father living in me is doing his work. 11 Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me, or else believe because of the works themselves. 12 Truly, truly, I say to you, he who believes in me will do the works that I do, and he will do greater works than these because I am going to the Father. 13 Whatever you ask in my name, I will do it so that the Father will be glorified in the Son. 14 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it. 15 If you love me, you will keep my commandments, 16 and I will pray to the Father, and he will give you another Comforter so that he will be with you forever— 17 the Spirit of truth. The world cannot receive him because it does not see him or know him. But you know him, for he lives with you and will be in you. 18 I will not leave you as orphans; I will come back to you. 19 Yet a short amount of time and the world will no longer see me, but you will see me. Because I live, you will also live. 20 On that day you will know that I am in my Father, and that you are in me, and that I am in you. 21 He who has my commandments and keeps them is the one who loves me, and he who loves me will be loved by my Father, and I will love him and I will show myself to him." 22 Judas (not Iscariot) said to Jesus, "Lord, why is it that you will show yourself to us and not to the world?" 23 Jesus answered and said to him, "If anyone loves me, he will keep my word. My Father will love him, and we will come to him and we will make our home with him. 24 He who does not love me does not keep my words. The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me.
25 I have said these things to you, while I am staying with you. 26 However, the Comforter—the Holy Spirit whom the Father will send in my name—he will teach you everything and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. 27 I leave you peace; I give you my peace. I do not give it as the world gives. Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid. 28 You heard that I said to you, 'I am going away, and I will come back to you.' If you loved me, you would be glad because I am going to the Father, for the Father is greater than I am. 29 Now I have told you before it happens so that, when it happens, you will believe. 30 I will no longer speak much with you, for the ruler of this world is coming. He has no power over me, 31 but in order that the world will know that I love the Father, I do just as the Father commanded me. Let us get up and go from here."
Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: heaven)
Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter (John 14:16) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of truth (John 14:17) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: holyspirit)
The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "Stop being so anxious and worried"
"There are many places to live in my Father's house"
This refers to heaven, where God lives.
This is an important title for God.
The word "room" can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The "you" is plural and refers to all his disciples.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Possible meanings of this metaphor are 1) "the way to God" or 2) "the one who takes people to God."
"how can we know how to get there?"
Possible meanings of this metaphor are 1) "the true person" or 2) "the one who speaks true words about God."
This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: "the one who can make people alive"
This double negative emphasizes that through Jesus is the only way that anyone can come to the Father. Alternate translation: "everyone comes to the Father only through me" or "the only way anyone comes to the Father is through me"
You may need to make explicit that "comes" includes the idea of living with the Father forever. Alternate translation: "No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me"
This is an important title for God.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The "Father" is an important title for God.
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus's words. Alternate translation: "Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!"
To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The "Father" is an important title for God.
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus's words to Philip. Alternate translation: "So you really should not be saying, 'Show us the Father!'"
Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus's words to Philip. Alternate translation: "You really should believe ... in me."
This is an important title for God.
"What I am telling you is not from me" or "The words I tell you are not from me"
Here "you" is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: "I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me" or "my Father and I are just as though we were one"
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus.
Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Whatever you ask, using my authority"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so I can show everyone how great my Father is"
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it" or "Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This refers to the Holy Spirit.
This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
Here the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him because they do not" or "Those who oppose God will not accept him because they do not"
Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: "leave you with no one to care for you"
Here the "world" is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "the unbelievers"
God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: "you will know that my Father and I are just like one person"
This is an important title for God.
"you and I are just like one person"
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "my Father will love anyone who loves me"
This is an important title for God.
This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus.
Here the word "show" refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: "why will you reveal yourself only to us" or "why will you only let us see how wonderful you are"
Here "world" is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "not to those who do not belong to God"
Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
"The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do"
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
This is an important title for God.
The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: "we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him"
"The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own"
"The message"
Here when Jesus says "you" he is speaking to all of his disciples.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is an important title for God.
The "world" is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God.
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid"
This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: "I am going back to the Father"
Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: "the Father has greater authority than I have here"
This is an important title for God.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in John 12:31. Alternate translation: "Satan, who rules this world, is"
Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: "Satan is coming to attack me"
Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know"
This is an important title for God.
1 "I am the true vine, and my Father is the gardener. 2 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit, and he prunes every branch that bears fruit so that it will bear more fruit. 3 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you. 4 Remain in me, and I in you. Just as a branch cannot bear fruit by itself unless it remains in the vine, so neither can you, unless you remain in me. 5 I am the vine, you are the branches. He who remains in me and I in him, he bears much fruit, for without me you can do nothing. 6 If anyone does not remain in me, he is thrown away like a branch and dries up, and they gather the branches and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up. 7 If you remain in me, and if my words remain in you, ask whatever you wish, and it will be done for you. 8 My Father is glorified in this, that you bear much fruit and so prove that you are my disciples. 9 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you. Remain in my love. 10 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love. 11 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you and so that your joy will be made full. 12 This is my commandment, that you love one another as I have loved you. 13 No one has greater love than this—that one lays down his life for his friends. 14 You are my friends if you do the things that I command you. 15 No longer do I call you servants, for the servant does not know what his master is doing. I have called you friends, for everything that I heard from my Father I have made known to you. 16 You did not choose me, but I chose you and appointed you so that you would go and bear fruit, and that your fruit should remain. This is so that whatever you ask of the Father in my name, he will give it to you. 17 These things I command you, so that you love one another. 18 If the world hates you, know that it has hated me before it hated you. 19 If you were of the world, the world would love you as its own. But because you are not of the world and because I chose you out of the world, therefore the world hates you. 20 Remember the word that I said to you, 'A servant is not greater than his master.' If they persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they kept my word, they will also keep yours. 21 They will do all these things to you because of my name, because they do not know him who sent me. 22 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin. 23 He who hates me also hates my Father. 24 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but now they have seen and hated both me and my Father. 25 But this is in order to fulfill the word that is written in their law, 'They hated me without a cause.' 26 When the Comforter comes—whom I will send to you from the Father, that is, the Spirit of truth, who goes out from the Father—he will testify about me. 27 You also must testify, because you have been with me from the beginning.
Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God.
The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
Here the "true vine" is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine that produces good fruit"
The "gardener" is a metaphor. A "gardener" is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: "my Father is like a gardener"
This is an important title for God.
Here "every branch" represents people, and "bear fruit" represents living in a way that pleases God.
"cuts off and takes away"
"trims every branch"
The implied metaphor here is the "clean branches" that have already been "pruned." Alternate translation: "It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you"
The word "you" throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus.
"If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you" or "Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you"
By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: "unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything"
The "vine" is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The "branches" is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine"
"He who stays joined to me and I stay joined to him"
The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: "you will bear much fruit"
Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the fire burns them"
Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: "ask God whatever you wish"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he will do it for you"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "It causes people to honor my Father when"
This is an important title for God.
Here "fruit" is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: "when you live in a way that pleases him"
"show you are my disciples" or "demonstrate you are my disciples"
Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here "Father" is an important title for God.
"Continue to accept my love"
When Jesus's followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: "When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love"
Here "Father" is an important title for God.
"I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you will be completely joyful" or "so that your joy may have nothing missing"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This refers to physical life.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"I have told you everything my Father told me"
Here "Father" is an important title for God.
Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: "You did not decide to become my disciples"
Here "fruit" is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "live lives that please God so that the results of what you do last forever"
Here "name" is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you"
This is an important title for God.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him
the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him
This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
Here "word" is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Remember the message that I spoke to you"
Here "my name" is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: "because you belong to me"
Jesus implies here that he has shared God's message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: "Because I have come and told them God's message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins"
"they would not be guilty of sin"
To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
This is an important title for God.
You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Because I have done the works ... they have sin, and"
"they would not be guilty of sin." See how you translated "they would not have sin" in John 15:22.
To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
You can translate this in an active form. "Word" here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy in their law"
This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God's instructions for his people.
God the Father would soon send God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
This is an important title for God.
This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me"
Here "testify" means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "You also must tell everyone what you know about me"
Some English versions of the Bible translate "must" as "will." Alternate translation: "You also will"
Here the "beginning" is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus's ministry. Alternate translation: "from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles"
1 "I have spoken these things to you so that you will not fall away. 2 They will throw you out of the synagogues. But the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God. 3 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me. 4 I have spoken these things to you so that when their hour comes, you will remember that I told you about them. I did not tell you about these things in the beginning, because I was with you. 5 But now I go to him who sent me, yet none of you asks me, 'Where are you going?' 6 But because I have said these things to you, sorrow has filled your heart. 7 But truly I tell you, it is better for you that I go away. For if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you, but if I go, I will send him to you. 8 When he comes, the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin, about righteousness, and about judgment— 9 about sin, because they do not believe in me; 10 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me; 11 and about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged. 12 I have many things to say to you, but you cannot bear them now. 13 But when he, the Spirit of truth, comes, he will guide you into all the truth, for he will not speak from himself. But he will say whatever he hears, and he will tell you things that are to come. 14 He will glorify me, because he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you. 15 Everything that the Father has is mine. Therefore, I said that the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you. 16 In a short amount of time you will no longer see me, and after another short amount of time you will see me." 17 Then some of his disciples said to one another, "What is this that he says to us, 'A short amount of time you will no longer see me and after another short amount of time you will see me,' and, 'Because I go to the Father'?" 18 Therefore they said, "What is this that he says, 'A short amount of time'? We do not know what he is talking about." 19 Jesus saw that they wanted to ask him, and he said to them, "Is this what you are asking each other, what I meant by saying, 'In a short amount of time and you will no longer see me, and again in a short amount of time and you will see me'? 20 Truly, truly, I say to you, you will weep and lament, but the world will be glad. You will be sorrowful, but your sorrow will be turned into joy. 21 When a woman gives birth she has sorrow because her hour has come, but when she has given birth to the child, she no longer remembers her tribulation because of her joy that a man has been born into the world. 22 So you have sorrow now, but I will see you again, and your heart will be glad, and no one will be able to take away your joy from you. 23 On that day you will not ask me anything. Truly, truly, I say to you, if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you. 24 Until now you have not asked anything in my name. Ask and you will receive, so that your joy will be fulfilled.
25 "I have said these things to you in figures of speech, but the hour is coming when I will no longer speak to you in figures of speech, but instead I will tell you plainly about the Father. 26 On that day you will ask in my name and I do not say to you that I will pray to the Father for you, 27 for the Father himself loves you because you have loved me and because you have believed that I came from God. 28 I came from the Father, and I have come into the world. Again, I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father." 29 His disciples said, "See, now you are speaking plainly and you are not using figures of speech. 30 Now we know that you know all things, and you do not need anyone to ask you questions. Because of this, we believe that you have come from God." 31 Jesus answered them, "Do you believe now? 32 See, the hour is coming, yes, and has indeed come, when you will be scattered, everyone to his own home, and you will leave me alone. Yet I am not alone because the Father is with me. 33 I have spoken these things to you so that you will have peace in me. In the world you have tribulation, but have courage, I have conquered the world."
Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter (John 16:7) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of truth (John 16:13) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: holyspirit)
Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. "The hour" in which people would persecute his followers (John 16:2) was days, weeks, and years long, but "the hour" in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone (John 16:32) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: prophet)
Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again.
The story that began in the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
The phrase "fall away" means "stop trusting" or "stop believing." You may need to specify the the trusting or believing is "in me" or the reason for which the hearers might "fall away." Alternate translation: "you will not stop trusting" or "you will not stop believing in me because of the difficulties you must face"
"it will someday happen that people who kill you will think they are doing something good for God."
They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
This is an important title for God.
Here "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus's followers. Alternate translation: "when they cause you to suffer"
This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus's ministry. Alternate translation: "when you first started following me"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you are now very sad"
You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "the Comforter will come to you only if I go away"
This is a title for the Holy Spirit, who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in John 14:26.
When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they were sinners.
This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in John 14:16.
This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.
"they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me"
"when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things"
This is an important title for God.
"God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world"
Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in John 12:31. Alternate translation: "because Satan, who rules this world, has"
"messages for you" or "words for you"
The word "bear" or carry here is a metaphor. Possible meanings are 1) being able to understand the words. Alternate translation: "you cannot understand them" Or 2) being able to obey the words. Alternate translation: "you cannot obey them"
This is the Holy Spirit, who will tell the people the truth about God.
The "truth" refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: "he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know"
Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: "he will say whatever God tells him to say"
Here "things of mine" refers to Jesus's teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: "he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true"
This is an important title for God.
The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true"
"Soon" or "Before much time passes"
"again, before much time passes"
There is a break in Jesus's speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus's death on the cross.
Possible meanings are 1) This could refer to Jesus's resurrection or 2) This could refer to Jesus's coming at the end of time.
This is an important title for God.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: "You are asking each other what I meant when I said, ... see me.'"
Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "but the people who oppose God will be glad"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but your sadness will become joy" or "but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you will be very happy" or "you will be very joyful"
Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me"
This is an important title for God.
Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "because you are my followers" or "on my authority"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you will become very joyful"
"in language that is not clear"
"it will soon happen"
"tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand"
This is an important title for God.
Here "name" is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "you will ask because you belong to me"
This is an important title for God.
When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and the Son are one.
After his death and resurrection, Jesus would return to God the Father.
Here "Father" is an important title for God.
The "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world.
The disciples respond to Jesus.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: "So, now you finally place your trust in me!
Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "others will scatter you"
This is an important title for God.
Here "peace" refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: "so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me"
Here "the world" refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: "I have conquered the troubles of this world"
1 After Jesus said these things, he lifted up his eyes to the heavens and said, "Father, the hour has come, glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you— 2 just as you gave him authority over all flesh so that he would give eternal life to everyone whom you have given him. 3 This is eternal life: That they know you, the only true God, and him whom you sent, Jesus Christ. 4 I glorified you on the earth. I have finished the work that you have given me to do. 5 Now, Father, glorify me along with yourself with the glory that I had with you before the world was made. 6 I revealed your name to the people whom you gave me from the world. They were yours, and you gave them to me, and they have kept your word. 7 Now they know that everything that you have given me comes from you, 8 for I have given them all the words that you gave me. They received them and truly knew that I came from you, and they believed that you sent me. 9 I pray for them. I do not pray for the world but for those whom you have given me, for they are yours. 10 Everything that is mine is yours, and yours is mine, and I am glorified in them. 11 I am no longer in the world, but these people are in the world, and I am coming to you. Holy Father, keep them in your name that you have given me so that they will be one, just as we are one. 12 While I was with them, I kept them safe in your name, which you have given me. I guarded them, and not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction, so that the scriptures would be fulfilled. 13 Now I am coming to you, but I am saying these things in the world so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves. 14 I have given them your word, and the world has hated them because they are not of the world, just as I am not of the world. 15 I do not ask for you to take them away from the world, but for you to keep them safe from the evil one. 16 They are not of the world, just as I am not of the world. 17 Set them apart by the truth. Your word is truth. 18 Just as you sent me into the world, so I have sent them into the world. 19 For their sakes I have set myself apart, so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth. 20 I pray not only for these, but also for those who will believe in me through their word 21 so that they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us so that the world will believe that you have sent me. 22 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them, so that they will be one, just as we are one: 23 I in them, and you in me—that they may be brought to complete unity, so that the world will know that you sent me, and that you have loved them just as you loved me. 24 Father, I want those you have given me to be with me where I am, and to see my glory, the glory you gave me because you loved me before the foundation of the world. 25 Righteous Father, the world did not know you, but I know you; and these know that you sent me. 26 I made your name known to them, and I will make it known so that the love with which you have loved me will be in them, and I will be in them."
This chapter forms one long prayer.
Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory (John 17:1).
Jesus existed before God created the world (John 17:5). John wrote about this in John 1:1.
Jesus is God's one and only Son (John 3:16), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
The story that began in the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: "he looked up to the sky"
This refers to the sky.
Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus.
Here the word "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: "it is time for me to suffer and die"
This refers to all people.
Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father, and also God the Son.
Here "work" is a metonym that refers to Jesus's entire earthly ministry.
Jesus had glory with God the Father "before the world was made" because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: "Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as as I was before we made the world"
This is an important title for God.
Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: "I taught who you really are and what you are like"
Here "world" is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him.
This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: "obeyed your teaching"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here the word "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "I am not praying for those who do not belong to you"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "among the people who do not belong to you"
Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
This is an important title for God.
Here the word "name" is a metonym for God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me"
Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: "I kept them safe with your protection"
This double negative emphasizes that the son of destruction was the only one who was destroyed. Alternate translation: "the only one among them who was destroyed was the son of destruction"
This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures"
These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you might give them great joy"
"I have spoken your message to them"
Here "the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "the people who oppose you ... because they do not belong to those who do not believe ... I do not belong to them"
In this passage, "the world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God.
This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: "protect them from Satan, the evil one"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase "by the truth" here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: "Make them your own people by teaching them the truth"
"Your message is true" or "What you say is true"
Here into "the world" is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "to the people of the world"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that they may also truly set themselves apart to you"
"those who will believe in me because these teach about me"
Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
This is an important title for God.
Here the "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: "the people who do not know God"
"I have honored my followers just as you have honored me"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you can unite them just as you have united us"
"that they may be completely united"
Here "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: "that all the people will know"
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves.
This is an important title for God.
Here "where I am" refers to heaven. Alternate translation: "with me in heaven"
"to see my greatness"
Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: "before the world was created" or "before you created the world"
Jesus finishes his prayer.
Here "Father" is an important title for God.
The "world" is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: "those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like"
The word "name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "I revealed to them what you are like, and I will continue to do that"
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves.
1 After Jesus spoke these words, he went out with his disciples to the other side of the Kidron Brook, where there was a garden into which he and his disciples entered. 2 Now Judas, who was going to betray him, also knew the place, for Jesus often met there with his disciples. 3 Then Judas, leading a company of soldiers and some officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, went there with lanterns, torches, and weapons. 4 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him, went forward and asked them, "Who are you looking for?" 5 They answered him, "Jesus of Nazareth." Jesus said to them, "I am." Judas, who betrayed him, was also standing with the soldiers. 6 So when he said to them, "I am," they went backward and fell to the ground. 7 Then again he asked them, "Who are you looking for?" Again they said, "Jesus of Nazareth." 8 Jesus answered, "I told you that I am. So if you are looking for me, let these go." 9 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said: "Of those whom you have given me, I lost no one." 10 Then Simon Peter, who had a sword, drew it and struck the servant of the high priest and cut off his right ear. Now the name of the servant was Malchus. 11 Jesus said to Peter, "Put the sword back into its sheath. Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?"
12 So a company of soldiers and the captain, and the officers of the Jews, seized Jesus and tied him up. 13 They led him first to Annas, for he was father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was high priest that year. 14 Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.
15 Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another disciple. Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus into the courtyard of the high priest; 16 but Peter was standing at the door outside. So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest, went out and spoke to the doorkeeper, and he brought Peter in. 17 Then the female servant, the doorkeeper, said to Peter, "Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?" He said, "I am not." 18 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves. Peter was also with them, standing there and warming himself.
19 The high priest then asked Jesus about his disciples and his teaching. 20 Jesus answered him, "I have spoken openly to the world. I was always teaching in synagogues and in the temple where all the Jews come together. I said nothing in secret. 21 Why did you ask me? Ask those who have heard me about what I said. Look, these people know what I said." 22 When Jesus had said this, one of the officers standing there struck Jesus and said, "Is that how you answer the high priest?" 23 Jesus answered him, "If I spoke wrongly, testify about the wrong, but if rightly, why do you hit me?" 24 Then Annas sent him tied up to Caiaphas the high priest.
25 Now Simon Peter was standing and warming himself. The people then said to him, "Are you not also one of his disciples?" He denied it and said, "I am not." 26 One of the servants of the high priest, who was a relative of the man whose ear Peter had cut off, said, "Did I not see you in the garden with him?" 27 Then Peter denied it again; and immediately the rooster crowed.
28 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas to the government headquarters. It was early in the morning, and they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled but would be able to eat the Passover. 29 So Pilate went out to them and said, "What accusation are you bringing against this man?" 30 They answered and said to him, "If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you." 31 Pilate therefore said to them, "Take him yourselves, and judge him according to your law." The Jews said to him, "It is not lawful for us to put any man to death." 32 They said this so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled which he had spoken to indicate by what kind of death he would die.
33 Then Pilate entered the government headquarters again and called Jesus and he said to him, "Are you the King of the Jews?" 34 Jesus answered, "Do you speak from yourself, or did others speak to you about me?" 35 Pilate answered, "I am not a Jew, am I? Your own people and the chief priests gave you over to me. What did you do?" 36 Jesus answered, "My kingdom is not of this world. If my kingdom were part of this world, then my servants would fight so that I would not be given over to the Jews. But now my kingdom is not from here." 37 Pilate then said to him, "Are you a king then?" Jesus answered, "You say that I am a king. For this purpose I have been born, and for this purpose I have come into the world, to testify to the truth. Everyone who belongs to the truth listens to my voice." 38 Pilate said to him, "What is truth?" When he had said this, he went out again to the Jews and said to them, "I find no guilt in this man. 39 But you have the custom that I release one person to you at the Passover. So do you want me to release the King of the Jews to you?" 40 Then they cried out again and said, "Not this man, but Barabbas." Now Barabbas was a revolutionary.
Verse 14 says, "Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people." The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses.
The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him (John 18:31).
No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not "of this world" (John 18:36). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words "is not of this world" as "is not from this place" or "comes from another place."
Pilate asked Jesus if he were the King of the Jews
Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas.
The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event.
This was a low place in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. It has a small stream in it only after heavy rains. Many modern English translations read, "the Kidron Valley"
This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: "where there was a grove of olive trees"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
"Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him"
"Jesus, the man from Nazareth"
The word "he" is implied in the text. Alternate translation: "I am he"
"who handed him over"
Here the word "he" is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: "I am he"
The men fell to the ground because of Jesus's power. Alternate translation: "fell down because of Jesus's power"
"Jesus, the man from Nazareth"
Here the word "he" is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: "I am he"
In this verse there is a stop in the main story. Here John gives background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture.
Here "the word" refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father"
a male servant of the high priest
the cover for a knife or sword that keeps the knife or sword from cutting the owner
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus's statement. Alternate translation: "I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!"
Here "cup" is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure.
This is an important title for God.
Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
The soldiers tied Jesus's hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: "captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew"
The doorkeeper was a woman.
The word "he" refers to the other disciple.
This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples! Are you not?"
These were the high priest's servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: "It was cold, so the high priest's servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it"
This word is used here to mark a stop in the main story. Here John adds information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire.
Here the story is about Jesus again.
This was Caiphas (John 18:13).
Here "his teaching" refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: "about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people"
You may need to make explicit that the word "world" is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration "the world" emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly.
Here "all the Jews" is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him.
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "You should not be asking me these questions!"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "That is not how you should answer the high priest!"
These words refer to moral wrong, like blasphemy, not to mere mistakes about facts.
"tell me what I said that was wrong"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here the story is about Peter again.
This word is used to mark a stop in the story. Here John tells more information about Peter.
The speaker uses a questions to somewhat cautiously make a comment. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples, are you not?"
This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express his remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "I saw you in the garden with him, did I not?"
Peter again denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Peter denied him again"
Here the writer assumes that the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: "immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen"
Here the story is about Jesus again. The soldiers and Jesus's accusers bring him to Caiaphas. This verse gives background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium.
Here it is implied that they led Jesus from Caiaphas' house. Alternate translation: "Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas' house"
Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. "they themselves remained outside Pilate's headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "This man is an evildoer, and we had to given him over to you"
This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him"
According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: "According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death"
In this verse there is a stop in the main story. Here John tells how what was said in verse 31 fulfills Scripture about Jesus.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier"
"regarding how he would die"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!"
"Your fellow Jews"
Here "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "My kingdom is not part of this world" or 2) "I do not need this world's permission to rule as their king" or "It is not from this world that I have authority to be king."
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus.
“So, you are a king?" Pilate asked this question to confirm that Jesus is calling himself a king, since Jesus said in the previous verse that he has a kingdom. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “So, you are a king.”
Here "the truth" refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: "tell people the truth about God"
This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God.
Here "voice" is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: "the things I say" or "me"
This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate's belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: "No one can know what is true!"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: "No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead"
Here John provides background information about Barabbas.
person who wants to take over the government
1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him. 2 The soldiers weaved a crown of thorns. They put it on the head of Jesus and dressed him with a purple garment. 3 They came to him and said, "Hail, King of the Jews!" and they struck him.
4 Then Pilate went outside again and said to them, "See, I am bringing him outside to you so that you will know that I find no guilt in him." 5 So Jesus came out, wearing the crown of thorns and the purple garment. Pilate said to them, "Look, here is the man!"
6 When therefore the chief priests and the officers saw Jesus, they cried out and said, "Crucify him, crucify him!"
Pilate said to them, "Take him yourselves and crucify him, for I find no guilt in him." 7 The Jews answered him, "We have a law, and according to that law he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God." 8 When Pilate heard this statement, he was even more afraid, 9 and he entered the government headquarters again and said to Jesus, "Where do you come from?" But Jesus gave him no answer. 10 Then Pilate said to him, "Are you not speaking to me? Do you not know that I have authority to release you, and authority to crucify you?" 11 Jesus answered him, "You do not have any authority over me except for what has been given to you from above. Therefore, he who gave me over to you has a greater sin." 12 At this answer, Pilate tried to release him, but the Jews cried out, saying, "If you release this man, you are not a friend of Caesar. Everyone who makes himself a king speaks against Caesar."
13 When Pilate heard these words, he brought Jesus out and sat down in the judgment seat in a place called "The Pavement," but in the Aramaic language, "Gabbatha." 14 Now it was the day of preparation for the Passover, at about the sixth hour. Pilate said to the Jews, "See, here is your king!"
15 They cried out, "Away with him, away with him; crucify him!"
Pilate said to them, "Should I crucify your King?"
The chief priests answered, "We have no king but Caesar." 16 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified.
17 Then they took Jesus, and he went out, carrying the cross for himself, to the place called "The Place of a Skull," which in the Aramaic language is called "Golgotha." 18 They crucified Jesus there, and with him two other men, one on each side, with Jesus in the middle. 19 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross. There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS. 20 Many of the Jews read this sign because the place where Jesus was crucified was near the city. The sign was written in Aramaic, in Latin, and in Greek. 21 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate, "Do not write, 'The King of the Jews,' but rather, 'This one said, "I am King of the Jews."'"
22 Pilate answered, "What I have written I have written."
23 When the soldiers crucified Jesus, they took his clothes, divided them into four shares, one for each of them; and also the tunic. Now the tunic was seamless, woven in one piece from the top. 24 Then they said to each other, "Let us not tear it, but instead let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be." This happened so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said,
"They divided my garments among themselves
and cast lots for my clothing."
This is what the soldiers did.
25 Now standing beside Jesus' cross were his mother, his mother's sister, Mary the wife of Clopas, and Mary Magdalene. 26 When Jesus saw his mother and the disciple whom he loved standing nearby, he said to his mother, "Woman, see, your son!" 27 Then he said to the disciple, "See, your mother!" From that hour the disciple took her to his own home.
28 After this, knowing that everything was now accomplished and so that the scriptures would be fulfilled, Jesus said, "I am thirsty." 29 A container full of sour wine was placed there, so they put a sponge full of the sour wine on a hyssop staff and lifted it up to his mouth. 30 When Jesus had taken the sour wine, he said, "It is finished." He bowed his head and gave up his spirit.
31 Then the Jews, because it was the day of preparation, and so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was especially important), asked Pilate to break their legs and to remove them. 32 Then the soldiers came and broke the legs of the first man and of the second man who had been crucified with Jesus. 33 When they came to Jesus, they saw that he was already dead, so they did not break his legs. 34 However, one of the soldiers pierced his side with a spear, and immediately blood and water came out. 35 The one who saw this has testified, and his testimony is true. He knows that what he said is true so that you would also believe. 36 For these things happened in order to fulfill scripture, "Not one of his bones will be broken." 37 Again, another scripture says, "They will look at him whom they pierced."
38 After these things, Joseph of Arimathea, since he was a disciple of Jesus (but secretly for fear of the Jews), asked Pilate if he could take away the body of Jesus. Pilate gave him permission. So Joseph came and took away his body. 39 Nicodemus also came, he who at first had come to Jesus by night. He brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about one hundred litras. 40 So they took the body of Jesus and wrapped it in linen cloths with the spices, as was the custom of the Jews to bury bodies. 41 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden was a new tomb in which no person had yet been buried. 42 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews and because the tomb was close by, they laid Jesus in it.
Some translations set poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to show that it is poetry. The ULB does this with the poetry in 19:24, which is from the Old Testament.
Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus.
Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar's laws (John 19:12).
The tomb in which Jesus was buried (John 19:41) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they placed the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they rolled a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, "Hail, King of the Jews." Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, "Should I crucify your king?" He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, "Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews."
These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words ("The Pavement" and "The Place of a Skull"), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
The story that began in the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here "Pilate" is a metonym for the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then Pilate's soldiers took Jesus out of the room and whipped him"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The greeting "Hail" with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king.
Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: "I see no reason to punish him"
The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See John 19:2.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders answered Pilate"
Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was "the Son of God."
This is an important title for Jesus.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!" or "Answer me!"
This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should know that I have authority to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!"
This double negative emphasizes that what has been given from above is the only thing that allows Pilate to have power. Alternate translation: "The authority you have over me is only what has been given to you from above"
The words "from above" are a euphemism for "by God. This can be stated in active form and the one who has given can be specified. Alternate translation: "what God has given you"
This is a respectful way of referring to something coming from God.
"handed me over"
Here "this answer" refers to Jesus's answer. Alternate translation: "When Pilate heard Jesus's answer"
The form of "tried" in the original indicates that Pilate tried "hard" or "repeatedly" to release Jesus. Alternate translation: "he tried hard to release Jesus" or "he tried again and again to release Jesus"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of "cried out" indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: "but the Jewish leaders kept shouting"
"you are opposing Caesar" or "you are opposing the emperor"
"claims that he is a king"
Here "he" refers to Pilate and is a metonym for the soldiers whom he ordered to bring Jesus out. Alternate translation: "Pilate ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out"
Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in a place the people called The Pavement, but"
This was the language that the Jews in Judea spoke among themselves. Some translations say "Hebrew," following the form of the Greek word.
Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
This word marks a stop in the story. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day.
"noontime"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Pilate said to the Jewish leaders"
Here "I" is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate's soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: "Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?"
Though it was Roman soldiers who actually crucified Jesus, word "them" here refers to "the Jews" [John 19:14]
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to the place that the people called 'The Place of a Skull,'"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "which in the Aramaic language they call 'Golgotha.'"
This was the language that the Jews in Judea spoke among themselves. Some translations say "Hebrew," following the form of the Greek word.
This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: "they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses"
Here "Pilate" is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here "on the cross" refers to Jesus's cross. Alternate translation: "Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus's cross"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The sign said,'Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews'"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Aramaic, Latin, and Greek"
This was the language that the Jews in Judea spoke among themselves. Some translations say "Hebrew," following the form of the Greek word.
This was the language of the Roman government.
The chief priests had to go back to Pilate's headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "The chief priests went back to Pilate and said"
Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it"
"and they also took his tunic." The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: "they kept his tunic separate"
At the end of this verse there is a break stop in the main story. John tells the reader how this event fulfills Scriture.
The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: "let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled the scripture that said" or "This happened to make the scripture come true which said"
This was how the soldiers divided Jesus's clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: "gamble"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is John, the writer of this Gospel.
Here the word "son" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: "Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you"
Here the word "mother" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: "Think of this woman as if she were your own mother"
"From that very moment"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "knowing that he had completed everything" or "he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine"
"bitter wine"
Here "they" refers to the Roman guards.
a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
"on a branch of a plant called hyssop"
John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: "He bowed his head and gave God his spirit" or "He bowed his head and died"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders"
This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
Breaking the victims' legs caused them to die almost immediately so that the soldiers could take the dead bodies off the crosses. You may need to add this information. Alternate translation: "to break their legs so they would die and to have the soldiers remove them"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they had crucified near Jesus"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written.
To "testify" means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: "has told the truth about what he has seen"
Here "believe" means to put one's trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "so that you will also put your trust in Jesus"
In this verse and the next there is a stop in the main story. John tells us about how these events fulfill what was said in Scripture.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture"
This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "No one will break any of his bones"
This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: "Joseph from the town of Arimathea"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "for fear of the Jewish leaders"
John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wanted to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial"
Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in John 3:1.
These are plant substances that smell nice and that people used to prepare a body for burial.
You may convert this to a the measure system used in your area. The word "litra" was used for measures of about 300 grams of solids or about 300 milliliters of liquids. Because myrrh and aloes were more like solids than liquids, the measurement here is probably of weight, about 30 kilograms, rather than of volume, about 30 liters.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here John marks a pause in the story. Here he provides background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now in the place where they crucified Jesus, there was a garden"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in which people had buried no one"
According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: "Because the Passover was about to begin that evening"
1 Now early on the first day of the week, while it was still dark, Mary Magdalene came to the tomb and she saw the stone rolled away from the tomb. 2 So she ran and came to Simon Peter and to the other disciple whom Jesus loved, and she said to them, "They took away the Lord out from the tomb, and we do not know where they have laid him."
3 Then Peter and the other disciple went out, and they were going to the tomb. 4 They both ran together, and the other disciple quickly ran ahead of Peter and arrived at the tomb first. 5 Then stooping down, he saw the linen cloths lying there, but he did not go inside. 6 Simon Peter then arrived after him and went into the tomb. He saw the linen cloths lying there 7 and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was folded up in a place by itself. 8 Then the other disciple, the one who first arrived at the tomb, also went in, and he saw and believed. 9 For until that time they still did not know the scripture that he should rise from the dead. 10 So the disciples went back home again.
11 But Mary was standing outside the tomb weeping. As she wept, she stooped down into the tomb. 12 She saw two angels in white sitting, one at the head, and one at the foot of where the body of Jesus had lain. 13 They said to her, "Woman, why are you weeping?"
She said to them, "Because they took away my Lord, and I do not know where they have put him." 14 When she said this, she turned around and saw Jesus standing there, but she did not know that it was Jesus.
15 Jesus said to her, "Woman, why are you weeping? Whom are you looking for?"
She thought that he was the gardener, so she said to him, "Sir, if you have taken him away, tell me where you have put him, and I will take him away."
16 Jesus said to her, "Mary."
She turned and said to him in Aramaic, "Rabboni" (which is to say "Teacher").
17 Jesus said to her, "Do not touch me, for I have not yet gone up to the Father, but go to my brothers and say to them that I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God."
18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples, "I have seen the Lord," and that he had said these things to her.
19 On the evening of that day, the first day of the week, the doors being locked where the disciples were for fear of the Jews, Jesus came and stood in the middle of them and said to them, "Peace to you." 20 After he said this, he showed them his hands and his side. The disciples rejoiced when they saw the Lord. 21 Jesus then said to them again, "Peace to you. As the Father has sent me, so I am sending you." 22 When Jesus had said this, he breathed on them and said to them, "Receive the Holy Spirit. 23 Whoever's sins you forgive, they are forgiven; whoever's sins you keep back, they are kept back."
24 Thomas, one of the twelve, called Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came. 25 The other disciples later said to him, "We have seen the Lord."
He said to them, "Unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side, I will not believe."
26 After eight days his disciples were inside again, and Thomas was with them. Jesus came while the doors were closed, and stood among them, and said, "Peace to you." 27 Then he said to Thomas, "Reach here with your finger and see my hands. Reach here with your hand and put it into my side. Do not be unbelieving, but believe."
28 Thomas answered and said to him, "My Lord and my God."
29 Jesus said to him, "Because you have seen me, you have believed. Blessed are those who have not seen, and believed."
30 Now Jesus did many other signs in the presence of the disciples, signs that have not been written in this book, 31 but these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name.
The tomb in which Jesus was buried (John 20:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
If your language uses the same word for "breath" and "spirit," be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus's breath. (See: and holyspirit)
John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means "Teacher." You should do the same, using the letters of your language.
No one is sure what Jesus's body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULB says.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus's tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULB without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
"Sunday"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "she saw that someone had rolled away the stone"
This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word "love" refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
The author uses the word "they" here to show that Mary Magdalene did not know who took the Lord away. She was probably thinking of the Jews or Romans, but it would be best to translate using your language's way of leaving the actor or actors unknown.
These words are metonyms for Jesus's dead body. Alternate translation: "the Lord's dead body ... laid it"
John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as "the other disciple," rather than including his name.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in John 20:5.
Here "his head" refers to "Jesus's head." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus's face"
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths"
John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as "the other disciple," rather than including his name in this book.
Until he saw that the tomb was empty, he did not believe that Jesus had risen from the dead, but when he saw that the tomb was empty, he did believe. Alternate translation: "he saw these things and now believed that Jesus had risen from the dead"
These words refer to the disciples. Possible meanings are 1) they did not know that that scripture exists or 2) they did not understand that that scripture said that Jesus would come alive again.
become alive again
All those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: "She saw two angels dressed in white clothing"
"They asked her"
The words "my Lord" here are a metonym for the Lord's body. Alternate translation: "Because they took away the body of my Lord, and I do not know where they have put it"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
"Jesus asked her"
Here the word "him" is a metonym that refers to Jesus's dead body. Alternate translation: "if you have taken his dead body away, tell me where you have put it, and I will take it away"
The word "Rabboni" means "teacher" in Aramaic.
This was the language that the Jews in Judea spoke among themselves. Some translations say "Hebrew," following the form of the Greek word.
Jesus used the word "brothers" to refer to his disciples.
Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God"
These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God.
Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: "Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them"
It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
This refers to Sunday.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the disciples had locked the doors where they were"
Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: "because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them"
This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace" .
Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: "he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side"
This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace."
This is an important title for God.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive them"
"If you do not forgive another's sins"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will not forgive them"
This is a male name that means "twin." See how this name is translated in [John 11:15]
The word "him" refers to Thomas.
You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "I will believe only if I see ... his side"
The word "his" refers to Jesus.
The word "his" refers to Jesus.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when they had locked the doors"
This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace" .
Jesus uses the double negative "Do not be unbelieving" to emphasize the words that follow, "but believe." If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: "This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe"
Here "believe" means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "put your trust in me"
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: "you have believed that I am alive"
This means "God gives great happiness to those."
This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: "who have not seen me alive"
As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did.
The word "signs" refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "signs that the author did not write about in this book"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but the author wrote about these signs"
This is an important title for Jesus.
Here "life" is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: "you may have life because of Jesus"
This refers to spiritual life.
1 After these things Jesus revealed himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. This is how he revealed himself: 2 Simon Peter was together with Thomas called Didymus, Nathaniel from Cana in Galilee, the sons of Zebedee, and two other disciples of Jesus. 3 Simon Peter said to them, "I am going fishing." They said to him, "We, too, will come with you." They went and got into a boat, but they caught nothing during the whole night.
4 Now, when it was already early in the morning, Jesus stood on the beach, but the disciples did not know it was Jesus. 5 So Jesus said to them, "Young men, do you have anything to eat?"
They answered him, "No."
6 He said to them, "Throw your net on the right side of the boat, and you will find some." So they threw their net and were not able to draw it in because of the large number of fish.
7 Then the disciple whom Jesus loved said to Peter, "It is the Lord." When Simon Peter heard that it was the Lord, he tied up his outer garment (for he was undressed), and threw himself into the sea. 8 The other disciples came in the boat (for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off), and they were pulling the net full of fish. 9 When they got out upon the land, they saw a charcoal fire there and fish laid on it, with bread.
10 Jesus said to them, "Bring some of the fish that you have just caught." 11 Simon Peter then went up and drew the net to land, full of large fish, 153 of them, but even with so many, the net was not torn. 12 Jesus said to them, "Come and eat breakfast." None of the disciples dared ask him, "Who are you?" They knew it was the Lord. 13 Jesus came, took the bread, and gave it to them, and the fish also. 14 This was the third time that Jesus revealed himself to the disciples after he had risen from the dead.
15 After they ate breakfast, Jesus said to Simon Peter, "Simon son of John, do you love me more than these?"
Peter said to him, "Yes Lord, you know that I love you."
Jesus said to him, "Feed my lambs."
16 He said to him again a second time, "Simon son of John, do you love me?"
Peter said to him, "Yes Lord, you know that I love you."
Jesus said to him, "Shepherd my sheep."
17 He said to him a third time, "Simon son of John, do you love me?"
Peter was sorrowful because Jesus had said to him a third time, "Do you love me?" He said to him, "Lord, you know all things, you know that I love you."
Jesus said to him, "Feed my sheep. 18 Truly, truly, I say to you, when you were young, you used to gird yourself and walk wherever you wanted, but when you become old, you will stretch out your hands, and someone else will gird you and carry you where you will not want to go."
19 Now Jesus said this in order to indicate with what kind of death Peter would glorify God. After he had said this, he said to Peter, "Follow me."
20 Peter turned around and saw the disciple whom Jesus loved following them, the one who had also leaned back against the side of Jesus at the dinner and who had said, "Lord, who is the one who will betray you?" 21 Peter saw him and then said to Jesus, "Lord, what will this man do?"
22 Jesus said to him, "If I want him to stay until I come, what is that to you? Follow me."
23 So this statement spread among the brothers, that that disciple would not die. Yet Jesus did not say to Peter that the other disciple would not die, but, "If I want him to stay until I come, what is that to you?"
24 This is the disciple who testifies about these things, and who wrote these things, and we know that his testimony is true. 25 There are also many other things that Jesus did. If each one were written down, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that would be written.
Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep
Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears.
"Some time later"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "with Thomas whom we called Didymus"
This is a male name that means "twin." See how this name is translated in [John 11:15]
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This is a term of endearment that means "My dear friends."
Here "some" refers to fish. Alternate translation: "you will catch some fish in your net"
"pull the net in"
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
"he secured his outer garment around him" or "he put on his tunic"
This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: "for he had taken off some of his clothes"
Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: "jumped into the sea and swam to shore"
This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly.
This is background information.
"90 meters." A cubit was a little less than half a meter.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
This page has intentionally been left blank.
Here "went up" means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: "So Simon Peter went back to the boat"
"pulled the net to the shore"
You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: "the net did not break"
"full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three." There were 153 large fish.
the morning meal
This page has intentionally been left blank.
You can translate this ordinal term as "time number 3."
Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves.
When Peter answers, he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
Here "lambs" is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Feed the people I care for"
The kind of love that comes from God is focused on having good things happen to others even when those good things do not happen to the one who loves.
"Take care of my sheep." Here "sheep" is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for"
The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus. Here "a third time" means "time number 3." Alternate translation: "Jesus said to him a third time"
This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
Here "sheep" is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for"
See how you translated this in John 1:51.
Here girding is a metonym for dressing and being ready for action. Alternate translation: "you used to dress yourself ... someone else will dress you"
John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story.
Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: "to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God"
Here the word "follow" means "to be a disciple." Alternate translation: "Keep on being my disciple"
John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
This is a reference to the Last Supper (John 13).
Here "him" refers to "the disciple whom Jesus loved."
Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: "Lord, what will happen to this man?"
"Jesus said to Peter"
Here "him" refers to the "disciple whom Jesus loved" in John 21:20.
This refers to Jesus's second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: "that is not your concern." or "you should not be concerned about that."
Here "the brothers" refers to all the followers of Jesus.
This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book.
"the disciple John"
Here "testifies" means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: "who has seen all these things"
Here "we" refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "we who trust in Jesus know"
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "If someone wrote down all of them"
John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books.
You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the books that people could write about what he did"
1 Mwanzoni kulikuwako Neno, na Neno alikuwa pamoja na Mungu, na Neno alikuwa Mungu. 2 Huyu, Neno, Mwanzoni alikuwa pamoja na Mungu. 3 Vitu vyote vilifanyika kupitia yeye, na pasipo yeye hakuna hata kitu kimoja kilichokuwa kimefanyika. 4 Ndani yake kulikuwa uzima, na huo uzima ulikuwa nuru ya wanadamu wote. 5 Nuru yang'aa gizani, wala giza halikuizimisha. 6 Palikuwa na mtu aliyetumwa kutoka kwa Mungu, ambaye jina lake alikuwa Yohana. 7 Alikuja kama shahidi kushuhudia kuhusu ile nuru, ili kwamba wote waweze kuamini kupitia yeye. 8 Yohana hakuwa ile nuru, bali alikuja ili ashuhudie kuhusu ile nuru 9 Hiyo ilikuwa nuru ya kweli ambayo ilikuwa inakuja katika dunia nayo humtia nuru kila mmoja 10 Alikuwa katika dunia, na dunia iliumbwa kupitia yeye, na dunia haikumjua. 11 Alikuja kwa vitu vyake, na watu wake hawakumpokea. 12 Bali kwa wale wengi waliompokea, ambao waliamini jina lake, kwa hao aliwapa haki ya kuwa wana wa Mungu, 13 Ambao walizaliwa, sio kwa damu, wala kwa mapenzi ya mwili, wala kwa mapenzi ya mtu, bali kwa Mungu mwenyewe. 14 Naye Neno alifanyika mwili na akaishi miongoni mwetu, tumeuona utukufu wake, utukufu kama wa mtu pekee wa kipekee aliyekuja kutoka kwa Baba, amejaa neema na kweli. 15 Yohana alishuhudia kuhusu yeye, na alipaza sauti akisema, "Huyu ndiye ambaye nilisema habari zake nikisema, "Yule ajaye baada yangu ni mkuu kuliko mimi, kwa sababu amekuwako kabla yangu." 16 Kwa kuwa kutoka katika utimilifu wake, sisi sote tumepokea bure kipawa baada ya kipawa. 17 Kwa kuwa sheria ililetwa kupitia Musa. Neema na kweli vilikuja kupitia Yesu Kristo. 18 Hakuna mwanadamu aliyemwona Mungu wakati wowote. Mtu pekee ambaye ni Mungu, aliye katika kifua cha Baba, amemfanya yeye ajulikane. 19 Na huu ndio ushuhuda wa Yohana wakati makuhani na walawi waliotumwa kwake na Wayahudi kumwuliza, "Wewe ni nani?" 20 Bila kusitasita na hakukana, bali alijibu, "Mimi sio Kristo." 21 Hivyo wakamuuliza, "kwa hiyo wewe ni nani sasa?" Wewe ni Eliya? Akasema, "Mimi siye." Wakasema, Wewe ni nabii? Akajibu," Hapana." 22 Kisha wakamwambia, "Wewe ni nani, ili kwamba tuwape jibu waliotutuma"? Wajishuhudiaje wewe mwenyewe?" 23 Akasema, "Mimi ni sauti yake aliaye nyikani: 'Inyosheni njia ya Bwana,' kama nabii Isaya alivyosema." 24 Basi kulikuwa na watu wametumwa pale kutoka kwa Mafarisayo. Wakamuuliza na kusema, 25 "Kwa nini unabatiza basi kama wewe sio Kristo wala Eliya wala nabii?" 26 Yohana aliwajibu akisema, "Ninabatiza kwa maji. Hata hivyo, miongoni mwenu anasimama mtu msiyemtambua. 27 Huyu ndiye ajaye baada yangu. Mimi sisitahili kulegeza kamba za viatu vyake." 28 Mambo haya yalitendeka huko Bethania, ng'ambo ya Yordani, mahali ambapo Yohana alikuwa akibatiza. 29 Siku iliyofuata Yohana alimwona Yesu akija kwake akasema, " Tazama mwanakondoo wa Mungu aichukuae dhambi ya ulimwengu! 30 huyu ndiye niliyesema habari zake nikisema, "Yeye ajaye nyuma yangu ni mkuu kuliko mimi, kwa kuwa alikuwa kabla yangu.' 31 Sikumtambua yeye, lakini ilifanyika hivyo ili kwamba afunuliwe katika Israeli, kwamba nilikuja nikibatiza kwa maji." 32 Yohana alishuhudia, "Niliona Roho akishuka kutoka mbinguni mfano wa hua, na ilibaki juu yake. 33 Mimi sikumtambua lakini yeye aliyenituma ili nibatize kwa maji aliniambia, 'yule ambaye utaona Roho akishuka na kukaa juu yake, Huyo ndiye abatizaye kwa Roho Mtakatifu.' 34 Nimeona na nimeshuhudia kwamba huyu ni Mwana wa Mungu." 35 Tena siku iliyofuata Yohana alikuwa amesimama pamoja na wanafunzi wake wawili, 36 walimwona Yesu akitembea na Yohana akasema, "Tazama, Mwana kondoo wa Mungu!" 37 Wanafunzi wawili walimsikia Yohana akisema haya wakamfuata Yesu. 38 Tena Yesu aligeuka na kuwaona wanafunzi wale wakimfuata, na akawambia, "Mnataka nini?" Wakajibu, "Rabbi, (maana yake 'mwalimu,' unaishi wapi?" 39 Akawambia, "Njooni na mwone."Kisha walikwenda na kuona mahali alipokuwa akiishi; walikaa pamoja naye siku hiyo, kwa kuwa ilikuwa yapata kama saa kumi hivi. 40 Mmoja wa wale wawili waliomsikia Yohana akiongea na kisha kumfuata Yesu alikuwa ni Andrea, ndugu yake Simoni Petro. 41 Akamwona ndugu yake Simoni na akamwambia, "Tumempata Masihi" (ambayo inatafsiriwa Kristo). 42 Akamleta kwa Yesu. Yesu akamtazama na akasema, "Wewe ni Simoni mwana wa Yohana" utaitwa Kefa," (maana yake 'Petro'). 43 Siku iliyofuata wakati Yesu alipotaka kuondoka kwenda Galilaya, alimpata Filipo na akamwambia, "Nifuate mimi." 44 Filipo alikuwa ni mwenyeji wa Bethsaida, mji wa Andrea na Petro. 45 Filipo alimpata Nathanaeli na kumwambia, Tumempata yule ambaye Musa aliandika habari zake katika sheria na Manabii. Yesu mwana wa Yusufu, kutoka Nazareti. 46 Nathanaeli akamwambia, "Je kitu chema chaweza kutokea Nazareti?" Filipo akamwambia, Njoo na uone." 47 Yesu akamwona Nathanaeli akija kwake na akasema, "Tazama, Mwisraeli kweli kweli asiye na udanganyifu ndani yake!" 48 Nathanaeli akamwambia, "Umenifahamuje mimi?" Yesu akajibu na akamwambia, "Kabla Filipo hajakuita ulipokuwa chini ya mtini, nalikuona." 49 Nathanaeli akajibu, "Rabi wewe u Mwana wa Mungu! Wewe ni Mfalme wa Israeli"! 50 Yesu akajibu akamwambia, Kwa sababu nilikuambia 'nilikuona chini ya mtini' je waamini? utaona matendo makubwa kuliko haya." 51 Yesu akasema, "Amini amini nawambieni mtaziona mbingu zikifunguka, na kuwaona malaika wakipanda na kushuka juu ya Mwana wa Adamu."
Baadhi ya tafsiri hupendelea kuweka mbele kidogo nukuu za Agano la Kale. ULB na tafsiri nyingine nyingi za Kiingereza huingiza mistari ya 1:23, ambayo ni nukuu kutoka Agano la Kale.
Hili ni neno la kipekee unaotumiwa kumtaja Yesu. Yeye ni "Neno la Mungu" katika hali ya kimwili na ufunuo wa mwisho wa Mungu mwenyewe duniani. Ingawa hii inaweza kuonekana kuwa mafundisho magumu, ni rahisi sana: Yesu ni Mungu, aliyeumba mbingu na dunia. , , and )
maneno haya ni mifano ya kawaida katika Agano Jipya. Mwangaza hutumiwa hapa ili kuonyesha ufunuo wa Mungu na haki yake. Giza ni mfano wa dhambi na dhambi hupenda kufichwa kwa macho ya Mungu. , , and )
Wakati watu wanpomwamini Yesu, wanaacha kuwa "watoto wa ghadhabu" na kuwa "watoto wa Mungu." Wanaingizwa katika "familia ya Mungu." Huu ni mfano muhimu ambayo itafunuliwa katika Agano Jipya. and )
Ingawa vitabu vingine vya Injili mara nyingi vinatumia mifano katika mafundisho ya Yesu na katika unabii, sura ya kwanza ya injili hii inatumia mifano kwa kielelezo cha maana ya maisha ya Yesu. Kwa sababu ya mifano hizi, msomaji anaonyeshwa kwamba injili hii italeta ufahamu zaidi juu ya maisha ya Yesu kwa kitheolojia.
Sehemu ya kwanza ya sura hii inafuata taratibu ya kanuni za ufahamuna muundo wa kishairi. Kutafsiri taratibu hizi itakuwa vigumu sanai.
Yesu anajiita mwenyewe kama "Mwana wa Binadamu." Lugha zingine haziwezi kuruhusu mtu kujitaja mwenyewe kama 'mtu wa tatu.'
Ina maanisha mwanzoni kabisa ya wakati kabla Mungu hajaumba mbingu na nchi.
Iina maanisha Yesu. Kama inawezekana litafsiri kama "Neno" Kama katika lugha yako "Neno" ni ngeli ya kike, inawe kufasiriwa kama "yule anayeitwa "Neno."
Hii inaweza kufasiriwa katika hali tendaji. "Mungu alivifanya vitu vyote kwa yeye."
Hii inaweza kufasiriwa katika hali tendaji. "Mungu hakufanya kila kitu chochote pasipo yeye" au " Mungu alifanya vitu vyote akiwa naye."
Hapa "uzima"ni mfano kwa kusababisha kila kitu kuishi. A: "Yeye anayeitwa Neno ndiye aliyesababisha kila kitu kuishi.
hapa tumia neno la jumla kwa "uzima." Kama utatafasiri moja kwa moja unaweza kufasiri kama "uzima wa kiroho".
"Nuru" ni mfano ambao ambao unamaanisha ufunuo wa Mungu.AT: aliifunua kweli kwetu kama vile nuru ifunuavyo kile kilichomo gizani.
Kama vile ambavyo giza lisivyoweza kuizima nuru, watu wabaya hawajaweza kumzuia yeye ambaye ni kama nuru katika kuifunua kweli ya Mung.
Hapa "Nuru" ni mfano kwa ajili ufunuo wa Mungu katika Yesu. AT: "onyesha jinsi ambavyo Yesu alivyo kama nuru halisi kutoka kwa Mungu."
Hapa "nuru" ni mfano ambao unamwakilisha Yeus kama ufunuo wa kweli kutoka kwa Mungu.
"hutoa nuru kwa"
AT: "Lakini pamoja kwamba alikuwa ulimwenguni, na kwamba Mungu aliumba vitu vyote kwa yeye, bado watu hakumtambua."
AT: "Alikuja kwa wenzake , na wenzake hwakumpokea."
Hii ina maanisha Yesu kuwa Mwokozi na kuishi kwa jinsi ambayo inamtukuza.
Neno 'jina" ni neno ambalo linaelezea utamblisho wa "Yesu" na kila kitu kitu kuhusu yeye.
aliwapa mamlaka" au "aliwezesha kwa ajili yao"
Neno "watoto"ni mfano ambao unawakilisha uhusiano wetu na Mungu, ambao ni kama vile watoto na baba.
Huu ni mfano ambao unamaanisha kwa Yesu. Yeye ndiye aliye mfunua Mungu alivyo.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa cha Mungu.
AT: "ambaye mara zote hufanya kwa wema kwa ajili yetu katika njia mbazo hatustahili."
Yohana anaongea kuhusu Yesu. Neno "anakuja baada yagu" linamaanisha kwamba huduma ya Yohana ilikuwa tayari imeanza na huduma ya Yesu itaanza baadaya, baada ya Yohana.
"ni mkuu zaidi yangu" au" ni muhimu zaidi"
Kuwa mwangalifu usitafsiri kwamba Yesu ni wa muhimu zaidi kwa sababu ni mzee kuliko Yohana. Yesu ni mkuu zaidi ya Yohana kwa sababu yeye ni Mungu Mwana, ambaye amekuwepo na kutawala juu ya vitu vyote pamoja na Mungu.
Huli neno linamaanisha kwa neema ya Mungu ambayo haina mwisho.
"baraka baada ya baraka"
Hii inaweza kumaanisha1)aliye Mungu wa wa pekee" au" 2) yeye aliye Mwana wa pekee,"
Neno "kifua" ni mfano . Hii inamaanisha kuwa Yesu ndiye aliye karibu na Baba" ikimaanisha ushusino wa karibu.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu.
Hapa mwandishi anatumia mfano. Neno "Wayahudi" limetumika kwa kuwakilisha "Viongozi wa Kiyahudi." AT:" Viongozi wa Kiyahudi waliwatuma kwake kutoka Yerusalemu.
Neno la pili linaeleza maneno hasi ambayo neno la kwanza linachokisema katika mtazamo chanya. Hii inasisitiza kuwa Yohana alikuwa akisema kweil.AT: "Aliwambia ukweli bila woga".
AT: "U nani ni kama sio Masihi"? au " Nini kinachoendelea?" au " Unafanya nini."
Johana anaendela kuongea na makuhani na walawi.
"makuhani na Walawi wakamwambia Yohana>"
Makuhani na Walawi, sio Yohana.
"Yohana akasema"
Neno "sauti" ni mfano ambao unamwakilisha Yohana na ujumnbe wake. AT: Mimi ni kama mtu ongea kwa sauti mbapo hakuna mtu yeyote anaweza kunisikia.
Hapa neno "njia" limetumika kama mfanoAT: Jiandae mwenyewe kwa ajili ya ujio wa Bwana kama vile ambavyo watu waandaavyo barabara kwa ajili ya ujio wa mtu muhimu.
Haya ni habari ya nyuma kuhusu watu waliomuuliza Yesu kutoka kwa Mafarisayo.
mstari wa 28 unatwambia habari za nyuma kuhusu mwanzo wa hadithi.
AT: " Atawahubiri baada ya mimi kuondoka"
kazi ya kufungua viatu vyake " ambayo ni kazi ya mtumwa au mja kazi ni fumbo. Johana nasema kuwa hasitahili kumfanyia Yesu kazi hata ile ya chini kabisa liyofanywa na watumwa.
Huuu ni mfano ambao unawakilisha Utimilifu wa dhabihu kamilifu ya Mungu. Yesu anaitwa "Mwanakondoo wa Mungu" kwa sababu alikuwa dhabihu kwa ajili ya dhambi za watu.
neno "dunia" ni neno ambalo linalojumuisha watu wote duniani.
Tafsili hili kama ulitafsiri 1:14:1:15
"shuka chini"
hili ni neno lenye lugha ya picha . "Roho " anashuka chini kama vile ambavyo njiwa ashukavyo kwa mtu.
Neno "mbingu" linamaanisha "anga."
Baadhi ya nakala za kifungu hiki husema "Mwana wa Mungu": wengine husema " mchaguliwa wa Mungu."
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu.
Hii ni siku nyingine. Ilikuwa ni siku ya pili Yohana alipomwona Yesu.
Huu ni mfano ni mfano ambao unawakilisha dhabihu timilifu. Yesu ni Mwanakondoo wa Mungu kwa sababu alidhabihiwa kulipa dhambia za watu.
Neno linaonyesha wakati wa mchana, kabla ya giza, ambao usinge ruhusu kusafiri kwenda katika mji mwingine, yawezekana 10 za jioni.
Mistari hii utupa maelezo kuhusu Andrea na jinsi alivyomleta ndugu yake Petro kwa Yesu. Hii ilitokea kabla hajaenda mahali ambapo Yesu alikuwa akikaa.
Huyu ni Yohana Mbatizaji. " Yohana lilikuwa jina la kawaida.
Hii ni habari ya nyuma kuhusu Filipo.
"Nathaneli akamwambia Filipo."
Neno hili lijitokeza kama swali kuonyesha msisitizo.AT: "Hakuna kitu kizuri kinaweza kutoka Nazarti."
Hili linaweza kusema katika mtazamo chanya. AT: "mtumkweli aliyekamilika."
Nathanaeli anasema Yesu ni "Mwana wa Mungu" kwa sababu Yesu amjua Nathanaeli pasipo kukutana naye awali.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Yesu.
Hili jibu linaonekana katika jinsi ya swali kuonesha msisitizo. unaweza kuifasili kama sentesi. AT: "Unaamini kwa sababu nilisema, nilikuona chini ya mtini'!
Tafsiri hili jinsi ambavyo lugha yako inavyosisitiza kuwa kile kinachofuata ni kweli.
1 Baada ya siku tatu, kulikuwa na arusi huko Kana ya Galilaya na mama yake Yesu alikuwa huko. 2 Yesu na wanafunzi wake walikuwa wamealikwa katika arusi. 3 Wakati walipoishiwa na divai, mama yake Yesu akamwambia, "Hawana divai." 4 Yesu akajibu, "Mwanamke hiyo inanihusu nini mimi? Muda wangu mimi bado haujatimia." 5 Mama yake akawambia watumishi, "Chochote atakachowambia fanyeni." 6 Basi kulikuwa na mitungi sita ya mawe pale iliyowekwa kwa ajili ya kunawa katika sikukuu za Wayahudi, kila moja lilikuwa na ujazo wa nzio mbili tatu. 7 Yesu akawambia, "Ijazeni maji mitungi ya mawe." Wakajaza hadi juu. 8 Kisha akawambia wale watumishi, "Chukueni kiasi sasa na mpeleke kwa muhudumu mkuu wa meza." Wakafanya kama walivyoagizwa. 9 Mhudumu mkuu aliyaonja yale maji yaliyokuwa yamebadilika na kuwa divai, ila hakujua yalikotoka (lakini watumishi waliochota maji walijua yalikotoka). Kisha akamwita bwana harusi na 10 kumwambia, "Kila mmoja huanza kuwahudumia watu divai nzuri na wakiishalewa huwapa divai isiyo nzuri. Lakini wewe umeitunza divai nzuri hadi sasa" 11 Muujiza huu wa Kana ya Galilaya, ulikuwa ndio mwanzo wa ishara za miujiza aliyoifanya Yesu, akifunua utukufu wake, hivyo wanafunzi wake wakamwamini. 12 Baada ya hii, Yesu, mama yake, ndugu zake na wanafunzi wake walienda katika mji wa Kapernaum na wakaa huko kwa siku chache. 13 Basi Pasaka ya Wayahudi ilikuwa imekaribia, hivyo Yesu akaenda Yerusalemu. 14 Akawakuta wauzaji wa ng'ombe, kondoo, na njiwa ndani ya Hekalu. Pia na wabadilisha fedha walikuwa wameketi ndani ya Hekalu. 15 Yesu akatengeneza mjeledi wenye vifundo, akawatoa wote walikuwemo katika hekalu, ikijumuisha ng'ombe na kondoo. Akamwaga fedha za wabadili fedha na kuzipindua meza zao. 16 Kwa wauzaji wa njiwa akawambia, "Toeni vitu hivi mbali na mahali hapa, acheni kuifanya nyumba ya Baba yangu kuwa mahali pa soko." 17 Wanafunzi wake wakakumbuka kuwa ilikuwa imeandikwa, "Wivu wa nyumba yako utanila." 18 Wakuu wa Kiyahudi wakajibu, wakamwambia, Ni ishara ipi utakayoionyesha kwa sababu unayafanya mambo haya?" 19 Yesu akawajibu, libomoeni Hekalu hili nami nitalijenga baada ya siku tatu." 20 Kisha wakuu wa Wayahudi wakasema, "Iligharimu miaka arobaini na sita kujenga hekalu hili nawe unasema utalijenga kwa siku tatu?" 21 Ingawa, yeye aliongea hekalu akimaanisha mwili wake. 22 Hivyo baadaye baada ya kufufuka kwake kutoka kwa wafu, wanafunzi wake wakakumbuka kuwa alisema hivyo, wakaamini maandiko na kauli hii ambayo Yesu alikuwa amekwisha kuisema. 23 Basi alipokuwa Yerusalemu wakati wa Pasaka, wakati wa sikukuu watu wengi waliamini jina lake, walipoona ishara ya miujiza aliyoifanya. 24 Lakini Yesu hakuwa na imani nao kwa sababu aliwajua wanadamu wote. 25 Hakuhitaji mtu yeyote kumwambia kuhusu walivyo wanadamu kwa sababu alijua kilichokuwamo ndani yao.
Ilikuwa ni desturi ya divai kutumiwa wakati wa sherehe. Haikuchukuliwa uovu kunywa divai.
Hii ndiyo maelezo ya kwanza juu ya Yesu kuwafukuza nje ya hekalu wanaovunja pesa. Tukio hili lilionyesha mamlaka ambayo Yesu alikuwa nayo juu ya hekalu na juu ya Israeli yote.
Yohana anajua kwamba inawezekana kwa Yesu kuwa na aina hii ya ujuzi kwa sababu tu ya Yesu kuwa Mungu.
Maneno haya hutumiwa kama ufafanuzi wa matukio yanayotokea katika sura hii. Maneno haya hayajulikani wakati ambapo matukio hutokea, lakini yamejulikana wakati kitabu kilipoandikwa. Watafsiri wanaweza kuchagua kutumia mabano ili kutenga maelezo au ufafanuzi wa mwandishi juu ya matukio yaliyopita.
Yesu na wanafunzi wake walikuwa wamealikwa arusini. Mstari huu unaonyesha habari ya nyuma juu ya habari inavyoanza.
Wafaasili wengi husoma hili kama siku ya tatu baada ya Yesu kumwiita Filipo and Nathanaeli kuja kwake. Siku ya kwanza inaonekana katika Yohana 1:35 na siku ya pili ni 1:43
Hii inaweza kutamkwa kama tendaji. AT: " Mtu alimwalika Yesu na wanafunzi wake katika arusi."
Hii inaa mweelezea Mariamu. Kama ni neno lenye ukakasi katika lugha yako kwa mwana kumwiita mama mwanamke, tumia neno jingine.
Hili linaonekana katika muundo wa swali ili kuonesha msisitizo . unaweza kukuifasili kama sentensi. AT: " hii haimaanishi kufanya nami" au " usiniambie nini cha kufanya."
Neno "muda" ni neno ambalo inawakilisha kuwa tukio maalumu kwa Yesu kuonesha kwamba yeye ni Masihi kwa miujiza.AT: "Sio muda mwafaka kwangu kufanya matengo makuu."
"lita 80 hadi 120." nzio moja lilikuwa was
hii inamaanisha "juu sana' au "iliyojaa kabisa."
Hii ina maanisha mtu aliye na mamlaka juu ya chakula na kinywaji.
hii ni habari ya nyuma.
kutokuweza kuelewa pombe ghali na isiyo ghali kwa sababu ya kunywa kiasi kingi cha kileo.
Hii si mwenendelezo wa hadithi kuu, badala yake inashamilisha hadithi.
Jina la sehemu
Hapa "utukufu" ni neno linaonesha nguvu za Yesu.
Hii inamaanisha kwamba walisafiri kutoka sehemu ya mwinuko kuelekea bondeni. Kana in kusini magaharibi ya Kaperanaumu na iko juu.
Neno "ndugu"linajumisha kaka na dada. Kaka na dada wa Yesu walikuwa wadogo kuliko alivyokuwa.
Yesu na wanafunzi wake wanapanda kwenda Yerusalemu kwenye hekalu.
Hii inamaasha kuwa walisafiri kutoka kwenye mwinuko kwenda chini. Yerusalemu imejengwa juu ya kilima.
inamaanisha sehemu ya nje ya hekalu mahali ambapo wasio wayahudi waliruhusiwa kuabudu.
watu waliweza kununua hekaluni na kuwadhabihu kwa ajili ya kumuheshimu Mungu.
Mamlaka ya Kiyahudi iliitaji watu ambao walihitaji kununua wanyama kwa ajili ya dhabihu kubadilisha pesa zao kutoka kwa wabadilishaji wa fedha.
Neno hili linaonyesha tukio lililotokea kwa sababu ya kile kilichotokea mwanzoni. Katika hali hii, Yesu aliwaona wabadili fedha wamekaa katika hekalu.
Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, anawafukuza wafanyabiashara kutoka mahali palipoandaliwa kwa ajili ya ibada ya Baba yake, Mungu Baba, kumuheshimu.
Haya ni maneno ambayo Yesu aliyasema yakimaanisha hekalu.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
Hii inaweza kusema katika muundo wa kutenda. Kuna mtu alikuwa ameandika."
Neno hili linamaanisha, nyumba ya Mungu.
Neno hili "maliza" linaelekeza kwenye "moto." Upendo wa Yesu kwa ajili ya hekalu ni kama moto unaowaka ndani yake.
Hili ni tendo ambalo linalothibitisha kuwa ni jambo la kweli.
Haya yanamaanisha matendo ya Yesu aliyokuwa kinyume na wabadili fedha ndani ya hekalu.
Yesu anamaanisha mwili wake kama hekalu kwamba atakufana kwamba atakuwa mzima tena baada ya siku tatu. Lakini, ni muhimu kutafasili haya maneno kuwa yameelezwa kuelezea kuvunja na kujenga jengo. Yesu hawaamuru wanafunzi wake kuvunja jengo la hekalu.
Hii inamaanisha "kujenga" au 'kurudisha"
Maelezo ya jumla: ilichukuwa miaka arobaini na sita...utaijenga kwa siku tatu? Miaka arobaini na sita... siku tatu aliamini/ waliamini hii sentesi
Neno basi linatutambulisha katika tukio jingine katika hadithi
Hapa "jina" ni neno linalowakilisha utu wa Yesu. "aminini" au "kuamini katika yeye."
Miujiza inaweza kuitwa "ishara" kwa sababu yanatumiwa kama ushahidi kwamba Mungu ni mwenye nguvu ambaye aliye na mamlaka kamili juu ya dunia.
1 Basi kulikuwa na Farisayo ambaye jina lake Nikodemo, mmoja wa wajumbe wa baraza la Wayahudi. 2 Mtu huyu alimwendea Bwana Yesu usiku na akamwambia, "Rabi, tunajua ya kuwa u mwalimu kutoka kwa Mungu, kwa maana hakuna mtu awezaye kutenda ishara hizi zote Mungu asipokuwa pamoja naye." 3 Yesu akamjibu, "Amini, amini, mtu hawezi kuingia katika ufalme wa Mungu asipozaliwa mara ya pili." 4 Nikodemo akasema," Mtu anawezaje kuzaliwa akiwa mzee? Hawezi kuingia tumboni mwa mama yake mara ya pili na kuzaliwa, je anaweza?" 5 Yesu akajibu, "Amini, amini mtu sipozaliwa kwa maji na kwa Roho, hawezi kuingia katika ufalme wa Mungu. 6 Kilichozaliwa kwa mwili ni mwili, na kilichozaliwa kwa Roho ni roho. 7 Usishangae kwa sababu nilikuwambia, 'ni lazima kuzaliwa mara ya pili.' 8 Upepo huvuma popote upendapo na sauti yake mwaisikia, lakini hamjui utokako wala uendako. Ndivyo ilivyo hali ya kila aliyezaliwa na roho. 9 Nikodemo akajibu, kwa kusema, "Mambo haya yawezekanaje?" 10 Yesu akamjibu, "Wewe u mwalimu wa Israeli, hata hauyajui mambo haya? 11 Amini, amini, nakuambia, kile tunachokifahamu twakishuhudia kwa kile tulichokiona. Lakini hampokei ushuhuda wetu. 12 Kama nimewambia mambo ya hapa duniani na hamuamini, mtawezaje kuamini kama nikiwambia mambo ya mbinguni? 13 Maana hakuna aliyepanda juu kutoka mbinguni isipokuwa yeye aliyeshuka, Mwana wa Adamu. 14 Kama vile Musa alivyomwinua nyoka jangwani, vivyo hivyo Mwana wa Adamu lazima ainuliwe, 15 ili kwamba wote watakaomwamini wapate uzima wa milele. 16 Kwa maana jinsi hii Mungu aliupenda ulimwengu, kwamba akamtoa mwanae wa pekee, ili kwamba mtu yeyote amwaminiye asiangamie bali awe na uzima wa milele. 17 Kwa sababu Mungu hakumtuma mwanae duniani ili auhukumu ulimwengu, bali kwamba ulimwengu uokolewe katika yeye. 18 Amwaminiye Yeye hatahukumiwa. Yeye asiyemwamini tayari ameshahukumiwa kwa sababu hajaliamini jina la Mwana pekee wa Mungu. 19 Hii ndiyo sababu ya hukumu, ya kwamba nuru imekuja ulimwenguni, lakini wanadamu wakapenda giza zaidi ya nuru kwa sababu matendo yao yalikuwa maovu. 20 kila mtu atendaye mabaya huichukia nuru wala haji nuruni ili matendo yake yasije yakawekwa wazi. 21 Lakini, yeye atendaye kweli huja kwenye nuru ili matendo yake yaonekane kwamba yametendwa kwa utiifu wa Mungu. 22 Baada ya haya, Yesu pamoja na wanafunzi walienda katika nchi ya Yudea. Huko alitumia muda pamoja nao na alikuwa akibatiza. 23 Sasa Yohana pia alikuwa akibatiza huko Ainea karibu na Salim maana kulikuwa na maji mengi pale. Watu walikuwa wakija kwake na kubatizwa, 24 kwa kuwa Yohana alikuwa hajatupwa gerezani. 25 Kisha palitokea mabishano kati ya wanafunzi wa Yohana na Myahudi kuhusu sikukuuu za utakaso. 26 Wakaenda kwa Yohana wakamwambia, "Rabi, yeye uliyekuwa naye ng'ambo ya Mto Yorodani, yeye uliyeshuhudia habari zake, tazama, anabatiza na wote wanaenda wanamfuata." 27 Yohana akajibu mtu hawezi kupokea kitu chochote isipokuwa kama amepewa kutoka mbinguni. 28 Ninyi wenyewe mwashuhudia kuwa nalisema kuwa, 'mimi sio Kristo', badala yake nilisema, 'nimetumwa mbele yake.' 29 Yeye aliye na bibi arusi ni bwana harusi. Sasa rafiki wa bwana arusi, asimamaye na kusikiliza hufurahia sana kwa sababu ya sauti ya bwana arusi. Hii sasa ni furaha yangu iliyotimilika. 30 Anapaswa kuzidi, nami napaswa kupungua. 31 Yeye atokaye juu, yu juu ya yote. Yeye aliye wa ulimwengu anatoka ulimwenguni na huongea mambo ya ki ulimwengu. Yeye atokaye mbinguni yuko juu ya yote. 32 Yeye hushuhudia yale aliyoyaona na kuyasikia, lakini hakuna apokeaye ushuhuda wake. 33 Yeye aliye pokea ushuhuda wake amehakikisha kuwa Mungu ni mkweli. 34 Kwa sababu yeye aliyetumwa na Mungu huongea maneno ya Mungu. Kwa kuwa hampi Roho kwa kipimo. 35 Baba humpenda Mwana na amempa vitu vyote mikononi mwake. 36 Yeye amwaminiye Mwana anao uzima wa milele, lakini kwa yeye asiye mtii Mwana hatauona uzima, bali ghadhabu ya Mungu hushikamana juu yake.
Hizi ni taswira za kawaida katika Agano Jipya. Mwangaza hutumiwa hapa ili kuonyesha ufunuo wa Mungu na haki yake. Giza linaelezea dhambi na dhambi hubakia kufichwa kwa macho ya Mungu. , , and )
Ingawa hii inaonekana kuwa inaonyesha imani, sivyo. Sababu kumwamini Yesu kama "mwalimu tu" inaonyesha ukosefu wa ufahamu wa kuwa yeye hakika ni nani. and
Yesu anajiita mwenyewe kama "Mwana wa Binadamu." Lugha zingine haziwezi kuruhusu mtu kujitaja mwenyewe kama 'mtu wa tatu.'
Nikodemo anakuja kumwona Yesu.
Neno hili lintumika hapa kutambulisha sehemu nyingine ya hadithi na kumtambulisha Nikodemo.
sehemu ya kundi
hHalimashauli ya Kiyahudi inaitwa "Sanihedrini." Hili lilikuwa ndilo baraza muhimu kwa mabaraza yote ya Kiyahudi.
hapa "sisi" linajumuisha, likimaanisha tu kwa Nikodemo na wanachama wengine wa halimashauli ya Kiyahudi.
Yesu na Nikodemo wanaendelea kuongea.
Tafsiri haya kama ulivyotafsiri 1:49; 1:51.
"kuzaliwa kutoka juu" au kuzaliwa na Mungu."
Neno "ufalme" ni mfano kwa utawala wa Mungu." 'Sehemu ambayo Mungu anatawala."
Nikodemo alitumia swali hili kusisitiza kwamba hili lisingelitokea. "Ni kweli mtu hawezi kuzaliwa tena wakati akiwa mzee!"
Pia Nikodemo anatumia swali hili kusisitiza imani yake kuwa imani yake kuwa kuzaliwa mara ya pili ni jambo lisilowezekana." Ni kweli, hawezi kuingia tumboni mwa mama yake mara ya pili!"
"tena"au "mara mbili"
sehemu ya tumbo la mwanamke ambapo mtoto hukulia.
kuna maana mbili: 1)"kubatizwa ndani ya maji na katika Roho" au 2)"kuzaliwa kimwili na kiroho"
unaweza kufasiri mane haya kama yalivyotumika katika tafsiri za hapo mwanzo.
Neno "ufalme" ni fumbo kwa ajili ya utawala wa Mungu katika maisha ya mtu.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na Yesu.
"unapaswa kuzaliwa kutoka juu"
Katika lugha ya mwanzo, maneno. upepo na Roho ni maneno sawa. Mwongeaji anamaanisha upepo kama ni mtu. "Roho Mtakatfu ni kama upepo ambao unavuma popote upendapo."
hili ni swali mbalaga ambalo linalosisitiza sentesi. "Hii hawezekani!" au" Hili haliwezi kutokea!"
Hili ni swali mbagala ambalo linaonyesha msisitizo. "weweni mwalimu wa Israeli , na ninashangaa kwamba haufahamu maneno haya!"
Tafsiri kama ulivyotafsiri.
Yesu aliposema "sisi' hakuwa anamjumuisha Nikodemo.
Yesu anamjibu Nikodemo
katika sehemu "wewe" ni umoja.
"Hautaamini kama nikiwambia mambo ya mbinguni."
hii inamaanisha mahali ambapo Mungu anaishi.
hili ni fumbo baadhi ya watu "watainua" Yesu kama Musa alivyoinuliwa nyoka wa shaba katika jangwa.
Jangwani ni sehemu kavu lakini hapa anamaanisha mahali walipotembea Musa na Waisraeli.
Jangwani ni sehemu kavu, sehemu ya jangwa, lakini hapa wanamaanisha mahali ambapo Musa na Waisraeli walizunguka."
Neno "dunia" hapa ni neno linalojumuisha kila kitu duniani.
hii ni aina ya upendo ambao unatoka kwa Mungu na unatakia mema wengine, hata kama mtu hanufaiki. Mungu mwenyewe ni upendo na ndiye chanzo cha upendo wa kweli.
"mmoja na Mwana wa pekee"
maneno mawili yanaweza kuwa yanamaanisha na yametajwa mara mbili ili kwamba kusisitiza kwanza katika mtazamo hasi na chanya. Baadhi ya lugha inaweza kuonyesha msisitizo kwa namna nyingine. Kusudu la Mungu kumtuma Mwanae ni kwamba ulimwengu uokolewe katika yeye.
anachiwa huru
adhibu
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Yesu.
Yesu anamaliza kumjibu Nikodemo.
Neno "nuru" ni fumbo kwa kweli ya Mungu iliyofunuliwa katika Yesu. Dunia ni neno linalojumisha vitu vyote vilivyomo duniani. Yeye ambaye ni kama nuru ameifunua kweli ya Mungu kwa watu."
"giza" ni fumbo linalomaanisha mahali ambapo hawajapokea nuru" ya ufunuo wa Mungu katika Kristo.
inaweza kutamkwa katika muundo wa kutenda. "ili kwamba nuru isioneshe mambo ayafanyayo" au " kwamba ili nuru isifunue matendo yao.
Hili linaweza kutamkwa katika muundo tenda. " Watu wanaweza matendo yake" au "kila mtu aweze kuona mambo ahafanyayo.
Hii inamaanisha baada ya Yesu kuongea na Nikodemo.
Neno hili linamaanisha "chemuchemi."
kijiji au mji ulio karibu na Mto Yorodani.
"kwa sababu kilikuwa na chemuchemi nyingi katika sehemu ile."
hili linaweza kusemwa kwa muundo wa kutenda. '" Yohana alikuwa akiwabatiza " au " alikuwa akiwabatiza."
"Tena wanafunzi wa Yohana na Myahudi wakaanza kubishana.
kugombana kwa maneno
Katika sentesi hii "tazama" ni amri ikimaanisha tilia manani!" " Tazama! Anabatiza" au " Tazama! anabatiza."
"Hakuna mtu aliye na nguvu isipokuwa"
Neno "mbinguni" likimaanisha Mungu. Hili linaweza kuchukuliwa katika muundo tenda. " Mungu amempa."
ninyi ni kwa wingi na inamaanisha watu wote ambao Yohana anazungumza nao.
"Mungu amenituma kufika kabla yake."
Yohana Mbatizaji anaendelea kuongea.
Hapa bwana na "bibi" "arusi" ni mfano. Yesu ni kama "bwana arusi" na Yohana ni kama rafiki wa bwana arus." "bwana huoa bibi
'' Hivyo tena ninafurahia sana" au nina furahia zaidi."
hili neno "yangu" lina maanisha Yohana Mbatizaji , ndiye anayeongea.
anamaanisha bwana arusi, Yesu, ambaye ataendelea kuwa wa muhimu.
Yohana anaongea kuhusu Yesu. "Yeye ajaye kutoka mbinguni ni wa muhimu zaidi yeyote.
Yohana anajipinga mwenyewe dhidi ya Yesu. hamaanishi kuwa kwa kuwa alizaliwa duniani ni mwovu. Ana maanisha kuwa Yesu ni mkuu kuliko yeye kwa sababu Yesu alitoka mbinguni na Yohana alizaliwa hapa duniani. "Yeye aliyezaliwa hapa duniani ni kama mtu yeyote na na anaishi na anaongea kuhusu kilichotokea duniani."
Yohana anaongea kwa kuonyesha neno katika hali ya kulikuza neno kwamba ni watu wachache walimwamini Yesu. "Watu wachache walimwamini."
Aliye ina maanisha mtu. " Mtu yeyote anayeamini kile ambacho Yesu alikisema."
"kuthibitisha" au "inakubaliana"
Yohana Mbatizaji anamaliza kuongea."
Huyu Yesu, ambaye Mungu amemtuma kumwakilisha."
" Kwa sababu yeye ndiye ambaye Mungu amempa nguvu zote za Roho wake."
Hiki ni cheo kinachoelezea uhusiano wake kati ya Mungu na Yesu.
Hii ina maanisha kuwekwa katika nguvu zake au kuotawala.
"Mtu aaminiye" au "mtu yeyote aaminiye."
Nomino dhaniwa "ghadhabu" linaweza kufasiriwa kama kitenzi "adhibu." "Mungu ataendelea kumwadhibu."
1 Basi Yesu alipofahamu kuwa Mafarisayo wamesikia kuwa Yesu alikuwa anafuasa na kuwabatiza zaidi ya Yohana, 2 (ingawa Yesu mwenyewe alikuwa habatizi ila wanafunzi wake), 3 alitoka Judea na akaenda Galilaya. 4 Hivyo ilikuwa muhimu kupitia Samaria. 5 Na akafika kwenye mji wa Samaria, unaoitwa Sikari, karibu na eneo ambalo Yakobo alimpa mwanae Yusufu. 6 Na kisima cha Yakobo kilikuwa hapo. Yesu alikuwa amechoka kwa ajili ya safari na akakaa karibu na kisima. Ilikuwa muda wa mchana. 7 Mwanamke Msamaria alikuja kuteka maji, na Yesu akamwambia, "Nipe maji ninywe." 8 Kwa sababu wanafunzi wake walikuwa wameenda zao mjini kununua chakula. 9 Yule mwanamke akamwambia, "Inakuaje wewe Myahudi, kuniomba mimi mwanamke Msamaria, kitu cha kunywa?" Kwa sababu Wayahudi hawachangamani na Wasamaria. 10 Yesu akamjibu, "Kama ungelijua karama ya Mungu, na yule anayekuambia 'Nipe maji, ' ungelimwomba, na angelikupa maji ya uzima." 11 Mwanamke akajibu, "Bwana hauna ndoo ya kuchotea, na kisima ni kirefu. Utayapata wapi Maji ya Uzima.? 12 Je wewe ni mkuu, kuliko baba yetu Yakobo, ambaye alitupa kisima hiki, na yeye mwenyewe na watoto wake pamoja na mifugo yake wakanywa maji ya kisima hiki?" 13 Yesu akajibu, "Yeyote anywae maji haya atapata kiu tena, 14 lakini yeye atakaye kunywa maji nitakayompa hatapata kiu tena. Badala yake maji nitakayompa yatakuwa chemchemi inayobubujika hata milele." 15 Yule mwanamke akamwambia, "Bwana, nayaomba maji hayo ili nisipate kiu, na nisihangaike kuja hapa kuchota maji." 16 Yesu akamwambia, "Nenda kamwite mumeo, kisha urudi." 17 Mwanamke akamwambia, "Sina mume." Yesu akajibu, "Umesema vyema, 'Sina mume;' 18 kwa maana umekuwa na wanaume watano, na mmoja ambaye unaye sasa sio mume wako. Katika hili umesema kweli!" 19 Mwanamke akamwambia, "Bwana naona yakuwa wewe ni nabii. 20 Baba zetu waliabudu katika mlima huu. Lakini ninyi mwasema ya kuwa Yerusalemu ndiyo sehemu ambayo watu wanapaswa kuabudu." 21 Yesu akamjibu, "Mwanamke, niamini, wakati unakuja ambapo hamtamwabudu Baba katika mlima huu au Yerusalemu. 22 Ninyi watu mwaabudu kile msichokijua, lakini sisi twaabudu tunachokijua, kwa sababu wokovu watoka kwa Wayahudi." 23 Hatahivyo, wakati unakuja, na sasa upo hapa, wakati waabuduo kweli watamwabudu Baba katika roho na kweli, kwa sababu Baba anawatafuta watu wa namna hiyo kuwa watu wake wanao mwabudu. 24 Mungu ni Roho, na wale wanaomwabudu wanapaswa kumwabudu kwa roho na kweli." 25 Mwanamke akamwambia, "Ninajua kuwa Masihi anakuja, (aitwaye Kristo). Huyo atakapokuja atatwambia yote." 26 Yesu akamwambia, "Mimi unayesema nami ndiye." 27 Wakati huo huo wanafunzi wake wakarudi. Nao walishangaa kwa nini alikuwa akizungumza na mwanamke, lakini hakuna aliyethubutu kumuuliza, "Unataka nini?" au "Kwa nini unazungumza naye.?" 28 Hivyo mwanamke akauacha mtungi wake na akaenda mjini na akawambia watu, 29 "Njooni mwone mtu aliyeniambia mambo yangu yote niliyoyatenda, je yawezekana akawa ndiye Kristo?" 30 Wakatoka mjini wakaja kwake. 31 Wakati wa mchana wanafunzi wake walimsihi wakisema, "Rabi kula chakula." 32 lakini yeye aliwambia, "Mimi ninacho chakula msichokijua ninyi." 33 Wanafunzi wakaambizana, hakuna aliyemletea kitu chochotekula,"Je walileta?" 34 Yesu akawambia, "Chakula changu ni kufanya mapenzi yake yeye aliyenituma na kutimiza kazi yake. 35 Je, hamsemi, 'Bado miezi mitano na mavuno yatakuwa tayari?' Ninawambieni tazameni mashamba yalivyo tayari kwa mavuno! 36 Yeye avunaye hupokea mishahara na kukusanya matunda kwa ajili ya uzima wa milele, ili kwamba yeye apandaye naye avunaye wafurahi pamoja. 37 Kwa kuwa msemo huu ni wa kweli, 'Mmoja apanda na mwingine avuna.' 38 Niliwatuma kuvuna ambacho hamkukihangaikia, Wengine wamefanya kazi na ninyi mmeingia katika furaha ya kazi yao." 39 Wasamaria wengi katika mji ule walimwani kwa sababu ya taarifa ya yule mwanamke aliyekuwa akishuhudia, "Aliyeniambia mambo yote niliyoyafanya." 40 Hivyo Wasamaria walipokuja walimsihi akae pamoja nao na akakaa kwao kwa siku mbili. 41 Na wengi zaidi wakamwamini kwa sababu ya neno lake. 42 Wakamwambia yule mwanamke, "Tunaamini sio tu kwa maneno yako, kwa sababu sisi wenyewe tumesikia, na sasa twafahamu kuwa hakika yeye ni mwokozi wa ulimwengu." 43 Baada ya siku hizo mbili, akaondoka na kuelekea Galilaya. 44 Kwa sababu yeye mwenyewe alikuwa ametangaza kuwa nabii hana heshima katika nchi yake mwenyewe. 45 Alipokuja kutoka Galilaya, Wagalilaya walimkaribisha. Walikuwa wameona mambo yote aliyoyafanya Yerusalemu kwenye sikukuu, kwa sababu na wao pia walikuwa wamehudhuria kwenye sikukuu. 46 Alikuja tena Kana ya Galilaya huko alikoyabadilisha maji kuwa divai. Palikuwa na ofisa ambaye mwana wake alikuwa ni mgonjwa huko Kapernaumu. 47 Aliposikia kuwa Yesu alitoka Judea na kwenda Galilaya, alienda kwa Yesu na kumsihi atelemke amponye mwanawe, ambaye alikuwa karibu kufa. 48 Ndipo Yesu akamwambia, "Ninyi msipoona ishara na maajabu hamwezi kuamini. 49 Kiongozi akasema, " Bwana shuka chini kabla mwanangu hajafa." 50 Yesu akamwambia, "Nenda mwanao ni mzima." Yule mtu akaamini neno alilolisema Yesu na akaenda zake. 51 Alipokuwa akishuka, watumishi wake walimpokea na kumwambia mwana wake alikuwa mzima. 52 Hivyo akawauliza ni muda gani alipata nafuu. Wakajibu, "Jana muda wa saa saba homa ilipomwacha." 53 Ndipo baba yake akatambua kuwa ni muda ule ule Yesu aliosema, "Mwana wako ni mzima." Hivyo yeye na familia yake wakaamini. 54 Hii ilikuwa ni ishara ya pili aliyoifanya Yesu alipotoka Yudea kwenda Galilaya.
Yohana 4:4-38 ni habari moja inayozingatia mafundisho ya Yesu kama "maji yaliyo hai," anayewapa wote wanaomwamini uzima wa milele.
Kwa kawaida, Wayahudi wangeepuka kusafiri kupitia eneo la Samaria. Wasamaria walionekana kama watu wasiomcha Mungu kwa sababu walikuwa kizazi cha ufalme wa kaskazini mwa Israeli ambao walioana na wapagani. , and
Mojawapo ya dhambi kubwa zaidi zilizofanywa na watu wa Samaria katika historia ni kwamba walianzisha hekalu la uongo katika wilaya yao ili kushindana na hekalu huko Yerusalemu. Huu ndio mlima mwanamke anayezungumzia katika Yohana 4:20. Wayahudi walisema kwa haki kwamba Waisraeli wote waabudu huko Yerusalemu kwa sababu ndipo ambapo Yehova aliishi. Yesu anaelezea kwamba mahali pa hekalu hapajalishi tena.
Taswira ya kuvuna hutumiwa katika sura hii. Hii ni mfano ambayo inawakilisha watu kuwa na imani katika Yesu.
Mwanamke Msamaria labda ilitumika ili kuonyesha utofauti na hisia za Kiyahudi kumhusu Yesu. "Yesu mwenyewe alinena kwamba nabii hana heshima katika nchi yake" , and )
Ibada ya kweli haielekezwi tena kwa mahali moja, lakini sasa imeelekezwa kwake Yesu. Mbali na hayo, ibada haifanywi tena kwa kupitia makuhani. Kila mtu anaweza kumwabudu Mungu mwenyewe kwa njia ya moja kwa moja. Kifungu hiki kinamaanisha kwamba ibada sahihi kwa Mungu inaweza sasa kufanywa bila kutoa sadaka ya kuchinjwa na inaweza kufanywa kikamilifu kwa sababu ya ufunuo mkubwa uliotolewa kwa mwanadamu. Kuna ufahamu zaidi wa ziada wa kifungu hiki. Inaweza kuwa bora kuyaacha maneno haya kwa hali ya kawaida kama iwezekanavyo katika tafsiri ili kutoondoa maana nyingine iliyopo.
Huu ni sehemu nyingine ya simulizi ambayo inamuhusu Yesu na mwanake Msamalia. Mstari huu unatoa habari ya mwanzoni kwa ajili ya sehemu ya simulizi
Neno "sasa" limetumika hapa kuonyesha kusimama kidogo katika simulizi kuu. Hapa Yohana anaanza kuelezea sehemu mpya ya simulizi.
Nomino hii mwenyewe inongeza msisitizo kwmba sio kwamba Yesu mwenyewe alikuwa akibatiza, bali wanafunzi wake.
"sehemu ya ardhi" au "kipande cha ardhi"
Hili ni ombi la upole, na sio amri.
Neno "akamwambia" linamaanisha Yesu.
Hili neno linaonekana katika muundo wa swali kuonesha mshangao wa mwanamke kwa Yesu kuomba maji. "Siamini kama wewe uliye Muyahudi unamwomba mwanamke Msamalia maji!"
"hamchangamani na."
Yesu anatumia mfano "maji ya uzima" kumaanisha Roho Mtakatifu ambaye anafanya kazi ya kumbadilisha mtu na kuleta maisha mapya.
hili neno linaonekana katika muundo wa swali na kuonesha msisitizo, "wewe sio mkuu kama zaidi ya baba yetu... naYakobo... mifugo?
"babu yetu Yakobo"
alikunywa maji yaliyoka katika kisima
"atahitaji kunywa maji tena.""
Neno "chemchemi" ni fumbo kwa maji yatiayo uzima. "maji nitakayompa yatakua kama chemchemi ya maji ndani yake."
hapa "uzima" lina maanisha "uzima wa kiroho" ambao ni Mungu pekee anayeweza kutoa.
katika mkitadha huu, mwanamke Msamalia anamwita Yesu "Bwana" ambayo ni neno la upole au unyenyekevu.
"pata maji" au "vuta maji kutoka ndani ya kisima" kwa kutumia chombo na kamba
Yesu anarudia kauli hii kusisitiza kuwa anafahamu kuwa mwanamke anaongea ukweli.
Katika mkitadha huu mwanamke Msamalia anamwelezea Yesu kama "Bwana," ambalo ni neno la heshima na upole.
"Naelewa kuwa unabii."
Mababu wa zamani
Kumwamini mtu ni kukubali kuwa alichokisema ni kweli.
Yesu alimaanisha kuwa Mungu amajifunua na amri zake kwa Wayahudi, sio kwa Wasamalia. Kupitia maadiko Wayahudi wanajua Mungu ni nani kuliko Wasamalia.
Wokovu wa milele kutoka dhambini unatoka kwa Mungu Baba, ambaye ni Yaweh, Mungu wa Wayahudi.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
Hii haimaanishi kuwa Wayahudi watawaokoa wengine kutoka dhambini. Ina maanisha kuwa Mungu amewachagua Wayahudi kama watu maalumu ambao watakaowambia watu wengine kuhusu wokovu wake. "kwa sababu watu wote watafahamu wakovu wa Mungu kwa sababu ya Wayahudi.
kuabudu ka
"Ingawa, huu ni wakati sahihi kwa waabudu w kweli."
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu.
"kumwabudu katika njia sahihi."
Haya maneno mawili yana maanisha "mfalme aaliyeahidia na Mungu."
Haya maneno "atawambia kila kitu" yanamaanisha mambo yote ambayo watu wanahitaji kujua. "atatwambia kila kitu tunachohitaji kufahamu."
"wakati Yesu alipokuwa akiyasema haya wanafunzi wake walirudi kutoka mjini."
lilikuwa ni jambo la nadra kwa Muyahudi kuongea na mwanamke asiye mfahamu.
Hii ni hali ya kusema jambo dogo kwa kulikuza. Mwanamke Msamalia anavutiwa na Yesu na kwamba anaamini kuwa Yesu anawelewa mambo yote. "Njooni mumwone mtu anaye fahamu mengi zaidi kunihusu, pamoja kwamba sijawahi kukutana naye!"
Mwanamke hana uhakika kuwa Yesu ni Kristo, kwa hiyo anauliza swali ambalo linahitaji jibu la '"hapana" lakini anauliza swali badala ya kuweka sentesi kwa sababu anataka watu wenyewe waamue wenyewe.
"Wakati mwananamke alipokuwa akienda mjini"
"wanafunzi walikuwa wakimwambia Yesu" au wanafunzi walikuwa wakimtia moyo"
Hapa Yesu haongelei "chakula" bali anawaandaa wanafunzi wake kwa ajili ya fundisho la kiroho.
Wanafunzi wanafikiri kuwa anaongelea chakula cha kawaida.Wakaanza kuulizana wakitegemea mwitikio wa hapana. Hakika hakuna mtu aliye mletea chakula tulipokuwa mjini!"
"Chakula" hapa ni lugha ya picha inayowakilisha "kutii mapenzi ya Mugu." Kama vile ambavyo chakula kinavyo mtoshelea mwenye njaa, kutii mapenzi ya Mungu ndich kinachonitosheleza."
'Je hii sio miongoni mwa misemo yenu maarufu"
maneno haya mashamba na mazao yaliyo tayari yana lugha ya picha. Mashamba yanawakilisha watu wa mataifa. Na neno wako tayari linamaanisha utayari wa watu wa mataifu wa kupokea ujumbe wa Yesu kama vile mashamba yalivyo tayari kwa kuvunwa. "tazameni hawa watu wa mataifa!wako tayari kupokea ujumbe wangu, kama vile mazao katika mashamba yalivyo tayari kwa ajili ya kuvunwa."
Yesu anaonyesha kuwa kuna tuzo kwa wale "wanaofanya kazi katika mashamba" na kuwashirikisha ujumbe wake wengine. Na yule atakaye pokea ujumbe atapokea pia uzima wa milele ambao Mungu anawapa watu.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na wanafunzi wake.
Maneno "kupanda" na kuvuna ni maneno ya lugha ya picha. Yeye anayepanda anashirikisha ujumbe wa Yesu. Yeye anayevuna anawasaidia watu kupokea ujumbe wa Yesu." Mtu mmoja hupanda mbegu, na mwingine huvuna mazao."
ninyi wenyewe hutia msisitizo kwa neno "wewe" tafsiri hili katika lugha yako katika namna ya kumsisitiza mtu.
"Kuamini katika" maana yake ni "kuamini katika" huyo mtu. Hapa pia ina maanisha kuwa waliamini kuwa alikuwa Mwana wa Mungu.
hili ni hali ya kuelezea jambo dogo katika hali kulifanya jambo kuwa kubwa zaidi ya lilivyo. Mwanamke alivutiwa sana na Yesu na akahisi kuwa lazima akuwa anajua kila kitu kumuhusu yeye. "Ameniambia mambo mengi kuhusu maisha yangu."
"Neno" hapa lina sisimama kwa kumaanisha ujumbe ambao Yesu alihubiri. "ujumbe wake"
ulimwengu hapa unasimama kwa kumaanisha watu wote wanaoishi duniani. "Watu wote wanaoishi duniani."
hii ni sehemu ya simulizi ambayo Yesu anatelemka kwenda Galilaya na anamponya kijana.Mstari 44 inatupa habari kuhusu kitu ambacho Yesu alikuwa amekisema mwanzoni.
yeye mwenyewe limeongezwa kwa kutia msisitizo kwamba Yesu alikuwa ametangaza" au alisema haya.. Unaweza kuliweka katika lugha kwa jinsi ya kutia msisitizo kwa mtu.
Watu haonyeshi heshima au kumuhesimu nabii wa nchi ya kwao" au "nabii haheshimiwi na watu wa jamii yake."
sikukuu hapa ni Pasaka.
Neno hili linaonyesha ukomo wa masimulizi na kuhamia sehemu nyingine ya simulizi. kama katika lugha yako kuna jinsi ya kuweka hili unaweza kuweka.
mtu ambaye yuko katika huduma ya mfalme
"kuwa katika hali kufa."
Msipo...hamwe kuamini" ni mashaka hasi. Katika lugha nyingine hili linatafsiriwa katika mtazamo chanya. "Mtaamini tu pale mtakapoona miujiza."
Hapa "neno" lina maanisha ujumbe ambao Yesu alioutoa. "amini ujumbe."
hili neno limetumika kuonesha matukio mawili ambayo yanatokea kwa wakati mmoja. Afisa alipokuwa akienda nyumani, wafanya kazi wake wakimpokea njiani.
yeye mwenyewe imetumika kusistiza neno "yeye" kama katika lugha yako una namna ya kusema unaweza kufikiri namna ya kutumia.
Miujiza inaweza kuitwa "ishara" kwa sababu yametumika kama kiilelezo cha ushahidi kuwa Mungu ni mwenye nguvu zaidi na aliye na mamlaka juu ya dunia.
1 Baada ya hapo kulikuwa na sikukuu ya Wayahudi, na Yesu alipanda kwenda Yerusalemu. 2 Na kule Yerusalemu palikuwa na birika kwenye mlango wa kondoo, lililokuwa likiitwa kwa lugha ya Kiebrania Bethzatha, nalo lina matao matano. 3 Idadi kubwa ya wagonjwa ilikuwemo, vipofu, viwete, au waliopooza walikuwa wamelala katika matao hayo. {Zingatia: Maneno ya mstari wa 3 hayaonekani katika nakala nzuri za kale. "Wakisubiri maji kutibuliwa.") Kwa hakikia wakati fulani malaika alishuka ndani ya Bwana na kuyatibua maji. 4 Kwahiyo, yule ambaye alikuwa wa kwanza kuingia ndani ya baada ya maji kutibuliwa alifanywa mzima kutokana na chochote kilichokuwa kimemshika kwa wakati huo. 5 Na mtu mmoja aliyekuwa ameugua kwa muda wa miaka thelathini na minane alikuwa ndani ya matao. 6 Yesu alipomwona amelala ndani ya matao na baada ya kutambua kuwa amelala pale kwa muda mrefu Yesu alimwambia, "Je unataka kuwa mzima?" 7 Yule mgonjwa akamjibu, "Bwana sina mtu, wa kuniweka katika birika wakati maji yanapotibuliwa. Wakati ninapojaribu kuingia mtu mwingine hunitangulia." 8 Yesu akamwambia, "Inuka na uchukue godoro lako na uende." 9 Mara yule mtu akaponywa, akachukua kintanda chake na akaenda. Na siku hiyo ilikuwa siku ya Sabato. 10 Hivyo Wayahudi wakamwambia yule mtu aliyeponywa, "Leo ni siku ya Sabato, na hauruhusiwi kubeba godoro lako." 11 Akajibu, yeye aliyeniponya ndiye aliyeniambia, "Chukua godoro lako na uende." 12 Wakauliza, "Ni nani aliyekuambia 'Chukua godoro lako na uende?''' 13 Ingawa, yule aliyeponywa hakumjua, kwa sababu Yesu alikuwa ameondoka kwa siri. Kwa kuwa kulikuwa na watu wengi katika sehemu hiyo. 14 Baada ya hapo Yesu alimkuta yule mtu hekaluni na akamwambia, "Tazama, umepona! "Usitende dhambi tena usije ukapatwa na jambo baya zaidi." 15 Yule mtu akaenda na kuwataarifu Wayahudi kuwa Yesu ndiye aliyemponya. 16 Hivyo, kwa sababu ya mambo hayo Wayahudi walimtesa Yesu, kwa sababu alifanya mambo haya siku ya Sabato. 17 Yesu akawambia, "Baba yangu anafanya kazi hata sasa nami nafanya kazi." 18 Kwa sababu hiyo Wayahudi walizidi kumtafuta ili wamuue sio tu kwa sababu ya kuivunja Sabato, bali kwa kumwita Mungu Baba yake, akijifanya kuwa sawa na Mungu. 19 Yesu akawajibu, "Amini, amini, Mwana hawezi kufanya kitu chochote isipokuwa kile ambacho amemwona Baba yake anakifanya, kwa kuwa chochote Baba akifanyacho ndicho na Mwana atakachofanya. 20 Kwa kuwa Baba ampenda Mwana, na amwonyesha kila kitu anachokifanya na atamwonyesha mambo makubwa kuliko haya ili kwamba mzidi kushangaa." 21 Kwa kuwa kama vile ambavyo Baba awafufuavyo wafu na kuwapa uzima, halikadhalika Mwana pia humpa yeyote ampendaye. 22 Kwa kuwa Baba hamhukumu yeyote, bali amempa Mwana hukumu yote 23 ili kwamba wote wamuheshimu Mwana kama vile Mwana anavyomuheshimu Baba. Yeye asiyemuheshimu Mwana hamuheshimu Baba aliyemtuma. 24 Amini, amini, yeye asikiaye neno langu na kumwamini yeye aliyenituma anao uzima wa milele na hatahukumiwa. Badala yake, amepita kutoka mautini na kuingia uzimani. 25 Amini, amini, nawambia wakati unakuja na sasa upo ambao wafu watasikia sauti ya Mwana wa Mungu, na wote watakao sikia wataishi. 26 Kwa kuwa kama vile Baba alivyo na uzima ndani yake mwenyewe, 27 kadhalika amempa Mwana kuwa na uzima ndani yake, na Baba amempa Mwana mamlaka ili kwamba ahukumu kwa kuwa ni Mwana wa Adamu. 28 Msishangazwe na hili, kwa kuwa wakati unakuja ambao wafu wote waliomo makaburini wataisikia sauti yake 29 nao watatoka nje: kwa waliotenda mema kwa ufufuo wa uzima, na walio tenda mabaya kwa ufufuo wa hukumu. 30 Siwezi kufanya kitu chochote kutoka kwangu mwenyewe. Kama nisikiavyo, ndivyo ninavyo hukumu na hukumu yangu ni ya haki kwa kuwa sitafuti mapenzi yangu, bali mapenzi yake aliyenituma. 31 Kama nikijishuhudia mwenyewe, ushuhuda wangu usingelikuwa wa kweli. 32 Kuna mwingine anayeshuhudia kuhusu mimi na ninajua kwa hakika ushuhuda anaonishuhudia ni wa kweli. 33 Mmetuma kwa Yohana naye ameishuhudia kweli. 34 Hatahivyo, ushuhuda ninaoupokea hautoki kwa mwanadamu. Ninayasema haya ili kwamba mweze kuokolewa. 35 Yohana alikuwa ni taa iliyokuwa ikiwaka na kung'ara, na mlikuwa tayari kuifurahia kwa muda kitambo nuru yake. 36 Ushuhuda nilionao ni mkuu kuliko ule wa Yohana, kwa kazi ambazo Baba amenipa kuzikamilisha, hizo kazi nizifanyazo zashuhudia kuwa Baba amenituma. 37 Baba aliyenituma yeye mwenyewe ameshuhudia kuhusu mimi. Hamjawahi kusikia sauti yake wala kuona umbo lake wakati wowote. 38 Hamna neno lake likikaa ndani yenu kwa kuwa hamumwamini yeye aliyetumwa. 39 Mnayachunguza maandiko mkidhani ndani yake mna uzima wa milele, na hayo maandiko yanashuhudia habari zangu na 40 hamtaki kuja kwangu ili mpate uzima wa milele. 41 Sipokei sifa kutoka kwa watu, 42 lakini ninajua kuwa hamna upendo wa Mungu ndani yenu ninyi wenyewe. 43 Nimekuja kwa jina la Baba yangu, hamukuweza kunipokea. Kama mwingine akija kwa jina lake mngempokea. 44 Je mnawezaje kuamini ninyi ambao mnapokea sifa kutoka kwa kila mmoja wenu lakini hamtafuti sifa itokayo kwa Mungu wa pekee? 45 Msidhani mimi nitawashitaki mbele za Baba. Anayewashitaki ninyi ni Musa, ambaye ninyi mmeweka matumaini yenu kwake. 46 Kama mngekuwa mnamwamini Musa, mngeniamini mimi kwa sababu aliandika kuhusu habari zangu. 47 Kama hamuamini maandiko yake, mtawezaje kuamini maneno yangu.?
Wayahudi wengi waliamini kwamba baraza hizi zilikuwa na uwezo wa kuponya. Hii ilifanyika wakati maji "yalichochewa."
Haya ni marejeo ya wakati baada ya kifo ambapo watu wote watahukumiwa. and )
Yesu anajiita mwenyewe kama "Mwana," "Mwana wa Binadamu" na "Mwana wa Mungu." Lugha zingine haziwezi kuruhusu mtu kujielezea katika 'mtu wa tatu.' and )
Yesu anazungumza juu ya Agano la Kale kushuhudia kumhusu yeye. Agano la Kale linatoa unabii mwingi kuhusu Masihi ambayo yalielezea kuhusu Yesu kabla ya kuja kwake duniani. and )
hili ni tukio linalofuata katika simulizi,ambalo Yesu anapanda kwenda Yerusalemu na anamponya mtu.Mistari hii inatoa mambo ya nyuma kuhusu mwanzoni mwa simulizi.
ina maanisha baada Yesu kumponya mwana wa afisa. ona namna ambavo unaweza kufasiri hili.
"Wayahudi walikuwa wakisherehekea sikukuu"
Yerusalemu iko juu ya kilima. Mabarabara ya Yerusalemu yalipanda juu na kutelemka katika vilima vidogo . Kama lugha yako ina neno tofauti kwa kupanda juu ya kilima kuliko kuliko kutembea katika tambarare unaweza kuitumia hapa.
hili lilikuwa ni shimo chini ambalo watu walijaza maji. Wakati mwingine walilizungushia kwa vigae na mawe.
"Bethzatha" maana yake ni nyumba ya huruma.
muundo ulioezekwa angalau pasipo kuwa ukuta mwingine katika jengo.
"watu wengi"
Mstari wa 5 unatambulisha mtu amelala pembeni mwa dimbwi la simulizi.
"Kulikuwa kwenye dimbwi la Bethzatha"
"amepoza"
miaka minane - miaka 38
"alifahamu" au "alipata kuelewa"
"Y esu akamwambia yule mtu aliye poza"
hapa neno "Bwana" ni namna ya kumkabili mtu wa upole. "Bwana, hakuna mtu"
Hii linaweza kufasiriwa katika muundo tendaji. "wakati malaika hutibua maji"
hili lilikuwa ni shimo katika chini ambalo watu walijaza maji. wakati mwingine walilizungushia kwa vigae na mawe.
watu walishuka kwa hatua kadhaa kuingia ndani ya maji. "mtu mwingine mara zote huingia ndani ya maji kabla yangu.
"simama!"
"Chukua godor lako la kulalia, na utembee!"
"mtu alikuwa na afya tena"
Neno "sasa" limetumika hapa kwa ajili ya Yohana kutoa historia ya nyuma kwamba tukio hili linatukia siku ya Sabato.
hili neno linaonyesha tukio ambalo lilitokea kwa sababu ya kitu fulani kutokea. Katika hili Yesu alikuwa
"Mtu aliye nifanya mzima."
"Viongozi wa Kiyahudi wakamuuliza mtu aliyeponywa"
"Yesu alimpata mtu aliye mponya
"Tazama" au "Sikiliza" au "Tilia manani kile ninachokueleza"
'Basi" linamwonesha Yohana anatoa kwa ufupi kuhusu tabia za viongozi wa Kiyahudi kwa Yesu.
Hii ina maanisha shughli au kitu chochote kinachofanywa kuwatumikia watu.
"sema kwamba alikuwa sawa na Mungu"au kusema kwamba alikuwa na mamlaka makuu kama Mungu"
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na viongozi wa Wayahudi.
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyo tafsiri 1:49; 1:51
"mtashangazwa" au mtasitushwa"
Yesu, kama Mwana wa Mungu, alifuata na kutii uongozi wa Baba yake chini ya nchi kwa sababu Yesu alijua Baba anampenda.
Hivi ni vyeo muhimu ambavyo zinaelezea uhusiano kati ya Yesu na Mungu.
aina hii ya upendo unatoka utokao kwa Mungu unajali mazuri ya wengine, hata kama haina faida yake. Mungu mwenyew ni upendo na chanzo cha upendo wa kweli.
Neno "kwa" ni linganifu Mwan wa Mungu (Mungu Mwana) anatoa maisha kama Mungu Baba anavyotoa uzima.
Hivi ni vyeo ambavyo vinaelezea uhusiano kati ya Mungu na Yesu.
ina maanisha "uzima wa kiroho."
Neno "kwa" linaonesha ulinganifu. Mwana wa Mungu ndiye anayehukumu kwa niaba ya Mungu Baba.
Mungu Mwana ni lazima aheshimiwe na kuabudiwa kama vile ambavyo Mungu Baba. Kama tukishindwa kumuheshimu, pia tunashindwa kumuheshimu Mungu Baba.
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyo tafsiri
"atahukumiwa kuwa hana hatia na"
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyotafsiri mahali pengine pa "amini, amini."
Sauti ya Yesu , Mwana wa Mungu, itawafufua wafu kutoka makaburini.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Yesu.
Neno "kwa" linaonyesha ulinganifu. Mwana wa Mungu ana uzima sawa kama aliona nao Baba.
Hivi ni vyeo muhimu vinavyoelezea ushirika kati ya Mungu na Yesu.
hii ina maanisha uzima wa kiroho
Mwana wa Mungu ana mamlaka ya Mungu Baba kuhukumu.
"sikia sauti ya Mwana wa Adamu"
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyo tafsiri 5:19
Neno "aliye" lina maanisha Mungu Baba
"Sihitaji ushuhuda wa watu"
Hii ina maanisha "kuokolewa" ni katika maana ya kiroho. Kama mtu amekwisha "akolewa" ina maanishakwambaMungu amekwisha msamehe na kumuokoa kutoka katika adhabu ya Jehanamu kwa ajili ya dhambi zake.
Yohana anonesha utakatifu wa Mungu kama vile ambavyo taa itoavyo mwanga.
Mungu Baba amemtuma Mungu Mwana, Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, duniani. Yesu anatimiza kile ambacho Baba amempa kufanya.
Cheo muhimu kwa Mungu
"Hamuamini katika yeye aliyetumwa. Hivi ndivyo ninavyofahamu kuwa hamna neno lake ndani yenu." Kumjua Mungu wa kwelikatika Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, ambaye Baba amemtuma. Maneno "Baba" na "Mwana" lazima yatafsiriwe katika utambulisho ambaye ni lazima tuamini.
"kukaa pamoja nanyi
"mtapata uzima wa milele kama mtasoma maandiko" au "maandiko yatakwambia namna mtakavyo pata uzima wa milele."
"uzima" hapa ina maanisha "uzima wa milele."
"pokea"
Hii ina maanisha 1)"kweli kabisa hamumpendi Mungu" au 2)"kweli hamjapokea upendo wa Mungu."
Hapa neno "jina" lina maanisha mamlaka na nguvu za Baba.
Cheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
"pokea"
"Hakuna namna mnaweza kuamini kwa sababu mnapokea sifa... Mungu!"
hii ina maanisha kuamini katika Yesu.
Yesu amekuja duniani kwa jina la Mungu Baba, Mungu pekee.
Mungu alitoa sheria, ili kwamba mahitaji ya agano, kwa Israeli kupitia Musa. Hiki ndicho Wayahudi walimaanisha walipokuwa wakisema, "Musa alitupa sheria."Lakini kwa Waisraeliambao hawakutii sheria, Yesu alimaanisha kuwa Musa angewa shitakikwa kutokutii. Lakini "Musa" anasimama hapa kwa niaba ya sheria yenyewe.
"ujasiri wenu'
"Hamuamini maandiko , hivyo hamtaamini maneno yangu!"
"Ninachosema?"
1 Baada ya mambo haya, Yesu alienda pande za Bahari ya Galilaya, pia huitwa Bahari ya Tiberia. 2 Mkutano mkubwa ulikuwa ukimfuata kwa sababu waliona ishara alizozifanya kwa waliokuwa wagonjwa. 3 Yesu alipanda juu hadi upande wa juu wa mlima na akakaa huko na wanafunzi wake 4 (Na Pasaka, Sikukuu ya Wayahudi ilikuwa imekaribia). 5 Yesu alipoinua macho yake juu na kuona umati mkubwa unakuja kwake, akamwambia Filipo, "Tutakwenda wapi kununua mikate ili hawa waweze kula"? 6 (Lakini Yesu aliyasema haya kwa Filipo kwa kumjaribu kwa kuwa yeye mwenyewe alijua atakachofanya). 7 Filipo akamjibu, "Hata mikate ya thamani ya dinari mia mbili isingelitosha hata kila mmoja kupata hata kipande kidogo." 8 Andrea, mmoja wa wanafunzi wake ndugu yake Simoni Petro akamwambia 9 Yesu, "Kuna mvulana hapa ana mikate mitano na samaki wawili, lakini hii yafaa nini kwa watu wengi namna hii?" 10 Yesu akawambia, "Waketisheni watu chini" (kulikuwa na nyasi nyingi mahali pale). Hivyo wanaume wapata elfu tano wakakaa chini. 11 Kisha Yesu akachukua ile mikate mitano akashukuru akawawagawia wale waliokuwa wamekaa. Vivyo hivyo akawagawia samaki kwa kadiri ya vile wavyohitaji. 12 Watu waliposhiba, aliwambia wanafunzi wake, "Vikusanyeni vipande vya mabaki, vilivyobaki ili kwamba kisipotee chochote." 13 Basi wakakusanya na kujaza vikapu kumi na viwili, vipande vya mikate mitano ya shayiri- vipande vilivyosazwa na wale waliokula. 14 Kisha watu walipoona ishara hii aliyoifanya walisema, "Kweli huyu ndiye yule nabii ajaye ulimwenguni." 15 Yesu alipotambua kuwa walikuwa wanataka kumkamata ili wamfanye kuwa mfalme wao, alijitenga, tena na akaenda mlimani yeye peke yake. 16 Ilipokuwa jioni, wanafunzi wake walishuka kwenda ziwani. 17 Wakapanda kwenye mtumbwi na walikuwa wakivuka kuelekea Kapernaumu. (Giza lilikuwa limeingia na Yesu alikuwa bado hajaja kwao). 18 Wakati huo upepo mkali ulikuwa ukivuma, na bahari ilikuwa ikendelea kuchafuka. 19 Tena wanafunzi wake walipokuwa wamepiga makasia kama ishirini na matano au thelathini, wakamwona Yesu akitembea juu ya bahari kuukaribia mtumbwi, na wakaogopa. 20 Lakini akawambia, "Ni mimi! Msiogope." 21 Tena walikuwa tayari kumbeba kwenye mtumbwi, na mara mtumbwi ulifika kwenye nchi mahali walipokuwa wakienda. 22 Siku iliyofuata, mkutano uliokuwa umesimama upande wa bahari waliona kuwa hakuna mtumbwi mwingine isipokuwa ule ambayo Yesu na wanafunzi wake walikuwa hawajaupanda lakini wanafunzi wake walikuwa wameenda zao wenyewe. 23 (Ingawa, kulikuwa na baadhi ya mitumbwi iliyotoka Tiberia karibu na mahali walipokula mikate baada ya Bwana kutoa shukrani). 24 Wakati makutano walipotambua kuwa sio Yesu wala wanafunzi wake walikuwa kule, wao wenyewe walipanda ndani ya mitumbwi wakaenda Kapernaumu wakimtafuta Yesu. 25 Baada ya kumpata upande mwingine wa ziwa wakamuuliza, "Rabbi ulikuja lini huku?" 26 Yesu akawajibu, akawambia, Amini, amini, mnanitafuta mimi, sio kwa sababu mliziona ishara, bali kwa sababu mlikula mikate na kushiba. 27 Acheni kukifanyia kazi chakula chenye kuharibika, bali mkifanyie kazi chakula kidumucho hata milele kile ambacho mwana wa Adamu atawapa, kwa kuwa Mungu Baba ameweka muhuri juu yake." 28 Kisha wakamwambia, "Ni nini tunapaswa kufanya ili kuzifanya kazi za Mungu?" 29 Yesu akajibu, "Hii ndiyo kazi ya Mungu: kwamba mmwamini yeye aliyemtuma." 30 Basi wakamwambia, "Ni ishara zipi utakazofanya, kwamba tunaweza kuziona na kukuamini? Utafanya nini? 31 Baba zetu walikula manna jangwani, kama ilivyo andikwa, "Aliwapa mikate kutoka mbinguni ili wale." 32 Kisha Yesu akawajibu, "Amini, amini, sio Musa aliyewapa mkate kutoka mbinguni, bali Baba yangu ndiye awapaye mkate wa kweli kutoka mbinguni. 33 Kwa kuwa mkate wa Mungu ni ule ushukao kutoka mbinguni na kuupatia uzima ulimwengu. 34 Basi wakamwambia, "Bwana tupatie huu mkate wakati wote." 35 Yesu akawambia, "Mimi ndiye mkate wa uzima, yeye ajaye kwangu hatapata njaa na yeye aniaminiye hatahisi kiu kamwe." 36 Ingawa niliwaambia kwamba, mmeniona, na bado hamuamini. 37 Wote ambao Baba anaonipa watakuja kwangu, na yeyote ajaye kwangu sitamtupa nje kabisa. 38 Kwa kuwa nimeshuka kutoka mbinguni, sio kwa ajili ya kufanya mapenzi yangu, bali mapenzi yake aliyenituma. 39 Na haya ndiyo mapenzi yake aliyenituma, kwamba nisimpoteze hata mmoja wa wale alionipa, bali nitawafufua siku ya mwisho. 40 Kwa kuwa haya ndiyo mapenzi ya Baba yangu, kwamba yeyote amtazamaye Mwana na kumwamini apate uzima wa milele; nami nitamfufua siku ya mwisho. 41 Kisha wayahudi wakamnung`unikia kumhusu yeye kwa sababu alisema, "Mimi ni mkate ulioshuka kutoka mbinguni." 42 Wakasema, "Huyu siyo Yesu mwana wa Yusuph, ambaye baba yake na mama yake tunamfahamu? Imekuwaje sasa anasema, 'Nimeshuka kutoka mbinguni`?" 43 Yesu akajibu, akawambia, "Msinung'unikiane miongoni mwenu wenyewe. 44 Hakuna mtu ajaye kwangu asipovutwa na Baba yangu aliyenituma, nami nitamfufua siku ya mwisho. 45 Kwa kuwa imeandikwa katika manabii, 'Watafundishwa na Mungu.' Kila aliyesikia na amejifunza kutoka kwa Baba, huja kwangu. 46 Sio kwamba kuna mtu aliyemwona Baba, isipokuwa yeye atokaye kwa Mungu- amemwona Baba. 47 Amini, amini yeye aaminiye anao uzima wa milele. 48 Mimi ni mkate wa uzima. 49 mababa zenu walikula manna jangwani, na wakafa. 50 Huu ndio mkate ushukao kutoka mbinguni, ili kwamba mtu aule sehemu yake ili asife. 51 Mimi ni mkate uishio ambao umeshuka kutoka mbinguni. Kama mtu yeyote akila sehemu ya mkate huu, ataishi milele. Mkate nitakao utoa ni mwili wangu kwa ajili ya uzima wa ulimwengu." 52 Wayahudi wakakasirika wenyewe kwa wenyewe na wakaanza kubishana wakisema, "Mtu huyu anawezaje kutupa mwili wake tuule?" 53 Kisha Yesu akawambia, "Amini, amini, msipoula mwili wa Mwana wa Adamu na kuinywa damu yake, hamta kuwa na uzima ndani yenu. 54 Yeyote aulaye mwili wangu na kuinywa damu yangu anao uzima wa milele, nami nitamfufua siku ya mwisho. 55 Kwa kuwa mwili wangu ni chakula cha kweli, na damu yangu ni kinywaji cha kweli. 56 Yeye aulaye mwili wangu na kuinywa damu yangu hukaa ndani yangu, nami ndani yake. 57 Kama Baba mwenye uzima alivyonituma, na kama niishivyo kwa sababu ya Baba, na yeye pia ataishi kwa sababu yangu. 58 Huu ndio mkate ushukao kutoka mbinguni, sio kama vile mababa walivyo kula wakafa. Yeye aulaye mkate huu ataishi milele. 59 Yesu aliyasema mambo haya ndani ya sinagogi alipokuwa akifundisha huko Kapernaumu. 60 Ndipo wengi wa wanafunzi wake waliposikia haya, wakasema, "Hili nifundisho gumu ni nani awezaye kulipokea?" 61 Yesu kwa sababu alijua ya kuwa wanafunzi wake walikuwa wakilinung'unikia jambo hili, akawambia je jambo hili linawakwaza? 62 Basi itakuaje mtakapomwona mwana wa Adamu akishuka kutoka alikokuwa kabla? 63 Ni Roho ndiye atoaye uzima. Mwili haufaidii kitu chochote. Maneno niliyoyasema kwenu ni roho na ni uzima. 64 Bado kuna watu kati yenu wasioamini." kwa sababu Yesu alijua tangu mwanzo yule ambaye asiyeweza kuamini na yeye ambaye angemsaliti. 65 Akawambia, ni kwa sababu hii niliwambia kwamba hakuna mtu awezaye kuja kwangu isipokuwa amepewa na Baba." 66 Baada ya haya wanafunzi wake wengi walirudi nyuma na hawakuambatana naye tena. 67 Yesu akawambia wale kumi na wawili, "Je na ninyi mnataka kuondoka?" 68 Simoni Petro akamjibu, "Bwana twende kwa nani kwani wewe unayo maneno ya uzima wa milele, 69 na tumeamini na kujua kuwa wewe ni Mtakatifu wa Mungu." 70 Yesu akawambia, "Je mimi sikuwachagua ninyi, na mmoja wenu ni ibilisi? 71 Sasa alikuwa akiongea kuhusu Yuda, mwana wa Simoni Iskariote, kwa kuwa alikuwa ni yeye akiwa mmoja wa wale kumi na wawili, ambaye ndiye angemsaliti Yesu.
Ingawa si wasomi wote wanakubaliana juu ya sababu halisi ambayo Yesu hakutaka kuwa mfalme, kwa ujumla walikubaliana kuwa watu hawakuwa na nia nzuri ya kumfanya awe mfalme. Walitaka awe mfalme kwa sababu aliwapa chakula. Walikosa kutambua ukweli kwamba amekwisha kuwa mfalme wa wafalme.
Yesu anatumia taswira ya mkate katika sura hii. Umuhimu wa mkate asili yake ni utoaji wa kila siku ambao Mungu alitoa kwa Israeli jangwani kwa miaka 40 na matukio ya Pasaka.
When Jesus said, "Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves," he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. and )
Yohana anatumia maneno haya mara saba katika injili yake. Ni maneno sawa yanayotumiwa na Mungu, alipojidhihirisha pamoja na jina lake Yahweh katika kichaka kilichokuwa kinawaka. Jina "Yahweh" linaweza kutafsiriwa kama Mimi ndimi."
Maneno haya hutumiwa kumaanisha kwamba wengi "wataamini Yesu."
Hii inapaswa kuonekana wazi kama mfano. Ni marejeo ya mazoezi yaliyoanzishwa wakati wa chakula cha mwisho cha Yesu wakati Yesu alitumia mkate na divai kuwakilisha mwili wake na damu. Hii ni kumbukumbu ya kifo cha Yesu kwa dhambi. , and )
Mara kadhaa katika kifungu hiki, Yohana anaandika maelezo mengine ili msomaji afahamu vizuri habari. Maelezo haya yanalenga kumpa msomaji ujuzi wa ziada bila kudakiza uandishi. Maneno haya yanawekwa ndani ya mabano.
Yesu anajiita mwenyewe kama "Mwana wa Binadamu." Lugha zingine haziwezi kuruhusu mtu kujitaja mwenyewe kama 'mtu wa tatu.'
Hii ni sehemu ya pili ya simulizi. Mkutano ulikuwa umemfuata Yesu juu ya mlima. Mistari hii inazungumzia mahali ambapo simulizi inaanzia.
Neno " haya mambo" ina maanisha matukio katika. "wakati mwingine baadaye."
"Yesu akaenda mahali" au "Yesu kasafiri"
kitendo katika simulizi kinaanza msitari wa 5.
Yohana kwa ufupi anaacha kuongea kuhusu matukio katika simulizi ili kwamba alete hisotia ya nyuma kuhusu lini tukio lilitokea.
kwa ufupi Yohana anaacha kuongea kuhusu matukio katika simulizi ili kwamba afafanue kwa niniYesu alimuuliza Filipo mahali pa kunua mkate.
Neno "mwenyewe" hapa linaweka wazi kwamba neno "yeye" lina maanisha Yesu.Yesu alifahamu nini angefanya.
" Mikate ambayo inagharimu mshahara wa siku mia mbili." Dinari ni wingi wa "dinari nyingi."
mkate mdogo wa mvilingo uliotengenezwa kwa nafaka ya kawaida.
hii"silesi chacheya mikate na samaki haitoshikulisha watu wengi."
au "kaa chini" tegemea na desturi yako
Hii ilikuwa ni sehemu nzuri kabisa kwa ajili ya watu kukaa.
Mkutano
wakati mkutano pengine ulijumuisha wanawake na watoto.
Yesu aliomba kwa Mungu Baba na kumshukuru kwa ajili ya mkate na samaki.
Yesu aliivunja mikate na samaki akawapitishia wanafunzi wake. Kisha wanafunzi wakawapitishia watu mikate na samaki.
Yesu anajitoa katika mkutano. Hii ni sehemu ya mwisho ya simulizi kuhusuYesu kuwalisha mkutano juu ya mlima.
"Wanfunzi wakakusanya"
chakula ambacho hakuna mtu aliye amekila
Yesu anawalisha watu 5000kwa mikate mitani ya shairi na samaki wawili.
ili ni tukio linalofuata katika simulizi;wanafunzi wa Yesu wanaenda ziwani.
Tumia lugha yako jinsi ya kuonesha hii ni habari ya nyuma ya habari.
kwa kawaida mitumbwi ilikuwa na watuwawili, au sita watu waliopiga makasia kwa pamoja. Mila yako inaweza ikawa na namna nyingine ya kusababisha mtumbwikukatisha katika maji mengi .
tano au makasia sita "kama kilometa tano au sita." kasia ni kama makasia, mita 185.
Bahari ya Galilaya
tumia lugha yako kuonesha kuwa hii ni habari ya nyuma.
siku iliyofuata baada ya Yesu kuwalisha watu, baadhi ya mitumbwi kutoka Tiberia ilikuja na watu ili wamwone Yesu.Ingawa, Yesu na wanafunzi wake walikuwa wametoka usiku mmoja kabla.
mkutano unaanza kumuuliza Yesu maswali
tafsiri hili kama ulivyo tafsiri mengine kama haya maneno.
Baba amfanya uthibitisho wake kwa Yesu, Mwana wa Adamu na Mwanawa Mungu, kutoa uzima wa milele kwa wale wanao amini katika yeye. Baba na Mwana wamekwisha timiza msamaha wa milele na uzima.
Hivi ni vyeo muhimu ambavyo zinaelezea uhusiano kati Mungu na Yesu.
"ametia muhuri" juu ya kitu maana yake kuweka alama juu yake kuonesha ina milikiwa na.Hii ina maana kuwa Mwana anatokana na Baba.
"mababa wa zamani"
Ina maanisha sehemu ambayo Mungu huishi
Tafsiri hili kama ulivyo tafsiri maneno kama haya.
Baba anatupa "mkate wa kweli" kutoka mbinguni, Mwanae Yesu. Pamoja Baba na Mwana pamoja na Roho Mtakatifu wanawapa watu maisha ya kimwili, kiroho na maisha ya milele.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
Yesu anajilinganisha na mkate. Kama vile mkate uliyo muhimu kwa ajili ya maisha yetu ya mwili, Yesu ni wa muhimu kwa ajili ya maisha yetu ya kiroho.
hili lina maanisha uzima wa kiroho.
Yesu anajifananisha na mkate. Kama vile mkate ulivyo muhimu kwa maisha yetu ya mwili, Yesu ni wa muhimu kwa maisha yetu ya kiroho.
Hii ina maanisha kuaminia kuwa Yesu ni Mwan wa Mungu, kumtegemea kama mwokozi, na kuishi katika namna ambayo ina mpendeza.
Mungu Baba na Mungu Mwana ni washirika katwa milele kwa wale wanao mwamini Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu.
Cheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
"Nitamtunza kila mmoja ambaye ajaye kwangu.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na mkutano
"Baba yangu, aliyenituma mimi"
"Niwatunze wote"
Yesu anafafanua kwamba Mpango wa Baba unatoauzima wa milele kwa walew wanaoamini " Mwana,"Mwana wa Mungu, Yesu Kristo atakaye fufua na kutukuza miili ya wote wanao amini.
Yesu anafafanua kwamba mpango wa Mung unaleta uzima wa milele kwa wale wote wanao mwanini "Mwana," Mwana wa Mungu, Yesu Kristo, ambaye atakaye wafufua na kutukuza miili ya wale wanaoamini.
Viongozi wa Wayahudi wanaingilia kati wakata Yesu anaongea na mkutano.
Kuongea katika hali ya kutokuwa na furaha
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyotafsiri 6:35
Yesu anaendela kuongea na mkutano na sasa anaongea na viongozi wa Wayahudi.
hii inaweza kufasiriwa 1) "kuvuta" 2)"kuvutia"
"Manabii waliandika"
Wayahudi walifikiri Yesu alikuwa mwana wa Yusufu" lakini ni Mwana wa Mungu kwa sababu Baba yake ni Mungu Baba , sio Yusufu. Wale wote ambao kweli wanajifunza kwa Mungu Baba wanaamini katika Yesu, Mungu Mwana.
Cheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na mkutano na viongozi wa Wayahudi.
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyo tafsiri maneno mengine ya namna hii.
Ingawa hakuna mwadamu aishie katika dunia amemwona Mungu Baba, Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, amemwona Baba.
Cheo muhimu kwa mungu.
"uzima wa milele" umeunganishwa katika Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu.
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyotafsiri maneno yanayofanana na haya.
"mababa wa zamani"
hii ina maanisha kifo cha kimwili.
tazama notisi 6:35
"ishi milele." hapa neno "kufa" lina maanisha kifo cha kiroho.
Hii ina maanisha" mkate ambao una sababisha watu kuishi"
Baadhi ya Wayahudi waliopo wanaanza kubishana wenyewe na Yesu anajibu kwa swali lao.
tafsiri hili kama ulivyo tafsiri maneno mengine ya namma hii.
Kumpokea Mwana wa Adamukwa imani ni sawa kupokea chakula na kinywaji.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea kwa wote wanao msikiliza.
Kumpokea Yesu kwa imani kunaleta uzima wa milele kama vile ambavyo chakula na kinywaji vinavyoawilisha mwili.
Hii inaweza 1) "Baba atoaye uzima" au "Baba aishie," kama watu au wanyama wanavyoishi, kinyume cha "kifo"
hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
Yesu alitumwa na Baba, na anaishi kama mwanadamu kwa sababu ya Mungu Baba. Kama Mungu Mwana alivyotumwa na Mungu Baba, Yesu ni chanzo cha uzima wa milele.
"mababa wa zamani"
hii ni babari ya nyuma kuhusu wakati tukio hili lilipotukia.
"hakuna mtu anaweza kulipokea." au "halipokeleki."
"Nin shangazwa kwamba hili lina wakwaza!"
"linakusababisha kukata tamaa kwa imani yako"
"Labda mtaamini ujumbe wangu kama mkiniona, yeye aliye kuja kutoka mbinguni, akishuka kule nilikokuwa kabla!"
Hii ina maanisha kusababisha vitu vizuri kutokea.
"Ujumbe" Pengine maana: 1) maneno yake ndani au 2) kila kitu anachofundisha.
"Nilichowambia"
Maana zinazo wezekana ni 1)Roho Mtakatifu au2) vitu vya kiroho.
maana dhaniwa 1)"karibia Roho na uzima wa milele" au "kutoka kwa Roho na inatoa uzima wa milele" au 3)" ni kuhusuvitu vya kiroho na uzima."
Mwana wa Mungu, amepewa na Baba. Mungu Baba na Mungu Mwana kwa pamoja ni njia katika wokovu msamaha wa milele. Yeyote atakaye kuamini ni lazima aje kwa Mungu kwa kupitia Baba na Mwana.
"nifuate mimi"
hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu
"wanafunzi wake" hapa ina maanisha jumuisho ambao walimfuata Yesu.
Hili kundi maalumu ya wanaume 12 walio mfuata Yesu kwa huduma yake yote. Hii inaweza kufasiriwa "wafuasi kumi na wawili."
"mwenyewe niliwachagua wote, lakini mmoja wenu ni mtumishi wa shetani."
1 Na baada ya mambo haya Yesu alisafiri hivi katika Galilaya, kwa sababu hakupenda kwenda Uyahudi kwa sababu wayahudi walikuwa wakifanya mipango ya kumwua. 2 Sasa sikukuu ya Wayahudi, sikukuu ya Vibanda, ilikuwa karibu. 3 Ndipo ndugu zake walipomwambia, "Ondoka mahali hapa uende Uyahudi, ili kwamba wanafunzi wako vile vile wayaone matendo ufanyayo. 4 Hakuna afanyaye lolote kwa siri iwapo yeye mwenyewe anataka kujulikana wazi. Iwapo unafanya mambo haya, jionyeshe mwenyewe kwa ulimwengu." 5 Hata ndugu zake pia hawakumwamini. 6 Ndipo Yesu alipowaambia, "Wakati wangu haujafika bado, lakini wakati wenu kila mara uko tayari. 7 Ulimwengu hauwezi kuwachukia ninyi, bali unanichukia mimi kwa sababu ninaushuhudia kuwa matendo yake ni maovu. 8 Pandeni kwenda katika sikukuu; mimi siendi katika sikukuu hii kwa sababu muda wangu haujakamilika bado." 9 Baada ya kusema mambo hayo kwao, alibaki Galilaya. 10 Hata hivyo, ndugu zake walipokuwa wamekwenda katika sikukuu, ndipo naye alienda, siyo kwa wazi bali kwa siri. 11 Wayahudi walikuwa wakimtafuta katika sikukuu na kusema, "Yuko wapi?" 12 Kulikuwa na majadiliano mengi miongoni mwa makutano juu yake. Wengine walisema, "Ni mtu mwema." Wengine walisema, "Hapana, huwapotosha makutano." 13 Hata hivyo hakuna aliyezungumza wazi juu yake kwa kuwaogopa Wayahudi. 14 Wakati sikukuu ilipofika katikati, Yesu alipanda kwenda Hekaluni na kuanza kufundisha. 15 Wayahudi walikuwa wakishangaa na kusema, "Kwa jinsi gani mtu huyu anajua mambo mengi? Hajasoma kamwe." 16 Yesu akawajibu na kuwaambia, "Mafundisho yangu siyo yangu, bali ni yake yeye aliyenituma. 17 Iwapo yeyote atapenda kufanya mapenzi yake yeye, atajua kuhusu mafundisho haya, kama yanatoka kwa Mungu, au kama ninazungumza kutoka kwangu mwenyewe. 18 Kila anayezungumza yatokayo kwake mwenywe hutafuta utukufu wake, bali kila atafutaye utukufu wake yeye aliyemtuma, mtu huyo ni wa kweli, na ndani yake hakuna kutotenda haki. 19 Musa hakuwapa nyinyi sheria? Lakini hakuna hata mmoja kati yenu atendaye sheria. Kwa nini mnataka kuniua? 20 Makutano wakajibu, "Una pepo. Nani anataka kukuua?" 21 Yesu akajibu na akawaambia, "Nimetenda kazi moja, nanyi nyote mmeshangazwa kwa sababu yake. 22 Musa aliwapa tohara (siyo kwamba inatoka kwa Musa, bali ile inatoka kwa mababa), na katika Sabato mnamtahili mtu. 23 Iwapo mtu atapokea tohara katika siku ya Sabato ili kwamba sheria ya Musa isivunjwe, kwa nini mnanikasirikia mimi kwa sababu nimemfanya mtu kuwa mzima kabisa katika Sabato? 24 Msihukumu kulingana na mwonekano, bali hukumuni kwa haki. 25 Baadhi yao kutoka Yerusalemu wakasema, "Siye huyu wanayemtafuta kumwua? 26 Na tazama, anaongea wazi wazi, na hawasemi chochote juu yake. Haiwezi ikawa kwamba viongozi wanajua kweli kuwa huyu ni Kristo, inaweza kuwa? 27 Tunajua huyu mtu anatokea wapi. Kristo atakapokuja, hata hivyo, hakuna atakayejua wapi anakotoka." 28 Yesu alikuwa akipaza sauti yake hekaluni, akifundisha na kusema, "Ninyi nyote mnanijua mimi na mnajua nitokako. Sikuja kwa nafsi yangu, bali yeye aliyenituma ni wa kweli, na hamumjui yeye. 29 Ninamjua yeye kwa sababu nimetoka kwake na alinituma." 30 Walikuwa wanajaribu kumkamata, lakini hakuna hata mmoja aliyeinua mkono wake juu yake kwa sababu saa yake ilikuwa bado haijafika. 31 Hata hivyo, wengi katika makutano walimwamini. Walisema, "Kristo atakapokuja, atafanya ishara nyingi kuliko alizofanya mtu huyu?" 32 Mafarisayo waliwasikia makutano wakinong'onezana mambo haya kuhusu Yesu, na wakuu wa makuhani na Mafarisayo wakatuma maafisa ili kumkamata. 33 Ndipo Yesu aliposema, "Bado kuna muda kitambo niko pamoja nanyi, na baadaye nitakwenda kwake yeye aliyenituma. 34 Mtanitafuta wala hamtaniona; kule niendako, hamtaweza kuja." 35 Kwa hiyo Wayahudi wakasemezana wao kwa wao, "Mtu huyu atakwenda wapi kwamba tusiweze kumuona? Ataenda kwa Waliotawanyika kati ya Wayunani na kuwafundisha Wayunani? 36 Ni neno gani hili alilolisema, 'Mtanitafuta wala hamtaniona; kule niendako hamtamweza kuja'?" 37 Sasa katika siku ya mwisho, siku kubwa ya sikukuu, Yesu alisimama akapaza sauti, akisema, "Ikiwa yeyote ana kiu, na aje kwangu anywe. 38 Yeye aniaminiye mimi, kama maandiko yalivyosema, kutoka ndani yake itatiririka mito ya maji ya uzima." 39 Lakini aliyasema haya kuhusu Roho, ambaye wao wamwaminio watampokea; Roho alikuwa bado hajatolewa kwa sababu Yesu alikuwa hajatukuzwa bado. 40 Baadhi ya makutano, waliposikia maneno haya, walisema, "Kweli huyu ni nabii." 41 Wengine walisema, "Huyu ni Kristo." Lakini wengine walisema, "nini, Kristo aweza kutoka Galilaya? 42 Maandiko hayajasema kuwa Kristo atatokea katika ukoo wa Daudi na kutoka Bethlehemu, kijiji ambacho Daudi alikuwa? 43 Hivyo, pale ukainuka mgawanyiko katikati ya makutano kwa ajili yake. 44 Wengine kati yao wangelimkamata, lakini hakuna aliyenyoosha mikono yake juu yake. 45 Ndipo wale maofisa wakarudi kwa wakuu wa makuhani na Mafarisayo, nao wakawaambia, "Kwa nini hamjamleta?" 46 Maofisa wakajibu, "Hakuna mtu aliyewahi kuzungumza kama huyu kabla." 47 Ndipo Mafarisayo walipowajibu, "Na nyinyi pia mmepotoshwa? 48 Kuna yeyote kati ya watawala anayemwamini, au yeyote wa Mafarisayo? 49 Bali hawa makutano wasiojua sheria - wamelaaniwa." 50 Nikodemo akawaambia (yeye aliyemwendea Yesu zamani, akiwa mmoja wa Mafarisayo), 51 "Je sheria yetu inamhukumu mtu isipokuwa amesikilizwa kwanza na kujua anachokifanya?" 52 Walijibu na kumwambia, "Na wewe pia unatokea Galilaya? Tafuta na uone kwamba hakuna nabii aliyetokea Galilaya." 53 (Zingatia: Baadhi ya maneno ya Yohana 7: 53 - 8: 11 hayamo katika nakala bora za kale). Kisha kila mtu alienda nyumbani kwake.
This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. and )
Labda watafsiri watapenda kuandika alama katika mstari wa 53 kumwelezea msomaji kwa nini wamechagua kutafsiri au kutotafsiri mistari 7:53-8:11.
Kifungu hiki na "saa yake haujafika" hutumiwa katika sura hii kuonyesha kwamba Yesu alikuwa na uwezo juu ya vitu vilikuwa vinatoweka maishani mwake.
Hii ni mfano muhimu inayotumiwa katika Agano Jipya. Ni mfano. Kwa sababu mfano huu unatolewa katika mazingira ya jangwa, labda inaonyesha kuwa Yesu anaweza kutoa chakula cha kudumisha maisha.
Yesu anatoa unabii juu ya maisha yake bila kutoa habari yote katika Yohana 7:33-34.
Nikodemo anawaelezea Mafarisayo wengine kwamba Sheria inamlazimisha asikie mtu moja kwa moja kabla ya kutoa hukumu juu yake. Mafarisayo kwa upande wao walifanya hukumu juu ya Yesu bila kuzungumza na Yesu.
Ndugu za Yesu hawakuamini kwamba Yesu alikuwa Masihi.
Neno hili linatumika kwa njia mbili tofauti katika kifungu hiki. Linatumika hasa kwa kutaja upinzani wa viongozi wa Kiyahudi waliokuwa wakijaribu kumwua (Yohana 7:1). Pia hutumiwa kwa kutaja watu wa Yudea kwa ujumla ambao walikuwa na maoni mazuri ya Yesu (Yohana 7:13). Mtafsiri anaweza kutumia maneno "viongozi wa Kiyahudi" na "watu wa Kiyahudi" au "Wayahudi (viongozi)" na "Wayahudi (kwa ujumla)."
"Na baada ya kumaliza kuongea pamoja na wanafunzi"
"tembea"
Hili linaelekeza kwa ndugu zake halisi, wana wa Mariamu na Yusufu.
"Watu wote" au "kila mmoja"
kaka zake wadogo
Yesu anamaanisha kuwa wakati muafaka bado haujafika kwa ajili ya huduma yake
wingi
Yerusalemu ilikuwa upande wa juu kutoka pale walipokuwa
Mafungu haya mawili yana maanisha jambo moja, iliyorudiwa kwa kuweka mkazo. Lugha zingine huweka mkazo kwa njia tofauti.
Hili huchukuliwa katika hisia zisizokuwa za furaha wakati ambapo kuna utisho wa kuumizwa kwake au wengine.
"Haiwezekani akajua mengi juu ya maandiko."
Neno "yeye" linamhusu Mungu Baba.
"lakini ninafanya mambo ili kwamba wengine wapate kumheshimu yeye aliyenituma, nami ni yule asemaye kweli. Sidanganyi kamwe."
"Ni Musa aliyewapa ninyi sheria."
"Mnatafuta kuniua."
"Wewe ni kichaa."
"Hakuna yeyote anayetaka kukuua."
"Muujiza mmoja" au "ishara moja"
Hapa mwandishi anatoa maelezo ya nyongeza.
"Hamkupaswa kunikasirikia kwa sababu nimemfanya mtu kuwa mzima siku ya Sabato."
"Huyu ni Yesu wanayemtafuta kumwua."
"Ninyi" iko katika wingi.
"Ni shahidi wa kweli."
"Kristo atakapokuja hataweza kufanya ishara zaidi ya hizi ambazo mtu huyu amefanya."
"Hii inamaanisha miujiza inayothibitisha kuwa yeye ni Kristo."
Mungu Baba
Wayahudi sehemu mbali mbali katika ulimwengu wa Wagiriki, nje ya Palestina.
Neno "sasa" linatumika hapa kuonyesha mkato ndani ya mstari mkuu wa hadithi.
Ni "kubwa" kwa sababu ni ya mwisho, au muhimu zaidi siku ya sikukuu.
Hii inamaanisha hamu ya mambo ya Mungu, kama vile mwingine anavyoweza kuwa na hamu au "kiu" kwa maji.
Neno "yeye" maana yake "yeyote." Neno "kunywa" hapa linawakilisha utimilifu wa kiroho katika Kristo.
Hapa "maandiko" linasimama kwa unabii wa Masihi kuhusiana na Kristo. Hii siyo nukuu ya moja kwa moja kutoka fungu lolote maalum la Agano la Kale.
Kristo atatoa pumziko la "kiu" ya kiroho kwa watu katika kiwango kikubwa kwamba itatiririkia nje kumsaidia kila aliyepo kama
Hii inamaanisha 1) "maji yatoayo uzima" au "maji yanayowafanya watu kuishi au 2) maji ya asili yatiririkayo kutoka kwenye chemchemi, iliyotofautishwa na maji yatokayo kisimani.
"Yeye" inamaanisha Yesu
"Kristo hawezi kutoka Galilaya."
"Maandiko yanafundisha kwamba Kristo atatoka katika ukoo wa Daudi na kutoka Bethlehemu, kijiji ambacho Daudi alikuwa."
"Manabii waliandika katika maandiko."
Makutano hawakuweza kukubaliana juu ya nani au Yesu alikuwa nani.
"Lakini hakuna aliyemkamata."
"Walinzi wa Hekalu"
Hapa "nyinyi" inamaanisha walinzi wa hekalu.
Hapa "wao" inamaanisha walinzi wa hekalu.
Kudanganywa
"Si watawala wala Mafarisayo waliomwamini."
Hii ilirejea sheria ya Mafarisayo na si sheria ya Musa.
Nikodemo alimaanisha kuwa wale wanaoifuata sheria hawamhukumu mtu kabla ya kumhoji.
"Sheria yetu ya Kiyahudi haituruhusu kumhukumu mtu
Inawezekana pia na wewe ni mmoja wa watu wa chini kutoka Galilaya
Hii pengine ilirejea katika imani kwamba Masihi hawezi kuzaliwa Galilaya
8:11 Maelezo yaliyotangulia hayana mistari hii.
1 (Zingatia: Angalia ufafanuzi wa Yohana 7: 53 - 8: 11 hapo juu). Yesu alienda mlima wa Mizeituni. 2 Mapema asubuhi akaja tena hekaluni, na watu wote wakamwendea; akakaa na kuwafundisha. 3 Waandishi na Mafarisayo wakamletea mwanamke aliyekamatwa katika kitendo cha kuzini. Wakamweka katikati. 4 (Zingatia: Angalia ufafanuzi wa Yohana 7: 53 - 8: 11 hapo juu). Ndipo wakamwambia Yesu, "Mwalimu, mwanamke huyu amekamatwa katika uzinzi, katika kitendo kabisa. 5 Sasa, katika sheria, Musa ametuamuru kuwaponda mawe watu kama hawa, unasemaje juu yake? 6 Walisema haya ili kumtega ili kwamba wapate jambo la kumshitaki, lakini Yesu akainama chini akaandika katika ardhi kwa kidole chake. 7 (Zingatia: Angalia ufafanuzi wa Yohana 7: 53 - 8: 11 hapo juu). Walipoendelea kumwuliza, alisimama na kuwaambia, "Yeye asiyekuwa na dhambi miongoni mwenu, awe wa kwanza kumponda mawe." 8 Akainama tena chini, akaandika katika ardhi kwa kidole chake. 9 (Zingatia: Angalia ufafanuzi wa Yohana 7: 53 - 8: 11 hapo juu). Waliposikia hayo, waliondoka mmoja baada ya mwingine, kuanzia aliye mzee. Mwishowe Yesu aliachwa peke yake, pamoja na mwanamke aliyekuwa katikati yao. 10 Yesu alisimama na kumwambia, "Mwanamke, waliokushitaki wako wapi? Hakuna hata mmoja aliyekuhukumu?" 11 Akasema, "Hakuna hata mmoja Bwana." Yesu akasema, "Hata mimi sikuhukumu. Nenda njia yako; kuanzia sasa na kuendelea usitende dhambi tena." 12 Tena Yesu akazungumza na watu akisema, "Mimi ni nuru ya ulimwengu; yeye anifuataye hatatembea gizani bali atakuwa na nuru ya uzima." 13 Mafarisayo wakamwambia, "Unajishuhudia mwenyewe; ushuhuda wako siyo wa kweli." 14 Yesu alijibu akawaambia, "Hata kama nitajishuhudia mwenyewe, ushuhuda wangu ni kweli. Ninajua mahali nilikotoka na kule ninakoenda, lakini ninyi hamjui mahali ninapotoka au kule ninakoenda. 15 Nyinyi mnahukumu kimwili; mimi simhukumu yeyote. 16 Mimi hata nikihukumu, hukumu yangu ni kweli kwa sababu siko peke yangu, bali niko pamoja na baba aliyenituma. 17 Ndiyo, na katika sheria yenu imeandikwa kwamba ushuhuda wa watu wawili ni kweli. 18 Mimi ndiye ninayejishuhudia, na Baba aliyenituma ananishuhudia." 19 Wakamwambia, "Baba yako yuko wapi?" Yesu akajibu, "mimi hamnijui wala Baba yangu hammjui; mngelikuwa mnanijua mimi, mngemjua na Baba yangu pia." 20 Alisema maneno haya akiwa karibu na hazina alipokuwa akifundisha hekaluni, na hakuna hata mmoja aliyemkamata kwa sababu saa yake ilikuwa bado haijafika. 21 Basi akawaambia tena, "Ninaenda zangu; mtanitafuta na mtakufa katika dhambi zenu. Kule niendako, hamuwezi kuja." 22 Wayahudi wakasema, "Atajiua mwenyewe, yeye ambaye alisema, 'kule niendako hamuwezi kuja'?" 23 Yesu akawaambia, "Mnatoka chini; mimi natoka juu. Ninyi ni wa Ulimwengu huu; mimi si wa ulimwengu huu. 24 Kwa hiyo, naliwaambieni kuwa mtakufa katika dhambi zenu. Vinginevyo muamini kuwa MIMI NDIYE, mtakufa katika dhambi zenu". 25 Kwa hiyo wakamwambia, "Wewe ni nani?" Yesu akawaambia, Yale niliyowaambia tangu mwanzo. 26 Ninayo mambo mengi ya kuzungumza na kuhukumu juu yenu. Hata hivyo, yeye aliyenituma ni wa kweli; na mambo niliyoyasikia kutoka kwake, mambo haya nayasema kwa Ulimwengu." 27 Hawakumuelewa kwamba alikuwa akiongea nao kuhusu Baba. 28 Yesu akasema, "Mtakapomwinua juu Mwana wa Mtu, ndipo mtakapojua kuwa MIMI NDIYE, na kwamba sifanyi lolote kwa nafsi yangu. Kama Baba alivyonifundisha, ninazungumza mambo haya. 29 Yeye aliyenituma yuko pamoja nami, na yeye hajaniacha peke yangu, kwani kila mara nafanya yale yanayompendeza." 30 Wakati Yesu akisema mambo haya, wengi walimwamini. 31 Yesu akasema kwa wale Wayahudi waliomwamini, "Ikiwa mtakaa katika neno langu, ndipo mtakuwa wanafunzi wangu kweli, 32 nanyi mtaijua kweli, na kweli itawaweka huru." 33 Walimjibu, "Sisi ni uzao wa Ibrahimu na kamwe hatujawahi kwa chini ya utumwa wa yeyote; utasemaje, "Tutawekwa huru?" 34 Yesu aliwajibu, "Amini, amini, nawaambia, kila atendaye dhambi ni mtumwa wa dhambi. 35 Mtumwa hakai nyumbani wakati wote; mwana hudumu siku zote. 36 Kwa hiyo, ikiwa Mwana akiwaweka huru, mtakuwa huru kweli kabisa." 37 Ninajua kwamba ninyi ni uzao wa Ibrahimu; mnatafuta kuniua kwa sababu neno langu halina nafasi ndani yenu. 38 Ninasema mambo ambayo nimeyaona pamoja na Baba yangu, na ninyi vile vile mnafanya mambo ambayo mliyasikia kutoka kwa baba yenu." 39 Walijibu na kumwambia, "Baba yetu ni Abrahamu." Yesu akawaambia, Kama mngelikuwa watoto wa Ibrahimu, mngefanya kazi za Ibrahimu. 40 Hata sasa mnatafuta kuniua, mtu aliyewaambia ukweli kwamba nilisikia kutoka kwa Mungu. Abrahamu hakufanya hivi. 41 Mnafanya kazi za baba yenu." Wakamwambia, "Hatukuzaliwa katika uzinzi, tunaye Baba mmoja, Mungu." 42 Yesu akawaambia, "Ikiwa Mungu ni Baba yenu, mngenipenda mimi, kwa maana nimetoka kwa Mungu; wala sikuja kwa nafsi yangu, bali yeye alinituma. 43 Kwa nini hamyaelewi maneno yangu? Kwa sababu hamuwezi kuvumilia kuyasikia maneno yangu. 44 Ninyi ni wa baba yenu, shetani, na mnataka kuzitenda tamaa za baba yenu. Alikuwa mwuaji tangu mwanzo na hawezi kusimama katika kweli kwa sababu kweli haimo ndani yake. Anapoongea uongo, anaongea kutoka kwenye asili yake kwa sababu ni mwongo na baba wa uongo. 45 Hata sasa, kwa sababu ninasema iliyo kweli, hamniamini. 46 Ni nani kati yenu anayenishuhudia kuwa nina dhambi? ikiwa ninasema iliyo kweli, kwa nini hamniamini? 47 Yeye aliye wa Mungu huyasikia maneno ya Mungu; ninyi hamyasikii kwa sababu ninyi si wa Mungu." 48 Wayahudi wakamjibu na kumwambia, hatujasema kweli kuwa wewe ni Msamaria na una pepo?" 49 Yesu akajibu, sina pepo; lakini namheshimu Baba yangu, nanyi hamniheshimu. 50 Sitafuti utukufu wangu; kuna mmoja atafutaye na kuhukumu. 51 Amini, amini, nawaambia, iwapo yeyote atalishika neno langu, hataona mauti kamwe." 52 Wayahudi wakamwambia, "Sasa tumejua kuwa una pepo. Abrahamu na mabii walikufa; lakini unasema, 'Ikiwa mtu atalishika neno langu, hataonja mauti'. 53 Wewe si mkuu kuliko baba yetu Abrahamu aliyekufa, sivyo? Manabii pia walikufa. Wewe wajifanya kuwa nani?" 54 Yesu akajibu, "Ikiwa nitajitukuza mwenyewe, utukufu wangu ni bure; ni Baba yangu anayenitukuza - yule mnayemsema kuwa ni Mungu wenu. 55 Ninyi hamjamjua yeye, lakini mimi namjua yeye. Ikiwa nitasema, 'simjui,' nitakuwa kama nyinyi, muongo. Hata hivyo, ninamjua na maneno yake nimeyashika. 56 Baba yenu Abrahamu alishangilia atakavyoiona siku yangu; aliiona na alifurahi." 57 Wayahudi wakamwambia,"Haujafikisha umri wa miaka hamsini bado, nawe umemuona Ibrahimu?" 58 Yesu akawaambia, "Amini, amini, nawaambia, kabla Abrahamu hajazaliwa, MIMI NIKO." 59 Ndipo waliokota mawe wapate kumpiga, lakini Yesu alijificha na akatoka nje ya hekalu.
Watafsiri wanaweza kupenda kuandika alama katika mstari wa 1 ili kuelezea msomaji kwa nini wamechagua kutafsiri au kutotafsiri mistari 8:1-11. Kwa sababu hiki ni kifungu cha utata, ni bora kutokuwa na hitimisho la kitheolojia kutoka kwa kifungu hiki.
Mwangaza ni mfano ya kawaida katika Maandiko yaliyotumiwa kuonyesha haki. Mwangaza pia hutumiwa kuonyesha njia ya haki na kuonyesha maisha ya haki. Giza hutumiwa mara nyingi kama mfano zinazowakilisha dhambi au uovu. , ,
Yohana anatumia maneno haya mara saba katika injili yake. Ni maneno sawa yanayotumiwa na Mungu, alipojidhihirisha pamoja na jina lake Yahweh katika kichaka kilichokuwa kinawaka. Jina "Yahweh" linaweza kutafsiriwa kama "Mimi ndimi."
Ikiwa mwanamke huyo alipatwa katika kitendo cha uzinzi, kulikuwa na mwanamume ambaye pia alikamatwa katika kitendo cha uzinzi. Mwanamume huyo hayuko katika maelezo haya. and
Yesu anajiita mwenyewe kama "Mwana wa Binadamu." Lugha zingine haziwezi kuruhusu mtu kujitaja mwenyewe kama 'mtu wa tatu.'
Watu wengi
Mwanamke ambaye walimkuta akizini
"Sasa" ni utangulizi wa kilichotangulia kuwa Yesu na Wayahudi wenye mamlaka walielewa
"Watu kama hao" au "watu wafanyao hayo"
Hii inaweza kutafsiriwa kama amri. "Kwa hiyo tuambie. Tufanyeje kuhusu yeye?"
"Kumtega." Hii inamaanisha kutumia swali la mtego.
Nini watakachomshitaki nacho inaweza kufanywa wazi. "Ili kwamba wapate kumshitaki kwa kusema jambo baya" au ili kwamba wapate kumshitaki kwa kutoitii sheria ya Musa na sheria ya Warumi.
Neno "walipo" linarejea kwa waandishi na Mafarisayo.
"Kama yeyote kati yenu hana dhambi" au Ikiwa mmoja kati yenu hajatenda dhambi kamwe"
Yesu alikuwa anaongea na waandishi na Mafarisayo, na pengine makutano ya watu pia.
Mwacheni mtu huyo
Aliinama kufikia chini
Mmoja baada ya mwingine
Wakati Yesu alipomwita "mwanamke," hakumaanisaha kumdharau au kumfanya ajione mdogo. Ikiwa watu katika makundi yao ya lugha watafikiri kwamba alikuwa akifanya hivyo, hii itafsiriwe bila kutumia neno "mwanamke."
mimi ndiye nitoaye nuru kwa ulimwengu. Maana yake ni kwamba Yesu ameleta ujumbe wa kweli wa Mungu katika ulimwengu uwaokoao wanadamu kutoka giza la dhambi zao.
"Watu wa Ulimwengu"
"Kila mmoja anifuataye." Hii ni njia ya mafumbo isemayo "Kila mmoja atendaye yale ninayofundisha" au " kila mmoja anayenitii."
Hii inamaanisha uzima wa kiroho
"Unayasema mambo haya kwa ajili yako mwenyewe."
"ushuhuda wako siyo kweli" huwezo kuwa shahidi wa kujishuhudia mwenyewe au kile unachokisema juu yako hakiwezi kuwa kweli.
Hata ingawa nasema mambo haya juu yangu binafsi
Kanuni za kibinadamu na sheria za watu
Maana zuinazowezekana zaweza kuwa 1) Sijamhukumu yeyote bado au 2) Simhukumu yeyote sasa
Ikiwa nitahukumu watu. Maana inawezekana 1) Ninapowahukumu watu ( kwa wakati ujao) au 2) wakati wowote ninapowahukumu watu (sasa) au 3) ikiwa nitahukumu watu.
Maana inayowezekana 1) "Hukumu yangu itakuwa sahihi" au 2) Hukumu yangu ni sahihi
Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, anayo mamlaka kwa sababu ya uhusianomwake maalumu na Baba yake, aliyemtuma. Neno "Baba" na "Mwana" linaonyesha uhusiano wa watu wa Mungu kati yao.
Siko peke yangu katika hukumu. "Siko peke yangu jinsi ninavyohukumu" au "sihukumu peke yangu."
"Baba pia anahukumu pamoja na mimi" au "Baba anahukumu kama nihukumuvyo mimi."
Hiki ni cheo maalumu kwa Mungu
Neno "aliyenituma" inazungumza jambo zaidi kuhusu Baba. "Baba, yeye pekee aliyenituma."
Neno "Ndiyo" inaonyesha kwamba Yesu anaongeza kile alichosema kabla.
Musa aliandika
"Ikiwa watu wawili watasema jambo lile lile, ndipo watu watakapojua ni kweli"
Yesu anaonyesha kwamba kumjua yeye ni kumjua Baba pia. Wote Baba na Mwana ni Mungu mmoja, kwa hiyo kumjua mmoja ni kuwajua wote.
Hiki nicheo muhimu kwa Mungu.
"Kufa wakati ukiwa mwenye dhambi." au "utakufa wakati ukiendelea kutenda dhambi." Hapa neno "Kufa" linaelezea kifo cha kiroho.
"Hauna uwezo wa kuja"
Hii yaweza kutafsiriwa kama maswali mawili yaliyotenganishwa. Atajiua mwenyewe? Hivyo ndiyo sababu anasema"
Ikiwa hautaamini
Kwamba mimi ni Mungu
Neno hili linamaanisha viongozi wa Kiyahudi
Baba yake
Utakapoinuliwa. Hili halijatokea bado.
Hivi ni vyeo muhimu vinavyoelezea uhusiano wa Yesu na Mungu.
kama Mungu Mwana, anavyomjua Mungu Baba tofauti na mwingine yeyote, na divyo ilivyo wakati wote
katika njia ile ile kwamba Baba alinifundisha
Neno linamaanisa Baba
wakati Yesu alipokuwa akisema
Tii kile nilichosema
Ikiwa mtautii ukweli, Mungu atawaweka huru"
Tafsiri hii kama ilivyofanyika Yoh. 1:49
"Ni kama mtumwa wa dhambi." Hii inamaanisha kwamba dhambi ni kama bwana wa mwenye dhambi.
Nyumbani mwa
Kulingana na tamaduni zao, mwana mkubwa anaweza kumweka huru mtumwa katika nyumba yake.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu.
Mafundisho yangu
Mababa
Ibrahimu kamwe hakujaribu kumwua yeyote aliyemwambia ukweli kutoka kwa Mungu
Wote tulizaliwa kutoka ndoa sahihi
Huu ni aina ya upendo unaotoka kwa Mungu na unaelekea katika mema ya wengine, hata kama haufaidiki chochote.
Yesu anatumia swali hili hasa hasa kuwakemea viongozi wa Kiyahudi kwa kutomsikiliza yeye.
Hakuna yeyote kati yenu anayeweza kunishuhudia kuwa mimi nina dhambi." Yesu aliuliza swali hili kuweka mkazo kuwa yeye hana dhambi.
Hamna sababu ya kushindwa kuniamini" Yesu alitumia swali hili kuwakemea viongozi wa Kiyahudi kwa kutoamini kwao.
Neno Wayahudi linatumika kuwakilisha viongozi wa Kiyahudi.
Tii kile ninachosema
Hii inamaanisha kifo cha kiroho
Mababa
Hakuna mwanadamu amjuaye Mungu Baba kama Mungu Mwana, Yesu Mwana wa Mungu. Mungu Baba humtukuza Mwana kwa sababu wote Baba na Mwana ni Mungu wa milele.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu
Miaka yako ya umri ni chini ya hamsini. Usingelikuwa umemuona Ibrahimu."
Tafsiri hii kama ulivyofanya katika Yoh. 1:49
1 Wakati, kama Yesu alipokuwa akipita, alimwona mtu kipofu tangu kuzaliwa kwake. 2 Wanafunzi wake wakamwuliza, "Rabi, nani aliyetenda dhambi, mtu huyu au wazazi wake, hata azaliwe kipofu?" 3 Yesu akawajibu, "Siyo huyu mtu wala wazazi wake waliotenda dhambi, bali kazi za Mungu zipate kufunuliwa kupitia kwake. 4 Tunapaswa kufanya kazi zake yeye aliyenituma wakati bado ni mchana. Usiku waja wakati ambapo hakuna atakayeweza kufanya kazi. 5 Wakati niwapo ulimwenguni, mimi ni nuru ya ulimwengu." 6 Baada ya Yesu kusema maneno haya, alitema kwenye ardhi, alifanya tope kwa mate, na akampaka yule mtu machoni na lile tope. 7 Akamwambia, nenda kaoge katika kisima cha Siloam (Inayotafsiriwa kama 'aliyetumwa')." Kwa hiyo huyo mtu alienda, akanawa, na akarudi, anaona. 8 Majirani wa yule mtu na wale waliomuona mwanzo kama mwombaji walisema, Je! huyu siye yule mtu aliyekuwa akikaa na kuomba?" wengine walisema, "Ni yeye." 9 Na wengine walisema, "Hapana, bali anafanana naye." Lakini alikuwa akisema, "Ni mimi." 10 Wakamwambia, "Sasa macho yako yalifunguliwaje?" 11 Alijibu, mtu aitwaye Yesu alifanya tope na kupaka macho yangu na kuniambia, 'Nenda Siloam ukanawe.' Kwa hiyo nilienda, na nikanawa, na nikapata kuona tena." 12 Wakamwambia, "Yuko wapi?" Alijibu, "Sijui." 13 Wakampeleka yule mtu aliyewahi kuwa kipofu kwa Mafarisayo. 14 Nayo ilikuwa siku ya Sabato wakati Yesu alipotengeneza tope na kuyafumbua macho yake. 15 Ndipo tena Mafarisayo wakamwuliza alipataje kuona. Aliwaambia, "Aliweka tope katika macho yangu, nikanawa, na sasa naweza kuona." 16 Baadhi ya Mafarisayo wakasema, "Mtu huyu hajatoka kwa Mungu kwa sababu haishiki Sabato." Wengine walisema, "Inawezekanaje mtu mwenye dhambi kufanya ishara kama hizo?" Kwa hiyo kukawa na mgawanyiko kati yao. 17 Ndipo walipomwuliza yule kipofu tena, "Unasemaje juu yake kwa sababu aliyafungua macho yako?" Kipofu akasema, "Ni nabii." 18 Hata wakati huu Wayahudi hawakumwamini kwamba alikuwa kipofu naye amepata kuona mpaka walipowaita wazazi wake yeye aliyepata kuona. 19 Waliwauliza wazazi, Je, huyu ni mtoto wenu mnayesema alizaliwa kipofu? amewezaje sasa kuona?" 20 Hivyo wazazi wake wakamjibu, "Tunajua kuwa huyu ni mtoto wetu na kwamba alizaliwa kipofu. 21 Jinsi gani sasa anaona, hatujui, na yeye aliyemfumbua macho yake, hatumjui. Mwulizeni yeye. Ni mtu mzima. Anaweza kujieleza mwenyewe." 22 Wazazi wake walisema mambo haya, kwa sababu waliwaogopa Wayahudi. Kwa vile Wayahudi walikuwa wamekubaliana tayari kuwa, ikiwa yeyote atakiri kuwa Yesu ni Kristo, atatengwa na Sinagogi. 23 Kwa sababu hii, wazazi wake walisema, "Ni mtu mzima, mwulizeni yeye." 24 Kwa hiyo kwa mara ya pili, walimwita yule mtu aliyewahi kuwa kipofu na kumwambia, "Mpe Mungu utukufu. Tunajua kwamba mtu huyu ni mwenye dhambi." 25 Ndipo yule mtu alijibu, "Awe ni mwenye dhambi, mimi sijui. Kitu kimoja ninachokijua: nilikuwa kipofu, na sasa ninaona." 26 Ndipo walipomwambia, "Amekufanyia nini? Aliyafumbuaje macho yako?" 27 Alijibu, "Nimekwishawaambia tayari, na nyinyi hamkusikiliza! Kwa nini mnataka kusikia tena? Nanyi hamtaki kuwa wanafunzi wake pia, sivyo? 28 Walimtukana na kusema, "Wewe ni mwanafunzi wake, lakini sisi ni wanafunzi wa Musa. 29 Tunajua kwamba Mungu alizungumza na Musa, lakini kwa huyu mtu, hatujui kule atokako." 30 Yule mtu akajibu na kuwaambia, "Kwa nini, hili ni jambo la kushangaza, kwamba hamjui anakotoka, na bado ameyafumbua macho yangu. 31 Tunajua kuwa Mungu hawasikilizi wenye dhambi, lakini ikiwa mtu yeyote anamwabudu Mungu na hufanya mapenzi yake, Mungu humsikiliza. 32 Tangu kuanza kwa Ulimwengu haijawahi kamwe kusikiwa kwamba yeyote ameyafumbua macho ya mtu aliyezaliwa kipofu. 33 Ikiwa mtu huyu hakutoka kwa Mungu, asingelifanya chochote." 34 Walijibu na kumwambia, "Ulizaliwa katika dhambi kabisa, na wewe unatufundisha sisi?" Ndipo walipomfukuza kutoka katika sinagogi. 35 Yesu alisikia kwamba wamemwondoa kwenye sinagogi. Alimpata na kumwambia, "Unamwamini Mwana wa Mtu?" 36 Alijibu na kusema, "Ni nani, Bwana, ili nami nipate kumwamini?" 37 Yesu akamwambia, "Umeshamuona, naye unayezungumza naye ndiye." 38 Yule mtu akasema, "Bwana, Naamini." Ndipo akamsujudia. 39 Yesu akasema, "Kwa hukumu nimekuja katika Ulimwengu huu ili kwamba wale wasioona wapate kuona na wale wanaoona wawe vipofu." 40 Baadhi ya Mafarisayo waliokuwa pamoja naye wakasikia maneno hayo na kumwuliza, "Na sisi pia ni vipofu?" 41 Yesu akawaambia, "Kama mngelikuwa vipofu, msingelikuwa na dhambi. Hata hivyo, sasa mnasema, 'Tunaona,' dhambi yenu inakaa."
Katika Israeli ya kale, mara nyingi waliamini kwamba mtoto alizaliwa na ulemavu kwa sababu ya dhambi ya mmoja wa wazazi wake. Hii haikuwa mafundisho ya sheria ya Musa. Katika mjadala huu, Mafarisayo walikuwa wenye dhambi kwa sababu waliona uwezo wa Yesu na hawakumuabudu. and ).
Yohana anatumia maneno haya mara saba katika injili yake. Ni maneno sawa yanayotumiwa na Mungu, alipojidhihirisha pamoja na jina lake Yahweh katika kichaka kilichokuwa kinawaka. Jina "Yahweh" linaweza kutafsiriwa kama "Mimi ndimi."
Mwangaza ni mfano wa kawaida katika Maandiko yaliyotumiwa kuonyesha haki. Mwangaza pia hutumiwa kuonyesha njia ya haki na kuonyesha maisha ya haki. Giza hutumiwa mara nyingi kama mfano unaonyesha dhambi au uovu. , , , and )
Mafarisayo walimwona Yesu akifanya matope kuwa "kazi" na kukiuka sheria kuhusu Sabato.
Katika sura hii kumeandikwa habari ya mtu aliyezaliwa kipofu. Yesu pia anatumia habari hizi kama mfano. Katika Yohana 9:39-40, Mafarisayo wanaitwa vipofu kwa sababu hawawezi kuona ukweli ulio mbele yao.
Yesu anajiita mwenyewe kama "Mwana wa Binadamu." Lugha zingine haziwezi kuruhusu mtu kujitaja mwenyewe kama 'mtu wa tatu.'
hapa inamaanisha Yesu na wanafunzi wake
Neno sisi linawahusisha wote Yesu na wanafunzi wake aliokuwa akiongea nao.
Yesu analinganisha wakati watu wanaweza kufanya kazi wakait wa mchana, wakati ambao kwa kawaida watu hutenda kazi, na wakati wa usiku watu hawawezi kufanya kazi ya Mungu.
Yule ambaye aonyeshaye kile kilicho cha kweli kama vile nuru ionyeshacho kilicho halisi.
Yesu alitumia vidole kuchanganya udongo na mate.
aliosha macho yake kwenye kisima
Huyu mtu ni yule ... omba, siyo yeye? au "Huyu ni mtu... omba. Ndiyo ni yeye.
Angalia jinsi ulivyotafsiriwa Yoh. 09:06
Siku ya mapumziko kwa Wayahudi
Hii inamaanisha kuwa hakutii sheria kuhusu Sabato.
Miujiza pia yaweza kuitwa ishara kwa sababu imetumika kama viashirio au ushahidi kwamba Mungu ana uwezo wote aliye na mamlaka kamili juu ya ulimwengu.
hapa inamaanisha viongozi wa Wayahudi
yeye ni mwanaume au yeye si mtoto tena
Hii inamaanisha hisia zisizokuwa mzuri anazokuwa nazo mtu kama kuna utisho au madhara kwake au kwa wengine
Hapa, "Walimwita" walimaanisha Wayahudi.
Hili linarejea kwa Yesu
Hili linarejea kwa mtu aliyekuwa kipofu
Sijui kama ni mwenye dhambi au la
Wayahudi wanaendelea kuongea na mtu aliyekuwa kipofu
Kauli hii ipo katika mfumo wa swali kuelezea kushangazwa kwa yule mtu aliyeponywa awaelezee tena kuhusu kilichotokea.
"Hajibu maombi ya mwenye dhambi...Mungu hujibu maombi yake."
"Hakuna aliewahi kusikia mtu amefumbua macho"
"Ikiwa mtu huyu hakutoka kwa Mungu, asingefanya chochote, lakini ameniponya, kwa hiyo yamkini ametoka kwa Mungu."
"Ulizaliwa kamili katika dhambi. Hauna sifa za kutufundisha.
Hii in maana ya kumwamini Yesu, kuamini kwamba, ni Mwana wa Mungu, kumtumaini yeye kama Mwokozi, na kuishi katika njia iletayo heshima kwake.
Ili kwamba wale wasioona kwa macho yao wapate kumtambua Mungu na ili kwamba wale ambao wanaona kwa macho yao wasimtambue Mungu.
1 Amin, Amini nawaambieni, yule asiyeingia kwa kupitia mlango wa zizi la kondoo, lakini anapanda kwa njia nyingine, mtu huyo ni mwizi na mnyang'anyi. 2 Yeye aingiaye mlangoni ni mchungaji wa kondoo. 3 Kwake mlinzi wa mlango humfungulia. Kondoo waisikia sauti yake na huwaita kondoo zake kwa majina yao na kuwatoa nje. 4 Atakapowatoa nje hao walio wake, huwatangulia, na kondoo humfuata, kwa sababu wanaijua sauti yake. 5 Hawatamfuata mgeni lakini badala yake watamuepuka, kwa sababu hawazijui sauti za wageni." 6 Yesu alisema mfano huu kwao, lakini hawakuyaelewa mambo haya ambayo alikuwa akisema kwao. 7 Yesu akasema nao tena, "Amini, amini, nawaambia, Mimi ni mlango wa kondoo. 8 Wote walionitangulia ni wezi na wanyang'anyi, lakini kondoo hawakuwasikiliza. 9 Mimi ni mlango. Yeyote aingiaye kupitia kwangu, ataokolewa; ataingia ndani na kutoka, naye atajipatia malisho. 10 Mwizi haji isipokuwa kuiba, kuua, na kuangamiza. Nimekuja ili kwamba wapate uzima na wawe nao tele. 11 Mimi ni mchungaji mwema. Mchungaji mwema huutoa uhai wake kwa ajili ya kondoo. 12 Mtumishi aliyeajiriwa, na siyo mchungaji, ambaye kondoo si mali yake, huwaona mbwa mwitu wakija na huwaacha na kuwakimbia kondoo. 13 Na mbwa mwitu huwakamata na kuwatawanya. Hukimbia kwa sababu ni mtumishi wa kuajiriwa na hawajali kondoo. 14 Mimi ni mchungaji mwema, na ninawajua walio wangu, nao walio wangu wananijua mimi. 15 Baba ananijua, nami namjua Baba, nami nautoa uhai wangu kwa ajili ya kondoo. 16 Ninao kondoo wengine ambao si wa zizi hili. Hao pia, yanipasa kuwaleta, nao wataisikia sauti yangu ili kwamba pawepo na kundi moja na mchungaji mmoja. 17 Hii ndiyo sababu Baba ananipenda: Niutoe uhai wangu halafu niutwae tena. 18 Hakuna auchukuaye kutoka kwangu, lakini mimi nautoa mwenyewe. Ninayo mamlaka ya kuutoa, na ninayo mamlaka ya kuutwaa pia. Nimelipokea agizo hili kutoka kwa Baba." 19 Mgawanyiko tena ukatokea kati ya wayahudi kwa sababu ya maneno haya. 20 Wengi wao wakasema, "Ana pepo na ni kichaa. Kwa nini mnamsikiliza?" 21 Wengine wakasema, "Haya siyo maneno ya mtu aliyepagawa na mapepo. Pepo linaweza kufungua macho ya kipofu?" 22 Ndipo ikaja Sikukuu ya Kuwekwa Wakfu Yerusalemu. 23 Ulikuwa wakati wa baridi, na Yesu alikuwa akitembea hekaluni katika ukumbi wa Selemani. 24 Ndipo Wayahudi walipomzunguka na kumwambia, "Mpaka lini utatuweka katika mashaka? kama wewe ni Kristo, tuambie wazi. 25 Yesu akawajibu, "Nimekwisha waambia lakini hamuamini. Kazi nizifanyazo kwa jina la Baba yangu, hizo zinashuhudia juu yangu. 26 Hata hivyo hamuamini kwa sababu ninyi si kondoo wangu. 27 Kondoo wangu waisikia sauti yangu; Nawajua, nao wanifuata mimi. 28 Nimewapa uzima wa milele; hawataangamia kamwe, na hakuna hata mmoja atakayewanyakuwa kutoka mkononi mwangu. 29 Baba yangu, aliyenipa hao, ni mkuu kuliko wengine wote, na hakuna hata mmoja aliye na uwezo wa kuwanyakua kutoka mkononi mwa Baba. 30 Mimi na Baba tu mmoja." 31 Wakabeba mawe ili wamponde tena. 32 Yesu akawajibu, "Nimeshawaonesha kazi nyingi nzuri kutoka kwa Baba. Kwa kazi zipi kati ya hizo mnataka kuniponda mawe?" 33 Wayahudi wakamjibu, "Hatukupondi mawe kwa kazi yoyote iliyo nzuri, lakini kwa kukufuru, kwa sababu wewe, uliye mtu, unajifanya kuwa Mungu." 34 Yesu akawajibu, "Haikuandikwa katika sheria yenu, 'Nilisema, "Ninyi ni miungu"'?" 35 Ikiwa aliwaita miungu, kwa wale ambao Neno la Mungu liliwajilia (na Maandiko hayawezi kuvunjwa), 36 mnasema juu ya yule ambaye Baba alimtoa na kumtuma katika ulimwengu, 'Unakufuru,' kwa sababu nilisema, 'mimi ni Mwana wa Mungu'? 37 "Ikiwa sifanyi kazi za Baba yangu, msiniamini. 38 Hata hivyo, ikiwa ninazifanya, hata kama hamniamini, ziaminini kazi ili kwamba muweze kujua na kufahamu kwamba Baba yuko ndani yangu na mimi niko ndani ya Baba." 39 Wakajaribu tena kumkamata Yesu, lakini alienda zake kutoka mikononi mwao. 40 Yesu akaenda zake tena ng'ambo ya Yordani sehemu ambayo Yohana alikuwa akibatiza kwanza, na akakaa huko. 41 Watu wengi wakaja kwa Yesu. Waliendelea kusema, "Yohana kweli hakufanya ishara yoyote, lakini mambo yote aliyoyasema Yohana juu ya huyu mtu ni ya kweli." 42 Watu wengi wakamwamini Yesu hapo.
Kondoo ni taswira ya kawaida inayotumiwa kutaja watu. Katika kifungu hiki, inahusu hasa watu wanaoamini Yesu na kumfuata. Mafarisayo pia wanalinganishwa na mbwa mwitu wanaoiba na kuharibu kondoo.
Ikiwa mtu hujiita Mungu, basi inachukuliwa kuwa ni kufuru. Katika sheria ya Musa, adhabu ya kufuru ilikuwa kupigwa mawe hadi kufa. Hawakuamini Yesu, kwa hiyo wakachukua mawe ili wamwue. Yesu hakuwa na hatia ya kufuru kwa sababu yeye ni Mungu. and )
Mfano uliotumiwa hapa ni kuhusu mahali ambapo kondoo huchungwa. Kungekuwa na mlango au lango ambalo mchungaji angekuwa ameingia ndani ya zizi la kondoo. Kondoo mara moja humtambua. lakini, wizi angeingia ndani ya zizi la kondoo kwa njia nyingine ambayo hawezi kukamatwa. Kondoo watakimbia kutoka mwizi kwa sababu hawakumtambua. Yesu anatumia hii kama mfano wa huduma yake.
Ingawa maneno haya hakuwekwa tofauti na mengine, lakini hakika ni unabii uhusu kifo cha Yesu. Inasisitiza kwamba kwa hiari alikufa kwa ajili ya dhambi za mwanadamu. and )
Itafsiriwe kama ilivyofanyika katika Yoh. 1:49
Hili ni eneo lenye uzio sehemu ambayo mchungaji huwatunza kondoo wake.
Hili ni tumizi la maneno mawili yanayofanana ili kuongeza mkazo
huyu ni mtu aliyeajiriwa kulinda getini wakati wa usiku
kondoo husikia na kuelewa sauti yake
Maana inayowezekana: 1) "Wanafunzi hawakuelewa" au 2) Makutano hawakuelewa." Unaweza pia kuiacha kama "hawakuelewa>"
Tafsiri kama ulivyofanya katika Yoh. 1:49
"Mimi ni njia wanayoipitia kondoo kwenda zizini." Yesu anasema yeye ndiye anayeruhusu kuingia. Neno "kondoo" limetumika kumaanisha watu wa Mungu.
Hili linarejea kwa walimu wengine waliofundisha kabla ya Yesu.
Yesu anawaita "wezi na wanyang'anyi" kwa sababu mafiundisho yao yalikuwa ya uongo, na walikuwa wakkijaribu kuwaongoza watu wa Mungu wakati hawaujui ukweli.
Alimaanisha yeye mwenyewe kama "mlango," Yesu anaonyesha kwamba anatoa njia ya kweli kupata kile zizi la kondoo linawakilisha.
Neno "malisho" linamaanisha eneo lenye nyasi mahali kondoo huenda kula.
Hiki ni kinyume mara mbili. Katika lugha zingine ina uasilia zaidi kwa kutumia sentensi chanya.
Neno "wawe" linamaanisha kondoo. "uzima" linamaanisha uzima wa milele.
Mimi nafanana na mchungaji mwema
Kuweka kitu chini maana yake kuondoa uwezo wake. Ni lugha laini yenye kumaanisha kufa.
Mini nafanana na mchungaji mwema
Mungu Mwana na Mungu Baba (na Mungu Roho Mtakatifu) wanafahamiana na wote ni nafsi ya Mungu.
Hiki ni cheo maalumu cha Mungu
Kundi la kondoo linalomilikiwa na mchungaji. Neno hili linatokana na neno "Zizi" mahali ambapo kondoo hukaa.
Hii ni njia ya upole ya Yesu kusema kwamba atakufa ilikuwalinda kondoo. "Ninakufa kwa ajili ya kondoo."
Aina hii ya upendo hutoka kwa Mungu, na unaelekezwa kwa ajiliya mema ya wengine, hata kama haimfaidii mtu binafsi. Aina hii ya upendo huwajali wengine, haijalishi wamefanya nini.
Mpango wa Mungu wa milele ulikuwa kwa Mungu Mwanakuutoa uhai wake ili kulipa kwa ajili ya dhambi za wanadamu. Kifo cha Yesu Msalabani unafunua wenye nguvu wa Mwana kwa Baba na wa Baba kwa Mwana.
Hiki ni cheo maalumu cha Mungu.
Hii ni njia ya upole ya Yesu kusema atakufa na baadaye kuwa mzima tena. "Najiruhusu mwenyewe kufa ili kwamba ninaweza kujirudisha kuwa mzima tena.
"Msimsikilize"
"Pepo hawezi kumfanya kipofu apate kuona."
Hii ni siku ya nane, mapumziko ya wakati wa baridi Wayahudi huitumia kukumbuka muujiza wa Mungu alipofanya mafuta kidogo kubaki katika taa mpaka walipopata mafuta mengine baada ya siku nane baadaye. Taa ilitumika kuweka wakfu hekalu la Kiyahudi kwa Mungu. kuweka wakfu kitu ni ahadi ya kukitumia tu kwa kusudi maalumu.
Huu ni muundo uliounganishwa na jengo, ina paa na inaweza kuwa na ukuta ama isiwe nao.
Hii inamaanisha kuwa Yesu alifanya mambo haya kwa uwezo na mamlaka ya Baba yake. Yesu ni mkamilifu , mtakatifu Mwana w Mungumwenye uwezo wa milele kutoka kwa Baba ili kulipa kwa ajili ya dhambi zote milele na kuokoa na kuwasamehe wote waliomwamini.
Miujiza yake ilithibitisha kuhusu yeye kama vile shahidi anavyoshuhudia mahakamani.
"Siyo wafuasi wangu" au "siyo wanafunzi wangu" au "siyo watu wangu"
Mungu Baba na Mungu Mwana kwa uwezo wao huwalinda waliookoka.
Hiki ni cheo uhimu kwa Mungu
Neno "mkono" linatumika kumaanisha umiliki wa Mungu au madaraka na ulinzi wake.
Yesu, Mungu Mwana,na Mungu Baba ni umoja. Wao ni nafsi za Mungu mmoja na wa kweli (pamoja na Roho). Wana umoja katika makusudi, uwezo, mamlaka, huruma na utakatifu. Wao ni Mungu.
Kazi za Yesu zilifanyika katika uwezo wake kama Mwana wa Mungu, katika umoja na Mungu Baba. Kazi za Yesu ni kazi za Baba vile vile (na Roho Mtakatifu).
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu
"Alidai kuwa yeye ni Mungu"
Yesu alidai kuwa yeye ni Mwana wa Mungu ilikuwa ni kufuru kwa Wayahudi kwa sababu walidhani kuwa Yesu alikuwa akidai kuwa yeye ni Mungu - na ndivyo alivyokuwa.
Kwa kawaida neno "mungu" huonyesha "mungu wa uongo" vinginevyo iwe imeandikwa kwa herufi kubwa "M," imaanishayo kwa mmoja Mungu wa kweli. Lakini hapa, Yesu ananukuu maandiko mahali Mungu anawaita wafuasi wake "miungu" kwa sababu amewachagua kumwakilisha duniani.
"Mnapaswa kujua tayari kuwa imeandikwa...miungu"
Maana inayowezekana ni 1) "hakuna atakayebadilisha maandiko." 2) "Maandiko yataendelea kuwa kweli."
Wapinzani wa Yesu waliamini kuwa Yesu alikuwa anakufuru alipojiita "Mwana wa Mungu" kwa sababu kusema hivyo ilikuwa ni kudai kuwa sawa na Mungu.
Hivi ni vyeo muhimu vinavyoelezea uhusiano kati ya Mungu na Yesu
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa Mungu
Hapa neno "amini" maana yake ni kukubali au kutumaini kile ambacho mtu huyo amesema ni cha kweli.
Hapa "Zizminini" maana yake kutumaini kuwa kitu ni cha kweli na kutenda kwa njia hiyo inayoonyesha imani hiyo.
Mungu Baba yuko ndani ya Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, kwa sababu Mungu Mwana yu ndani ya Baba. Kama nafsi za Mungu, Baba na Mwana wote ni Mungu mmoja wa milele, pamoja na Mungu Roho.
"ufahamu wao." Hii maana ya ke ni kuwa katika nafasi isiyo salama anapoweza kukamatwa.
Ni kweli kwamba Yohana hakufanya ishara, lakini aliongea ukweli juu ya huyu mtu, anayefanya ishara.
Miujiza inayothibitisha kwamba kitu fulani ni cha kweli au kinachompa mwingine kuwa na kibali
1 Basi mtu mmoja jina lake Lazaro alikuwa mgonjwa. Alitokea Bethania, kijiji cha Mariamu na dada yake Martha. 2 Alikuwa ni Mariamu yule yule aliyempaka Bwana Marhamu na kumfuta miguu yake kwa nywele zake, ambaye ndugu yake Lazaro alikuwa ni mgonjwa. 3 Ndipo dada hawa walituma ujumbe kwa Yesu na kusema, "Bwana, angalia yule umpendaye anaumwa." 4 Yesu aliposikia alisema, "Ugonjwa huu si wa mauti, lakini, badala yake ni kwa ajili ya utukufu wa Mungu ili kwamba Mwana wa Mungu apate kutukuzwa katika huo Ugonjwa." 5 Yesu alimpenda Martha na dada yake na Lazaro. 6 Aliposikia kuwa Lazaro ni mgonjwa, Yesu alikaa siku mbili zaidi mahali alipokuwa. 7 Ndipo baada ya hili aliwaambia wanafunzi wake, "Twendeni Uyahudi tena." 8 Wanafunzi wakamwambia, "Rabi, Wayahudi walikuwa wakijaribu kukuponda mawe, na wewe unataka kurudi huko tena?" 9 Yesu akawajibu, "Saa za mchana si kumi na mbili? Mtu anapotembea mchana hawezi kujikwaa, kwa sababu anaona kwa nuru ya mchana. 10 Hata hivyo, ikiwa atatembea usiku, atajikwaa kwa sababu nuru haiko ndani yake." 11 Yesu akasema mambo haya, na baada ya mambo haya, akawaambia, "Rafiki yetu Lazaro amelala, lakini ninakwenda ili kwamba nipate kumuamsha kutoka usingizini." 12 Ndipo wanafunzi wakamwambia, "Bwana, kama amelala, ataamka. 13 Wakati huu Yesu alikuwa akizungumza habari za kifo cha Lazaro, lakini wao walidhani anazungumza juu ya kulala usingizi. 14 Ndipo Yesu akazungumza nao wazi wazi, "Lazaro amekufa. 15 Nina furaha kwa ajili yenu, kwamba sikuwepo kule ili kwamba mpate kuamini. Twendeni kwake." 16 Basi Tomaso, aliyeitwa Pacha, aliwaambia wanafunzi wenzake, "Nasi twendeni pia tukafe pamoja na Yesu." 17 Wakati Yesu alipokuja, alikuta kwamba Lazaro tayari amekwishakuwa kaburini siku nne. 18 Nayo Bethania ilikuwa karibu na Yerusalemu kama kilomita arobaini na tano hivi. 19 Wengi kati ya Wayahudi wakaja kwa Martha na Mariamu kuwafariji kwa ajili ya ndugu yao. 20 Ndipo Martha aliposikia kuwa Yesu anakuja, alienda kukutana naye, lakini Mariamu aliendelea kukaa nyumbani. 21 Ndipo Martha akamwambia Yesu, "Bwana, kama ungelikuwa hapa, kaka yangu asingelikufa. 22 Hata sasa, najua ya kuwa lolote utakaloomba kutoka kwa Mungu, atakupatia." 23 Yesu akamwambia, kaka yako atafufuka tena." 24 Martha akamwambia, najua kwamba atafufuka katika ufufuo siku ya mwisho." 25 Yesu akamwambia, "Mimi ni ufufuo na uzima; yeye aniaminiye, ingawa atakufa, hata hivyo atakuwa anaishi; 26 na yeye aishiye na kuniamini mimi hatakufa. Unaamini hili?" 27 Akamwambia, "Ndiyo, Bwana naamini kwamba wewe ni Kristo, Mwana wa Mungu, yeye ajaye katika ulimwengu." 28 Alipokwisha kusema hili, alienda zake na kumwita dada yake Mariamu faraghani. Akasema, "Mwalimu yuko hapa na anakuita." 29 Mariamu aliposikia haya, aliinuka kwa haraka na kwenda kwa Yesu. 30 Naye Yesu alikuwa hajaja bado ndani ya kijiji, bali alikuwa bado mahali alipokutana na Martha. 31 Ndipo Wayahudi waliokuwa na Mariamu katika nyumba na wale waliokuwa wakimfariji, walipomuona akiinuka haraka na kutoka nje, walimfuata; walidhani kuwa anaenda kaburini ili akalie huko. 32 Ndipo Mariamu, alipofika pale Yesu alipokuwa alimuona na, alianguka chini ya miguu yake na kumwambia, "Bwana, kama ungelikuwa hapa, ndugu yangu asingelikufa." 33 Yesu alipomuona analia, na Wayahudi waliokuja pamoja naye walikuwa wakilia pia, aliomboleza katika roho na kufadhaika; 34 akasema, "Mmemlaza wapi? wakamwambia, Bwana, njoo utazame." 35 Yesu akalia. 36 Ndipo Wayahudi wakasema, "Angalia alivyompenda Lazaro!" 37 Lakini wengine kati yao wakasema, "Siyo huyu, mtu aliyeyafumbua macho ya yule aliyekuwa kipofu, hakuweza kumfanya huyu mtu asife?" 38 Ndipo Yesu, hali akiomboleza nafsini mwake tena, alienda kwenye kaburi. Sasa lilikuwa pango, na jiwe limewekwa juu yake. 39 Yesu akasema, "Liondoweni jiwe." Martha, dada yake na Lazaro, yeye aliyekufa, akamwambia Yesu, "Bwana, kwa muda huu, mwili utakuwa umeoza, kwa sababu amekwishakuwa maiti kwa siku nne." 40 Yesu akamwambia, "Mimi sikukuwaambia ya kwamba, kama ukiamini, utauona utukufu wa Mungu?" 41 Kwa hiyo wakaliondoa jiwe. Yesu akainua macho yake juu na kusema, "Baba, nakushukuru kwa kuwa unanisikiliza. 42 Nilijua kwamba unanisikia mara zote, lakini ni kwa sababu ya kusanyiko ambalo limesimama kunizunguka kwamba nimesema haya, ili kwamba wapate kuamini kuwa wewe umenituma." 43 Baada ya kusema haya, alilia kwa sauti kubwa, "Lazaro, toka nje!" 44 Mfu alitoka nje amefungwa mikono na miguu kwa sanda za kuzikia, na uso wake ulifungwa na kitambaa." Yesu akawaambia, "Mfungueni mkamwache aende." 45 Ndipo Wayahudi wengi waliokuja kwa Mariamu na kuona Yesu alichofanya, walimwamini; 46 lakini baadhi yao walienda kwa Mafarisayo na kuwaambia mambo aliyoyafanya Yesu. 47 Ndipo wakuu wa Makuhani na Mafarisayo wakakusanyika pamoja katika baraza na kusema, "Tutafanya nini? Mtu huyu anafanya ishara nyingi. 48 Ikiwa tutamwacha hivi peke yake, wote watamwamini; Warumi watakuja na kuchukua vyote mahali petu na taifa letu." 49 Hata hivyo, mtu mmoja kati yao, Kayafa, aliyekuwa kuhani Mkuu mwaka huo, akawaambia, " Hamjui chochote kabisa. 50 Hamfikirii kwamba yafaa kwa ajili yenu kwamba mtu mmoja yapasa kufa kwa ajili ya watu kuliko taifa lote kuangamia." 51 Haya hakuyasema kwa sababu yake mwenyewe, badala yake, kwa kuwa alikuwa kuhani mkuu mwaka ule, alitabiri kwamba Yesu atakufa kwa ajili ya taifa; 52 na si kwa taifa peke yake, bali Yesu apate vile vile kuwakusanya watoto wa Mungu ambao wametawanyika sehemu mbali mbali. 53 Kwa hiyo kuanzia siku hiyo na kuendelea wakapanga namna ya kumwua Yesu. 54 Yesu hakutembea tena wazi wazi kati ya Wayahudi, bali aliondoka hapo na kwenda nchi iliyo karibu na jangwa katika mji uitwao Efraimu. Hapo alikaa na wanafunzi. 55 Basi Pasaka ya Wayahudi ilikuwa karibu, na wengi wakapanda kwenda Yerusalemu nje ya mji kabla ya Pasaka ili wapate kujitakasa wenyewe. 56 Walikuwa wakimtafuta Yesu, na kuzungumza kila mmoja walipokuwa wamesimama hekaluni, "Mnafikiri nini? Kwamba hatakuja katika sikukuu?" 57 Wakati huu wakuu wa makuhani na Mafarisayo walikuwa wametoa amri kwamba ikiwa mmoja atajua Yesu alipo, anapaswa kutoa taarifa ili kwamba wapate kumkamata.
Mwangaza ni mfano ya kawaida katika Maandiko yaliyotumiwa kuonyesha haki. Mwangaza pia hutumiwa kuonyesha njia ya haki na kuonyesha maisha ya haki. Giza hutumiwa mara nyingi kama mfano wa kuonyesha dhambi au uovu. , , , and )
Yohana anatumia maneno haya mara saba katika injili yake. Ni maneno sawa yanayotumiwa na Mungu, alipojidhihirisha pamoja na jina lake Yahweh katika kichaka kilichokuwa kinawaka. Jina "Yahweh" linaweza kutafsiriwa kama "Mimi ndimi."
Sura hii inaeleza kuwa Yesu hakutembea tena waziwazi kati ya Wayahudi. Kwa hiyo, Mafarisayo walisubiri kumtafuta wakati wa Pasaka. Ilikuwa ni wajibu wa Wayahudi, waliokuwa na uwezo, kwenda Yerusalemu wakati wa sherehe ya Pasaka.
Kayafa akasema, "Ni vyema kwenu kwamba mtu mmoja afe kwa ajili ya watu badala ya kuwa taifa lote lipotee." Ni ajabu kwamba Yesu angekuja kufa kwa ajili ya dhambi za taifa na ulimwengu wote. Maneno haya ni kama unabii kuhusu kifo cha Yesu kwa ajili ya dhambi. Hiki ni kitu ambacho kuhani mkuu pia anatabiri kuhusu baadaye katika sura hii.
Maria na Martha walimwamini Yesu lakini hawakuelewa kikamilifu yeye ni nani. Katika kifungu hiki, hawakutambua kwamba alikuwa na nguvu juu ya kifo yenyewe na angeweza kumfufua Lazaro kutoka kwa wafu ikiwa angependa.
Hii ni habari inayomhusu Lazaro. Mistari hii inamtambulisha yeye na kutoa historia fupi juu yake na dada yake Mariamu.
Yohana pia anamtambulisha Mariamu, dada yake na Matha.
"alitaka Yesu aje kwake"
Hapa "upendo" inamaanisha upendo wa ndugu, wa asili, upendo wa kibinadamu kati ya marafiki na ndugu.
Hii inamaanisa kifo cha kimwili
Yesu kama Mwana wa Mungu, amepokea utukufu ule ule kama wa Mungu
Hili ni jina muhimu kwa Yesu
Haya ni maneno ya utangulizi
"Mwalimu, kwa hakika huhitaji kurudi huko! Wayahudi wanajaribu kukuponda mawe.!"
"Unajua kwamba siku ina masaa kumi na mbili za mchana
Maana halisi 1) "hawezi kuona" au 2) hawezi kuona"
Lazaro amekufa lakini kwa ajili ya muda mfupi tu.
Yesu anaufunua mpango wake wa kumfufua Lazaro.
Katika mustari wa 13 kuna kituo katika mtiririko wa habari kama ambavyo Yohana unaongelea kuhusu wanafunzi wa Yesu kutokuelewa kile ambacho Yesu alimaanisha aliposema kuwa Lazaro amelala.
Wanafunzi walidhani kuwa Lazaro amepumzika tu na baadaye ataamka.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na wanafunzi wake
kwa faida yenu
Kwa sasa Yesu yupo Bethania.
Unaweza kutafasiri hivi pia, "alijua kwamba watu walikuwa wamekwisha kumweka Lazaro kaburini kwa muda wa siku nne kabla ya yeye kufika"
Lazaro alikuwa kaka yao mdogo
"Kaka yangu angeendelea kuwa mzima"
Maana yake kumfanya mtu aliyekufa kuishi tena
Hapa "kufa" inamaanisha kifo cha kimwili
Hapa "Ishi" linamaanisha uzima wa kiroho
Na wote waniaminio mimi hawatatengwa kamwe milele kutoka kwa Mungu.
Hapa "kufa" inamaanisha kifo cha kiroho
Martha aliamini kwamba Yesu ni Bwana, Kristo (Masihi), Mwana wa Mungu.
Hiki ni cheo maalumu cha Yesu.
Cheo hiki kinamhusu Yesu
Mariamu alilala chini au alipiga magoti katika miguu ya Yesu kuonyesha heshima
Angalia hili ulivyotafsiri katika Yoh. 11:21
Yohana anatumia sentensi hizi mbili kuelezea uzito wa maumivu ya moyo ambayo Yesu aliyapata.
Hii ni njia nyingine ya kuuliza, "mmemzika wapi?"
Yesu alianza kulia
Hili linamaanisha juu ya upendo wa ndugu au upendo wa kibinadamu kwa rafiki au mtu wa familia.
Aliweza kumponya mtu aliyekuwa kipofu, kwa hiyo angeweza pia kumponya mtu huyu ili kwamba asife." au "Hakuweza kumfanya mtu huyu asife, kwa hiyo tunajua kuwa hakumponya kweli mtu aliyezaliwa kipofu kama wanavyosema alifanya."
Kuponya macho
"Kumbuka kwamba nilikuambia, ikiwa utaniamini, utaona ni kwa jinsi gani Mungu ni Mkuu
mpaka muda huu kutakuwa na harufu mbaya
Yesu alikuwa akiomba moja kwa moja kwa Baba kama ushuhuda kwa waliokuwa pamoja naye
Hiki ni cheo maalumu kwa Mungu
Utamaduni wa kuzika kwa wakati huu ulikuwa wa kuufunga mwili wa marehemu kwa nguo ndefu za kitani
Neno "wao" linamaanisha juu ya watu waliokuwa pale na kuona muujiza.
Mistari hii inatuambia mambo yaliyotokea baada ya Lazaro kufufuliwa kutoka wafu.
Hii ni sehemu ya pili ya simulizi. Kuhani mkuu pamoja na Mafarisayo wanakutana kwa ajili ya kikao cha baraza la Kiyahudi
kisha viongozi kati ya makuhani
Viongozi wa Kiyahudi waliogopa kwamba watu wangemfanya Yesu kuwa mfalme wao.
"Hauelewi ni itu gani kinatendeka" au Haujui nini cha kufanya lakini mimi najua."
Hii ni njia ya kumtambulisha mhusika mpya katika simulizi.
Neno "taifa" linatumika kuonyesha watu wa taifa la Israel.
Hili linamaanisha watu wa Mungu kwa njia ya imani katika Yesu na ni watoto wake wa kiroho.
Yesu anaondoka Bethania na kwenda Efraimu.
Hapa anaongelea viongozi wa Kiyahudi.
hili ni eneo nje ya mji ambapo watu wachache wanaishi.
Neno "Walikuwa" linawazungumza Wayahudi waliosafiri kuja Yerusalemu.
Mzungumzaji hapa alikuwa akishangaa ikiwa Yesu atakuja katika sikukuu ingawa kulikuwa na hatari ya kukamatwa. Aliwauliza wengine waliomzunguka kuhusiana na mawazo yao. "Mnafikiri Yesu anaweza kuwa woga sana kuja katika sikukuu?"
Haya ni maelezo ya nyuma ambayo yanaelezea kwa nini waabudu wa Kiyahudi walikuwa wakishangaa ikiwa Yesu atakuja katika sikukuu au la. Ikiwa lugha yako inayo njia ya kuweka alama ya maelekezo ya nyuma fanya hivyo.
1 Siku sita kabla ya Pasaka, Yesu alienda Bethania, alipokuwapo Lazaro, yeye ambaye alimfufua kutoka katika wafu. 2 Basi wakamwandalia chakula cha jioni huko, na Martha akamtumikia, wakati huo Lazaro alikuwa mmoja wapo wa wale walioketi chakulani pamoja na Yesu. 3 Kisha Mariamu akachukua ratli ya manukato yaliyotengenezwa kwa nardo safi, yenye thamani kubwa, akampaka Yesu miguuni, na kumfuta miguu kwa nywele zake; nyumba yote ilijaa harufu ya manukato. 4 Yuda Iskariote, mmoja wa wale wanafunzi wake, ambaye ndiye atakayemsaliti Yesu, akasema, 5 "Kwanini manukato haya yasingeuzwa kwa dinari mia tatu na wakapewa maskini?" 6 Naye aliyasema hayo, si kwa kuwahurumia maskini, bali kwa sababu alikuwa mwizi: yeye ndiye aliyeshika mfuko wa fedha na alikuwa anachukua baadhi ya vilivyowekwa humo kwa ajili yake mwenyewe. 7 Yesu alisema, "Mwache aweke alicho nacho kwa ajili ya siku ya maziko yangu. 8 Maskini mtakuwa nao siku zote; lakini hamtakuwa nami siku zote." 9 Basi umati mkubwa wa Wayahudi walipata kujua ya kuwa Yesu yuko huko, nao wakaja, si kwa ajili ya Yesu tu, ila wamwone na Lazaro ambaye Yesu alimfufua kutoka katika wafu. 10 Nao wakuu wa makuhani wakafanya shauri ili wamue Lazaro; 11 maana kwa ajili yake wengi katika Wayahudi walienda zao na wakamwamini Yesu. 12 Na siku ya pili yake umati mkubwa walikuja kwenye sikukuu. Waliposikia ya kuwa Yesu anakuja Yerusalemu, 13 walichukua matawi ya miti ya mitende na kutoka nje kwenda kumlaki na wakapiga kelele, "Hosana! Amebarikiwa yeye ajaye kwa jina la Bwana, Mfalme wa Israeli." 14 Yesu alimpata mwana-punda akampanda; kama vile ilivyoandikwa, 15 "Usiogope, binti Sayuni; tazama, Mfalme wako anakuja, amepanda mwana-punda." 16 Wanafunzi wake hawakuyaelewa mambo haya hapo kwanza; lakini Yesu alipotukuzwa, ndipo walipokumbuka ya kuwa mambo haya aliandikiwa yeye na ya kwamba wametenda mambo haya kwake. 17 Basi lile kundi la watu waliokuwepo pamoja na Yesu wakati alipomwita Lazaro kutoka kaburini, wakashuhudia kwa wengine. 18 Na ilikuwa kwa sababu hii pia kwamba kundi la watu walikwenda kumlaki kwasababu walisikia ya kwamba ameifanya ishara hiyo. 19 Mafarisayo wakasemezana wao kwa wao, "Tazama, sasa hamwezi kufanya lolote; tazama, ulimwengu umekwenda kwake." 20 Sasa baadhi ya Wayunani walikuwa miongoni mwa wale waliokuwa wakienda kuabudu kwenye sikukuu. 21 Hawa walimwendea Filipo, ambaye alitoka Bethsaida ya Galilaya, wakamwomba wakisema, "Bwana, sisi tunatamani kumwona Yesu." 22 Filipo akaenda akamwambia Andrea; Andrea na Filipo wakaenda na kumwambia Yesu. 23 Yesu akawajibu akasema, "Saa imefika kwa ajili ya Mwana wa Adamu kutukuzwa. 24 Amini, amini, nawaambia, chembe ya ngano isipoanguka katika nchi ikafa, hukaa hali iyo hiyo peke yake; bali ikifa, itazaa matunda mengi. 25 Yeye apendaye uhai wake ataupoteza; bali yeye auchukiaye uhai wake katika ulimemngu huu atausalimisha hata uzima wa milele. 26 Mtu yeyote akinitumikia mimi, na anifuate; nami nilipo, ndipo na mtumishi wangu atakapokuwapo. Mtu yeyote akinitumikia, Baba atamheshimu. 27 Sasa roho yangu imefadhaika: nami nisemeje? 'Baba, uniokoe katika saa hii'? Lakini ni kwa kusudi hii nimeifikia saa hii. 28 Baba, ulitukuze jina lako." Kisha sauti ikaja kutoka mbinguni na kusema, "Nimelitukuza nami nitalitukuza tena." 29 Basi mkutano uliosimama karibu naye wakasikia, wakasema ya kwamba kumekuwa ngurumo. Wengine walisema, "Malaika amesema naye." 30 Yesu akajibu na kusema, "Sauti hii haikuja kwa ajili yangu, bali kwa ajili yenu. 31 Sasa hukumu ya ulimwengu huu ipo: Sasa mkuu wa ulimwngu huu atatupwa nje. 32 Nami nikiinuliwa juu ya nchi, nitawavuta wote kwangu." 33 Aliyanena hayo akionesha ni mauti gani atakayokufa. 34 Mkutano wakamjibu, "Sisi tumesikia katika sheria ya kwamba Kristo atadumu hata milele. Nawe wasemaje, 'Mwana Adamu lazima ainuliwe juu'? Huyu Mwana wa Mtu ni nani?" 35 Basi Yesu akawaambia, "Nuru ingalipo pamoja nanyi muda kidogo. Enendeni maadamu mnayo nuru, ili kwamba giza lisije likawaweza. Yeye aendaye gizani hajui aendako. 36 Mngali mnayo nuru, iaminini nuru hiyo ili mpate kuwa wana wa nuru." Yesu aliyasema haya na kisha akaenda zake akajificha wasimwone. 37 Ingawa Yesu alifanya ishara nyingi namna hiyo mbele yao, bado hawakumwamini 38 ili litimie neno la nabii Isaya, alilosema: "Bwana, ni nani aliyezisadiki habari zetu? Na mkono wa Bwana amefunuliwa nani?" 39 Ndio sababu wao hawakuamini, maana Isaya alisema tena, 40 "Amewapofusha macho, na ameifanya migumu mioyo yao; wasije wakaona kwa macho yao na wakafahamu kwa mioyo yao, na wakaongoka nami nikawaponya." 41 Isaya alisema maneno hayo kwa kuwa aliuona utukufu wa Yesu na akanena habari zake. 42 Walakini, hata wakuu wengi walimwamini Yesu; lakini kwa sababu ya Mafarisayo, hawakukiri ili wasije wakatengwa na sinagogi. 43 Walipenda sifa za wanadamu kuliko sifa zitokazo kwa Mungu. 44 Yesu akapaza sauti na kusema, "Yeye aniaminiye mimi, haniamini mimi tu bali na yeye aliyenituma mimi, 45 naye anionaye mimi anamuona yeye aliyenituma. 46 Mimi nimekuja kama nuru ulimwenguni ili kila mtu aniaminiye mimi asikae gizani. 47 Ikiwa mtu yeyote atayasikia maneno yangu lakini asiyashike, mimi simhukumu; maana sikuja ili niuhukumu ulimwengu, bali niuokoe ulimwengu. 48 Yeye anikataye mimi na asiyeyakubali maneno yangu, anaye amhukumuye: neno hilo nililolinena ndilo litakalomhukumu siku ya mwisho. 49 Maana mimi sikunena kwa nafsi yangu tu. Bali ni Baba aliyenipeleka, yeye mwenyewe ameniagiza nitakayonena na nitakayosema. 50 Nami najua ya kuwa agizo lake ni uzima wa milele; basi hayo ninenayo mimi - kama Baba alivyoniambia, ndivyo ninenavyo kwao."
Baadhi ya tafsiri hupendelea kuweka nukuu za Agano la Kale. Tafsiri ya ULB na nyingine nyingi za Kiingereza huingiza mistari ya 12:38 na 40, ambayo ni nukuu kutoka Agano la Kale.
Mstari wa 16 ni ufafanuzi juu ya matukio haya. Inawezekana kuweka mstari huu mzima kwa mabano ili kuonyesha tofauti na maelezo ya habari.
Ilikuwa ni desturi kupaka mafuta mwili katika maandalizi ya kuizika. Hii kwa kawaida haingefanyika mpaka baada ya kifo cha mtu. Hii haikuwa nia ya Maria. Yesu anatumia matendo ya Maria kutabiri kuhusu kifo chake kilichokuwa kinakaribia. , and
Jinsi ambavyo Yesu aliingia Yerusalemu, akiwa amepanda mnyama, ilikuwa sawa na vile ambavyo mfalme angeingia katika mji baada ya ushindi mkubwa. Na kwa wafalme wa Israeli, ilikuwa desturi kupanda punda badala ya farasi. Mathayo, Marko, Luka, na Yohana wote waliandika juu ya tukio hili, lakini hawakupa maelezo sawa. Mathayo aliandika kuhusu kuwepo kwa punda na mwana-punda, lakini haijulikani ni yupi ambaye Yesu alipanda. Ni bora kutafsiri kila moja ya vifungu hivi kama inavyoonekana katika ULB bila kujaribu kuwafanya wote kusema jambo sawa. (Angalia: Mathayo 21: 1-7 na Marko 11: 1-7)
Mwangaza ni mfano ya kawaida katika Maandiko yaliyotumiwa kuonyesha haki. Mwangaza pia hutumiwa kuonyesha njia ya haki na kuonyesha maisha ya haki. Giza hutumiwa mara nyingi kama mfano ya kuonyesha dhambi au uovu. , , , and )
Unabii wa Yesu kuhusu kutukuzwa kwake ni maelezo juu ya kifo chake. Wanafunzi hawakuelewa kwamba kifo chake kingemtukuza, lakini kilifanyika vivyo hivyo. and
Kitendawili ni taarifa inayoonekana kuwa ya ajabu, ambayo ni kana kwamba inajikana yenyewe, lakini kwa hakika sio ya ajabu. Kitendawili kinatokea katika 12:25: "Yeye anayependa maisha yake ataipoteza, lakini anayechukia maisha yake katika ulimwengu huu ataichunga kwa uzima wa milele." Lakini katika 12:26 Yesu anaelezea maana ya kuchunga maisha ya mtu kwa ajili ya uzima wa milele. (Yohana 12: 25-26).
Litra ni kipimo cha uzito - paundi ya Kirumi ni sawa na gramu 327.5
Hiki ni kimiminika chenye harufu nzuri kilichotengezwa kwa mafuta ya miti na maua yanayonukia vizuri.
Haya ni manukato yaliyotengenezwa kutokana na maua yanayopatikana katika milima ya Nepali, China, na India.
"harufu nzuri ya manukato yake iliijaza nyumba"
"Yeye ambaye baadaye aliwasaidia maadui wa Yesu kumkamata"
Yohana anaeleza kwanini Yuda aliuliza swali kuhusu maskini.
"alisema hivi kwasababu alikuwa mwizi. Hakuwajali maskini"
Yesu anaeleza kuwa matendo ya yule mwanamke yanaweza kueleweka kama tazamio la kifo na maziko yake
Yesu anamaanisha kuwa mtakuwa na nafasi ya kuwasaidia maskini siku zote
Kwa njia hii Yesu anasema kwamba atakufa
Neno hili limetumika hapa kuonesha kituo katika simulizi. Hapa Yohana anaelezea kundi jipya la watu katika simulizi.
Ukweli kwamba Lazaro alikuwa hai kulisababisha Wayahudi wengi wamwamini Yesu.
Hii inamaanisha "walimwamini Yesu"; hivi, waliamini kuwa yeye ni Mwana wa Mungu, kumwamini yeye kama Mwokozi, na kuishi kwa kumheshimu yeye.
Hii inamaanisha "Mungu aokoe."
Hii huelezea hamu ya kutaka Mungu afanye mambo mazuri kwa mtu huyo.
Kuja kwa jina la mtu fulani humaanisha kutumwa kwa mamlaka na nguvu zake, au kuja kama mwakilishi wake.
"Binti Sayuni" ni neno linalomaanisha Israeli, kama vile "wana wa Israeli" au "watu kutoka Yerusalemu."
Unaweza kutafasiri hivi, "kama ambavyo manabii waliandika katika maandiko."
"wakati Mungu alimtukuza Yesu"
Yohana, mwandishi, anafafanua hapa ili kumpa msomaji taarifa za jinsi mitume walivyoelewa baadaye.
Hili ni tukio au tokeo linalodhihirisha kuwa jambo fulani ni la kweli; kwa hali hii, inathibitika kuwa Yesu ni Masihi.
"inaonekana kuwa kila mtu anakuwa mwanafunzi wake"
neno hili limaanisha watu wote duniani
hii inatoa utambulisho wa wahusika wapya katika simulizi
Yohana anamaanisha kuwa Wayunani walikuwa wanaenda kumwabudu Mungu wakati wa Pasaka.
huu ulikuwa mji katika jimbo la Galilaya
Filipo na Andrea wakamwambia Yesu kuhusiana na Wayunani walioomba kukutana naye.
Yesu anaanza kuwajibu Filipo na Andrea.
"Kuwa makini zaidi na mfano huu ninaowaambia. Uhai wangu ni kama mbegu iliyopandwa katika nchi na kufa. Kama isipopandwa, hubakia mbegu moja tu. Lakini ikipandwa, hubadilika na kukua kwa kuzaa mbegu nyingi zaidi."
"Kwa jinsi iyo hiyo, yeyote apendaye mapenzi yake, huyaharibu maisha yake. Bali yeye asiyefuata mapenzi yake, kwasababu ya utii kwangu, ataishi na Mungu milele."
Hii inamaanisha uzima wa mwili.
Hii ni lugha ya balagha. Japokuwa Yesu anatamani kuepuka mateso, bado anachagua kumtii Mungu na kuuawa.
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu cha Mungu
Hii inamaanisha wakati Yesu atateswa na kufa msalabani.
ufunue utukufu wako (Mungu) ili ujulikane
Mungu aliongea kutoka mbinguni
Yesu anaelezea sababu za sauti kutoka mbinguni
ulimwengu humaanisha watu wote walio duniani
mtawala wa dunia hii ni Shetani
Katika mstari wa 33 Yohana anaeleza historia ya maneno ya Yesu aliposema habari za kuinuliwa juu.
Hapa Yesu anamaanisha kusulubiwa kwake.
Kwa kusulubiwa kwake, Yesu atafanya njia kwa ajili ya kila mmoja kumwamini yeye.
Neno "kuinuiwa juu" maana yake ni kusulubiwa.
Maana yake ni, sifa za mwana wa mtu ni zipi?
Yohana anaanza kuongelea juu ya kutimizwa kwa unabii ambao nabii Isaya alitabiri.
kwa ajili ya kutimiza ujumbe wa nabii Isaya
Hii inamaanisha, uwezo wa Bwana wa kuokoa kwa nguvu.
Huu ni msemo wenye maana kwamba Mungu amewafanya kuwa wasumbufu
Wayahudi waliamini kuwa moyo ndicho kiungo kinacholeta uelewa
ili kwamba watu wasiwazuie kwenda kwenye Sinagogi
Walitaka watu wawasifie zaidi kuliko Mungu
Huu ni wakati mwingine ambapo Yesu anaanza kuongea na makutano
Hii inamaanisha kuwa Yesu alipiga kelele na kusema
"yeye" hapa inamaanisha "Mungu"
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na makutano
Hii inamaana ya "Nikuja kuwaonesha iliyo kweli"
"giza" hapa humaanisha kuishi katika ujinga wa kutokujua kweli ya Mungu.
wakati ambapo Mungu atahukumu dhambi za watu
Nami najua ya kuwa maneno aliyoniagiza mimi kusema ni maneno yaletayo uzima milele.
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu cha Mungu
1 Sasa kabla ya sikukuu ya pasaka, kwa sababu Yesu alifahamu kuwa saa yake imefika ambayo atatoka katika dunia hii kwenda kwa baba, akiwa amewapenda watu wake ambao walikuwa duniani, aliwapenda upeo. 2 Na ibilisi alikuwa amewekwa tayari katika moyo wa Yuda Isikariote, mwana wa simoni, kumsaliti Yesu. 3 Yesu alifahamu kuwa baba ameweka vitu vyote katika mikono yake na kwamba ametoka kwa Mungu na alikuwa anakwenda tena kwa Mungu. 4 Aliamka chakulani na akatandika chini vazi lake la nje. Kisha alichukua taulo na akajifunga mwenyewe. 5 Kisha akatia maji katika bakuli na akaanza kuwaosha miguu wanafunzi wake na kuwafuta na taulo ambayo alijifunga yeye mwenyewe. 6 Akaja kwa Simoni Petro, na Petro akamwambia, "Bwana, Unataka kuniosha miguu yangu?" 7 Yesu akajibu na kumwambia, "Nifanyalo hulijui sasa, lakini utaelewa baadaye." 8 Petro akamwambia, "Hutaniosha miguu yangu kamwe." Yesu akamjibu, "Ikiwa sitakuosha, hutakuwa na sehemu pamoja nami." 9 Simoni Petro akamwambia, "Bwana, usinioshe miguu yangu tuu, bali pia na mikono na kichwa changu." 10 Yesu akamwambia, "Yeyote ambaye amekwisha kuoga haitaji kuoga isipokuwa miguu yake, na amekuwa safi mwili wake wote; ninyi mmekuwa safi, lakini si nyote." 11 Kwa kuwa Yesu alijua yule atakaye msaliti; hii ndiyo sababu alisema, si nyote mmekuwa safi." 12 Wakati Yesu alipokuwa amewaosha miguu yao na akiisha chukua vazi lake na kukaa tena, aliwaambia, "Je Mnaelewa kile ambacho nimewafanyia? 13 Mnaniita mimi "Mwalimu" na Bwana hii mnasema kweli, maana ndivyo nilivyo. 14 Ikiwa mimi Bwana na mwalimu, nimewaosha miguu yenu, ninyi pia imewapasa kuwaosha wenzenu miguu. 15 Kwa kuwa nimewapa mfano ili kwamba ninyi pia mfanye kama mimi nilivyo fanya kwenu. 16 Amini, Amini, nawambia, mtumwa si mkuu kuliko bwana wake; wala yule ambaye ametumwa ni mkuu kuliko yule aliye mtuma. 17 Ikiwa unafahamu mambo haya, umebarikiwa ukiyatenda. 18 Sisemi kuhusu ninyi nyote, kwa kuwa nawajua wale ambao nimewachagua - bali nasema haya ili kwamba maandiko yaweze kutimilizwa: 'Yeye alaye mkate wangu ameniinulia kisigino chake.' 19 Ninawambia hili sasa kabla halijatokea ili kwamba litakapotokea, muweze kuamini kuwa mimi NDIYE. 20 "Amini, amini, nawambia, anipokeaye mimi humpokea ambaye nina mtuma, na yule anipokeaye mimi humpokea yule aliye nituma mimi." 21 Wakati Yesu aliposema haya, alisumbuka rohoni, alishuhudia na kusema, "Amini, amini, nawambia kwamba mmoja wenu atanisaliti." 22 Wanafunzi wake wakatazamana, wakishangaa ni kwa ajili ya nani alizungumza. 23 Kulikuwa katika meza, mmoja wa wanafunzi wake ameegama kifuani mwa Yesu yule ambaye Yesu alimpenda. 24 Simoni Petro alimuuliza mwanafunzi huyu na kusema, "Twambie ni yupi ambaye kwake anazungumza." 25 Mwanafunzi yule aliye egama kifuani mwa Yesu na akamwambia, "Bwana, ni nani?" 26 Kisha Yesu alijibu, "Ni kwake yule nitakaye chovya kipande cha mkate na kumpatia." Hivyo alipo kuwa amechovya mkate, alimpatia Yuda mwana wa Simon Iskariote. 27 Na baada ya mkate, Shetani alimuingia. Kisha Yesu akamwambia, "Kile ambacho unataka kukifanya ukifanye haraka." 28 Sasa hakuna mtu katika meza alijua sababu ya Yesu kusema jambo hili kwake. 29 Baadhi yao walidhani kwamba, kwa sababu Yuda alishika mfuko wa fedha, Yesu alimwambia, "Nunua vitu tunavyohitaji kwa ajili ya sikukuu," au kwamba anapaswa kutoa kitu kwa masikini. 30 Baada ya Yuda kupokea mkate, alitoka nje harak; na ilikuwa usiku. 31 Wakati Yuda alipokuwa ameondoka, Yesu alisema, "Sasa mwana wa Adam ametukuzwa, na Mungu ametukuzwa katika yeye. 32 Mungu atamtukuza katika yeye mwenyewe, na atamtukuza haraka. 33 Watoto wadogo, niko pamoja nanyi kitambo kidogo. Mtanitafuta, na kama nilivyowambia Wayahudi, 'Niendako, hamuwezi kuja.' sasa nawambia ninyi, pia. 34 Ninawapa amri mpya, kwamba mpendane; kama mimi nilivyo wapenda ninyi, vivyo hivyo nanyi pia imewapasa kupendana ninyi kwa ninyi. 35 Kwa ajili ya hili watu watatambua kuwa ninyi ni wanafunzi wangu, ikiwa mna upendo kwa kila mmoja na mwingine." 36 Simoni Petro alimwambia, "Bwana, unakwenda wapi?" Yesu akajibu, "Mahali ninapokwenda kwa sasa hutaweza kunifuata, lakini utanifuata baadaye." 37 Petro akamwambia, "Bwana, kwa nini nisikufuate hata sasa? Mimi nitayatoa maisha yangu kwa ajili yako." 38 Yesu akajibu, "Je utayatoa maisha yako kwa ajili yangu? Amini amini nakwambia, jogoo hatawika kabla hujanikana mara tatu."
Matukio ya sura hii hujulikana kama chakula cha jioni la mwaisho au Meza ya Bwana. Sikukuu ya Pasaka kwa njia nyingi inafanana na dhabihu ya Yesu kama kondoo wa Mungu.
Miguu ilioneka kuwa chafu sana katika inchi ya kale ya Mashariki ya Karibu. Ilikuwa ni kawaida mtumishi kuwa na jukumu la kuosha miguu ya bwana wake. Hatua hii ingechukuliwa kuwa cha aibu kwake Yesu, na ndiyo sababu wanafunzi hawakutaka afanye hivyo.
Taswira ya kuosha hutumiwa hapa usiku wa kifo cha Yesu. Ni Yesu ambaye anaweza kuwasafisha watu. Taswira hii inawakilisha uwezo wa "kufanya haki." and ).
Yohana anatumia maneno haya mara saba katika injili yake. Ni maneno sawa yanayotumiwa na Mungu, alipojidhihirisha pamoja na jina lake Yahweh katika kichaka kilichokuwa kinawaka. Jina "Yahweh" linaweza kutafsiriwa kama "kama Mimi ndimi."
Yesu anajiita mwenyewe kama "Mwana wa Binadamu." Lugha zingine haziwezi kuruhusu mtu kujitaja mwenyewe kama 'mtu wa tatu.'
Kipindi hiki siyo cha Pasaka lakini tayari Yesu ameketi na wanafunzi wake mezani.
Hii ni aina ya upendo utokao kwa Mungu
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu cha Mungu
Mstari wa 3 unaendelea kutufahamisha mambo ambayo Yesu aliyajua.
Hapa 'Mkono" unamaanisha mamlaka
Yesu alikuwa na Baba siku zote, na angerudi kwake baada ya kumaliza kazi yake hapa duniani.
Swali la Petro linaonesha kwamba hayupo tayari kuosha miguu yake na Yesu.
Yesu anatumia maneno magumu kumshawishi Petro akubali kuoshwa miguu.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na Simoni Petro
Yesu anatumia neno "ninyi" kumaanisha wanafunzi wake wote.
Yesu anajaribu kusisitiza mafundisho yake kwa wanafunzi wake
Yesu anamaanisha kuwa wanafunzi wake wanamheshimu sana.
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na wanafunzi wake
wa muhimu zaidi
kubariki hapa kuna maana ya kusababisha vitu vizuri, vyenye faida kumpata mtu.
Ninawaambieni sasa yale yatakayotokea kabla hayajatokea
mpate kuamini ya kuwa Mimi ndiye niliyesema kuwa Nipo
nisiye na furaha
Tazama tafasiri katika 1:49
Hii inamaanisha Yohana
kuweka kichwa kwenye kifua cha mwingine ilikuwa utamaduni mwingine wa Kiyunani uliomaanisha urafiki wa karibu
Hii inamaanisha kuwa Yuda alitoka katika kijiji cha Keriothi
Hii inamaana kwamba Shetani alimteka na kumwongoza
Unaweza kutafasiri hii kama, "Nenda na uwape maskini fedha"
Yohana anamaanisha hapa kwamba Yuda angefanya uovu wake gizani wakati wa usiku
Unaweza kutafasiri hii hivi, "Sasa watu wataona jinsi ambavyo mwana wa Mtu atapokea heshima na jinsi ambavyo Mungu atapokea heshimu kupitia yale anayoyafanya mwana wa Mtu."
Yesu anatumia neno watoto wadogo kumaanisha kwamba aliwapenda wanafunzi wake kama watoto wake.
Hii inamaanisha viongozi wa Kiyahudi
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na wanafunzi wake
Hii ni aina ya upendo utokao kwa Mungu wenye kuleta mema kwa wengine
Hii ni hali ya kutia chumvi katika usemi kwamba kwa kila mtu aonaye upendo wa wanafunzi wake.
kuutoa uhai wangu au kufa
Hii ni hali ya kuweka mkazo katika sentensi kwamba "wewe unasema utautoa uhai wako kwa ajili yangu..."
1 "Usiruhusu moyo wako kuwa katika mahangaiko. Unamwamini Mungu niamini pia na mimi. 2 Katika nyumba ya Baba yangu kuna makazi mengi ya kukaa; kama isingekuwa hivyo, ningekuwa nimekuambia, kwa vile ninakwenda kukuandalia mahali kwa ajili yako. 3 Kama nikienda na kuwaandalia mahali, nitakuja tena kuwakaribisha kwangu, ili mahali nilipo pia nanyi muwepo. 4 Mnajua njia mahali ninakoenda." 5 Tomaso alimwambia Yesu, "Bwana, hatujui mahali unakoenda; Je! Tunawezaje kuijua njia? 6 Yesu alimwambia, " Mimi ndiye njia, kweli, na uzima; hakuna awezaye kuja kwa Baba isipokuwa kupitia kwangu. 7 Kama mngeli nijua mimi, mngalikuwa mnamjua na Baba yangu pia; kuanzia sasa na kuendelea mnamjua na mmeshamuona yeye." 8 Philipo alimwambia Yesu, "Bwana, tuonyeshe Baba, na hivyo itakuwa imetutosha." 9 Yesu akamwambia, "Sijakuwa pamoja nanyi kwa muda mrefu, na bado hunijui mimi, Philipo? Yeyote aliyeniona mimi amemwona Baba; Jinsi gani unasema, 'Tuonyeshe Baba'? 10 Hamuamini kuwa mimi ni ndani ya Baba, na Baba yu ndani yangu? Maneno ninayoyasema kwenu sisemi kwa kusudi langu mwenyewe; badala yake, ni Baba anayeishi ndani yangu anayetenda kazi yake. 11 Niamini mimi, kwamba niko ndani ya Baba, na Baba yuko ndani yangu; kadhalika niamini mimi kwa sababu ya kazi zangu hasa. 12 Amini, amini, nawaambia, yeye aniaminiye, mimi kazi zile nizifanyazo, atazifanya kazi hizi pia; na atafanya hata kazi kubwa kwasababu ninakwenda kwa Baba. 13 Chochote mkiomba katika jina langu, nitafanya ili kwamba Baba aweze kutukuzwa katika Mwana. 14 Kama mkiomba kitu chochote katika jina langu, hilo nitafanya. 15 Kama mkinipenda, mtazishika amri zangu. 16 Na nitamwomba Baba, Naye atawapa Msaidizi mwingine ili kwamba aweze kuwa pamoja nanyi milele, 17 Roho wa kweli. Ulimwengu hauwezi kumpokea yeye kwa sababu haumuoni, au kumjwa yeye. hata hivyo ninyi, mnamjua yeye, kwani anakaa pamoja nayi na atakuwa ndani yenu. 18 Sitawaacha peke yenu; Nitarudi kwenu. 19 Kwa muda kitambo, ulimwengu hautaniona tena, lakini ninyi mwaniona. Kwa sababu ninaishi, nanyi mtaishi pia. 20 Katika siku hiyo mtajua kwamba mimi niko ndani ya Baba, na kwamba ninyi mko ndani yangu, na kwamba mimi niko ndani yenu. 21 Yeyote azishikaye amri zangu na kuzitenda, ndiye mmoja ambaye anipenda mimi; na ambaye anipenda mimi atapendwa na Baba yangu, na Nitampenda na nitajionyesha mimi mwenyewe kwake." 22 Yuda (siyo Iskariote) akamwambia Yesu, "Bwana, Je! Ni nini kinatokea kwamba utajionyesha mwenyewe kwetu na siyo kwa ulimwengu? 23 Yesu alijibu akamwambia, "Kama yeyote danipendaye, atalishika neno langu. Baba yangu atampenda, na tutakuja kwake na tutafanya makao yetu pamoja naye. 24 Yeyote ambaye hanipendi mimi, hashiki maneno yangu. Neno ambalo mnasikia siyo langu bali la Baba ambaye alinituma. 25 Nimeyasema mambo haya kwenu, wakati bado ninaishi miongoni mwenu. 26 Hata hivyo, Mfariji, Roho Mtakatifu, ambaye Baba atamtuma kwa jina langu, atawafundisha mambo yote na atawafanya mkumbuke yote ambayo niliyasema kwenu. 27 Amani nawapa amani yangu ninyi. Siwapi hii kama ulimwengu utoavyo. Msiifanye mioyo yenu kuwa na mahangaiko, na woga. 28 Mlisikia vile nilivyowaambia, 'Ninaenda zangu, na nitarudi kwenu.' Kama mngelinipenda mimi, mngekuwa na furaha kwa sababu ninakwenda kwa Baba, kwa kuwa Baba ni mkuu kuliko mimi. 29 Sasa nimekwisha kuwaambia kabla haijatokea ili kwamba, wakati ikitokea, mweze kuamini. 30 Sitaongea nanyi maneno mengi, kwa kuwa mkuu wa dunia hii anakuja. Yeye hana nguvu juu yangu, 31 lakini ili kwamba ulimwengu upate kujua kwamba nampenda Baba, nafanya ambacho Baba ananiagiza mimi, kama vile alivyonipa amri. Inukeni, na tutoke mahali hapa.
Hii sio kurejelea hekalu. Lakini, ni kurejelea makao ya Mungu mbinguni.
Hili ni jina lingine la Roho Mtakatifu, pamoja na "Roho wa Kweli." Alikuwa tayari ulimwenguni, lakini angekuja kwa njia maalum, kukaa kati ya Wakristo, milele. Yesu na Roho Mtakatifu wote ni Mungu; kwa sababu ya ukweli huu, mtu anaweza kusema kwamba Yesu atakaa katika Wakristo baada ya kifo chake.
Huu ni msemo wenye maana kwamba , "acha kuogopa na kuwa na mashaka"
Mungu Baba ametayarisha eneo mbinguni kwa kila mtu ambaye ni muumini, kuishi pamoja naye na Mwanawe milele.
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu kwa ajili ya Mungu.
"Je! Tunawezaje kujua namna ya kufika pale?"
Hii inaweza kuwa 1)"njia kwa Mungu" au 2) "mtu yule awapelekaye watu kwa Mungu."
Hii inaweza kuwa 2) "mtu wa kweli" au 2) "mtu anayenena maneno ya kweli."
"mtu ambaye anaweza kuwafanya watu wawe hai."
Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, ni njia pekee kwenda kwa Mungu Baba.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa ajili ya Mungu.
"Nimekuwa tayari pamoja nanyi wanafunzi kwa muda mrefu sana. Wewe, Philipo ungenijua mimi kwa wakati huu."
"hivyo wewe, Philipo, hakika usingekuwa unasema, 'Tuonyeshe Baba."
Kumwona Mungu Mwana, Yesu, ni kumwona Mungu Baba.
"Hakika mngeamini kuwa Baba yu ndani yangu."
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa ajili ya Mungu.
"Ujumbe ninaowaambia hautokani na mawazo yangu mwenyewe."
Kumwamini Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu, ni kuwamini Mungu Baba. Nafsi za Mungu ziko kwa kila yeyote kwasababu kila nafsi ya Mungu na zote katika Mungu, kupitia nafsi hizo zi tofauti kutoka kila moja.
Hii ina maana ya kumwamini Yesu, ndiyo kwamba, Kuamini kwamba ni Mwana wa Mungu, kumtumaini yeye kama Mwokozi, na kuishi katika njia ambayo inamweshimu yeye.
Hii ni hali ya kuonesha ukuu na uwezo wa Yesu
Hivi na vyeo muhimu vikielezea uhusiano kati ya Mungu na Yesu.
Neno linaelezea Roho Mtakatifu, "ambaye atakuja karibu kuwasaidia." Kuwafundisha wanafunzi
Roho Mtakatifu
Hapa neno "ulimwengu" linamaanisha watu wasioamini. Watu walio kinyume na Mungu.
Watu ambao hawajamwamini Mungu
Kuamini kwa kweli katika Kristo, Baba na Mwana huishi ndani ya muumini kupitia Roho.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa ajili ya Mungu
Aina ya upendo huu huja kutoka kwa Mungu na unalenga kufanya mema kwa wengine, hata kama hautafaa kwa mhusika. Aina ya upendo huu hujari wengine, haijalishi wanafanya nini.
Wakati mmoja anampenda Yesu, naye Baba ampenda mtu yule.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa ajili ya Mungu.
Huyu ni Yuda mwingine si yule aliyemsulubisha Yesu.
Yesu anamjibu Yuda (Siyo Iskarioti)
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa ajili ya Mungu
Yesu anasema kwamba yale ayasemayo yatoka kwa Baba. Ujumbe wa Yesu pia ni ujumbe wa Baba kwasababu Baba na Mwana wanakubaliana kikamilifu siku zote
Hii inaweza pia kuwa ujumbe
Roho Mtakatifu
Neno linaelezea watu wa ulimwengu huu.
Neno hapa "Jina" linaelezea juu ya nguvu na mamlaka ya Yesu
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu.
Aina ya upendo huu kutoka kwa Mungu unalenga kuwatendea mema wengine, hata wakati usipomfaidia mwenyewe. Upendo wa aina hii unajali wengine, bila kujali wanafanya nini.
Mungu Baba ni mkuu kuliko Yesu, aliyekuwa akipitia kudharauliwa kama mwanadamu, lakini umilele, kama nafsi ya Mungu, wote wako sawa
Hiki ni cheo muhimu kwa ajili ya Mungu
1 Mimi ni mzabibu wa huu kweli, na baba yangu ni mkulima wa mzabibu. 2 Kila tawi ndani yangu ambalo halizai tunda, na husafisha kila tawi ambalo huzaa tunda huliondoa ili kwamba liweze kuzaa zaidi. 3 Ninyi tayari mmekuwa safi kwa sababu ya ujumbe ambao nimekwisha waambia. 4 Mkae ndani yangu, na mimi ndani yenu. Kama tawi lisivyoweza kuzaa peke yake lisipo kuwa katika mzabibu, kadhalika nayi, msipo kaa ndani yangu. 5 Mimi ni mzabibu; ninyi ni matawi. Adumuye ndani yangu na mimi ndani yake, mtu huyu huzaa matunda mengi, kwa kuwa pasipo mimi hamuwezi kufanya jambo lolote. 6 Ikiwa mtu yeyote hatasalia ndani yangu, atatupwa kama tawi na kukauka; watu hukusanya matawi na kuyatupa katika moto, na kuteketea. 7 Ikiwa mtadumu ndani yangu, na kama maneno yangu yakidumu ndani yenu, ombeni lolote mtakalo, nanyi mtafanyiwa. 8 Katika hili baba yangu ametukuzwa, kwamba mnazaa matunda mengi na kwamba ni wanafunzi wangu. 9 Kama baba yangu alivyonipenda mimi, mimi pia nimewapenda ninyi; dumuni katika pendo langu. 10 Ikiwa mtashika amri zangu, mtadumu katika pendo langu kama nilivyo shika amri za baba yangu na kudumu katika pendo lake. 11 Nimesema mambo haya kwenu ili kwamba furaha yangu iwe ndani yenu na ili kwamba furaha yenu ifanyike kuwa timilifu. 12 Hii ndiyo amri yangu, kwamba mpendane ninyi kwa ninyi kama nilivyo wapenda ninyi. 13 Hakuna mtu aliye na upendo mkuu kuliko huu, kwamba ayatoe maisha yake kwa ajiliya rafiki zake. 14 Ninyi ni rafiki zangu ikiwa mtafanya yale niwaagizayo. 15 Siwaiti watumwa, kwa kuwa mtumwa hajui kile afanyacho bwana wake. Nimewaita ninyi marafiki, kwa sababu nimewajulisheni mambo yote ambayo nimesikia kutoka kwa Baba. 16 Hamkunichagua mimi, bali mimi niliwachagua ninyi na kuwaweka mwende mazae matunda, na tunda lenu lipate kukaa. Hii liko hivi ili kwamba chochote muombacho kwa Baba kwa jina langu, atawapeni. 17 Mambo haya ninawaagiza, kwamba mpendane kila mtu na mwenzake. 18 Kama ulimwengu utawachukia, mjuwe kwamba ulinichukia mimi kabla haujawachukia ninyi. 19 Kama mngekuwa wa ulimwengu, ulimwengu ungewapenda kama wa kwao; Lakini kwa sababau ninyi sio wa ulimwengu na kwa sababu niliwachagua kutoka katika ulimwengu, ni kwa ajili hii ulimwengu huwachukia. 20 Kumbukeni neno ambalo niliwaambia, 'Mtumwa si mkuu kuliko bwana wake.' Ikiwa walinitesa mimi, watawateseni ninyi pia; Kama walishika neno langu, wangelishika la kwenu pia. 21 Watawatendeeni mambo haya yote kwa ajili ya jina langu kwa sababu hawamjui yule aliyenituma. 22 Kama nisingekuja na kuwaambia waambia, wasingalikuwa wamefanya dhambi; lakini sasa hawana udhuru kwa dhambi yao. 23 Anichukiaye mimi humchukia Baba pia. 24 Ikiwa sijafanya kazi miongoni mwao ambayo hapana mmoja aliyeifanya, wangelikuwa hawana dhambi; lakini sasa wamefanya yote mawili wameona na wamenichukia mimi na Baba yangu. 25 Hili linatokea ili kwamba neno litimie ambalo limeandikwa katika sheria yao: 'Wananichukia mimi bila sababu.' 26 Wakati mfariji amekuja, ambaye nitamtuma kwenu kutoka kwa Baba, huyu ndiye, Roho wa kweli, ambaye anatokea kwa Baba, atanishuhudia. 27 Ninyi pia mnanishuhudia kwa sababu mmekuwa pamoja nami tangu mwanzo.
Mzabibu ni mfano muhimu katika maandiko. Sura hii inaunda mfano mgumu na uliopanuliwa. Masuala mbalimbali ya mfano huu na jinsi hutumiwa italetea watafsiraji magumu katika lugha zote.
Yohana anatumia maneno haya mara saba katika injili yake. Ni maneno sawa yanayotumiwa na Mungu, alipojidhihirisha pamoja na jina lake Yahweh katika kichaka kilichokuwa kinawaka. Jina "Yahweh" linaweza kutafsiriwa kama "Mimi ndim."
Simulizi inaendelea. Yesu anaketi mezani pamoja na wanafunzi wake
Yesu anajilinganisha mwenyewe na mzabibu kwa kuwa yeye ni chanzo cha uzima.
Hii inamaanisha "Mungu" ni kama mkulima
endeleeni kukaa/kuungana na mimi, nami nitaendelea kukaa na ninyi.
Hii ni hali ya kundelea kumtegmea Yesu
Neno hili limetumika katika wingi
Mzabibu unamwakilisha Yesu. Matawi yanawakilisha wale wote wanaomwamini Yesu.
Yesu anajaribu kueleza kuwa wanafunzi wake wameunganisha na yeye kama yeye alivyounganishwa nao
Hii inamwelezea muumini anayempendeza Mungu kwamba kama vile tawi lizaalo sana.
Yesu anawaambia waumini kwamba ni lazima wamuombe Mungu ajibu maombi yao.
Unaweza kutafasiri hii kama, "Inawafanya watu wamuheshimu Baba yangu"
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu cha Mungu
hapa matunda yametumika badala ya maisha yanayompendeza Mungu
dhihirisheni ya kuwa mu wanafunzi wangu
endeleeni kupokea upendo wangu
Wanafunzi wanapomtii Yesu, wanaonesha upendo wao kwake.
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu cha Mungu
Unaweza kutafsiri hii kama, "ili furaha yenu itimie."
Upendo wa aina hii unatoka kwa Mungu na unawafaidia wengine pasipo kujali matendo yao.
uzima wa kimwili
Mnaonesha ya kuwa mu rafiki zangu ikiwa mtaendelea kufanya yae niliyowaagiza
Nimewaambia kila kitu ambacho Baba yangu aliniambia.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu
Yesu anasema kuwa wanafunzi wake hawakuchagua wenyewe kuwa wanafunzi
hii inamaanisha kuishi maisha yanayompendeza Mungu
matokeo ya matendo yenu yadumu milele
"jina langu" ni kiwakilishi cha mamlaka ya yesu.
Upendo wa aina hii unatoka kwa Mungu na unawafaidia wengine pasipo kujali matendo yao.
Yesu anatumia neno Ulimwengu kumaanisha watu ambao hawamwamini Mungu
Hii inarejea upendo wa kibinadamu, wa undungu, rafiki au mtu wa familia
Hii ni sawa na kusema kumbukeni ujumbe niliowaambia
kwa sababu ni watu wangu
Kumchukia Mungu mwana ni kumchukia Mungu Baba pia.
wasingekuwa wamefanya dhambi
Hii inamaanisha Agano la Kale lote ambalo lilikuwa na maagizo yote ya Mungu kwa wanadamu
Hii inamaanisha Roho Mtakatifu
Roho ambaye atawaambia kweli yote
Kushuhudia ni kuwaambia wengine habari za Yesu
Hii inamaanisha siku za mwanzo za huduma ya Yesu.
1 Nimewaambia mambo haya ili msiweze kukwazwa. 2 Watawatoa nje ya masinagogi; hakika saa inakuja ambayo kila atakayewaua atafikiri kuwa anafanya kazi njema kwa ajili ya Mungu. 3 Watawatendea mambo haya kwa sababu hawamfahamu Baba wala hawanifahamu mimi. 4 Nimewaambia mambo haya ili kwamba wakati ukifika wa haya kutokea, mnaweza kuyakumbuka na jinsi nilivyowaambia muweze wao. Sikuwaambia kuhusu mambo haya tangu mwanzo kwa sababu nilikuwa pamoja nanyi. 5 Japokuwa, sasa naenda kwa yule aliyenituma; lakini hakuna kati yenu anayeniuliza, "Unaenda wapi?" 6 Kwa sababu nimesema maneno haya kwenu, huzuni imejaa mioyoni mwenu. 7 Hata hivyo, nawaambia ukweli: ni vyema kwenu nikiondoka; kwa maana nisipoondoka, mfariji hatakuja kwen; lakini nikienda ntamtuma kwenu. 8 Akija, huyo mfariji ataubitisha ulimwengu kuhusiana na dhambi, kuhusiana na haki na kuhusiana na hukumu. 9 Kuhusiana na dhambi, kwa sababu hawakuniamini mimi, 10 kuhusiana na haki, kwa sababu naenda kwa baba, na hamtaniona tena; 11 na kuhusiana na hukumu kwa sababu mkuu wa ulimwengu huu amehukumiwa. 12 Ninayo mengi ya kuwaambia, lakini hamtayaelewa sasa. 13 Lakini, yeye, Roho wa kweli, akija, atawaongoza katika kweli yote; kwa kuwa hataongea kwa ajili yake mwenyewe; lakini yoyote atakayoyasikia, atayasema mambo hayo; na atayadhihirisha kwenu mambo yatakayokuja. 14 Yeye atanitukuza mimi, kwa sababu atayachukua mambo yangu na atayatangaza kwenu. 15 Vitu vyote alivyonavyo Baba ni vyangu; kwa hiyo, nimesema kwamba Roho atachukua mambo yangu na atayadhihirisha kwenu. 16 Bado muda mfupi, hamtaniona tena; na baada ya muda mfupi tena, mtaniona." 17 Baadhi ya wanafunzi wake wakaambizana, "Ni nini anachotuambia, "muda mfupi, na hamtaniona tena,' na, kisha, mda mfupi mtaniona,' na, 'kwa sababu naenda kwa Baba?" 18 Kwa hiyo wakasema, "Ni kitu gani anachosema, 'Bado mda mfupi'? Hatujui asemavyo." 19 Yesu aliona kuwa walitamani kumuuliza, naye akawaambia, "Mnajiuliza wenyewe kuhusu hili, nilivyosema, 'Bado muda mfupi, hamtaniona tena; na baada ya muda mfupi mtaniona'? 20 Amin, amin, nawaambia, mtalia na kuomboleza, lakini ulimwengu utashangilia, mtakuwa na huzuni lakini huzuni yenu itageuka kuwa furaha. 21 Mwanamke anakuwa na huzuni wakati anapokuwa na uchungu kwa sababu wakati wa kujifungua umefika; lakini anapojifungua mtoto, hakumbuki tena maumivu kwa sababu ya furaha yake kwamba mtoto amezaliwa duniani. 22 Ninyi pia mna huzuni sasa, lakini nitawaona tena; na mioyo yenu itafurahi na hakuna atakayeweza kuiondoa furaha yenu. 23 Siku hiyo hamtaniuliza maswali. Amin, Amin, nawaambia, Mkiomba lolote kwa Baba, atawapa kwa jina langu. 24 Mpaka sasa hamjaomba lolote kwa jina langu; ombeni, nanyi mtapokea ili kwamba furaha yenu ikamilike. 25 Nimezungumza na ninyi kwa lugha isiyoeleweka, lakini saa inakuja ambapo sitazungumza kwa lugha isiyoeleweka lakini badala yake nitawaambia waziwazi kuhusu Baba. 26 Siku hiyo mtaomba kwa jina langu, na siwaambii kwamba nitaomba kwa Baba kwa ajili yenu; 27 Kwa kuwa Baba mwenyewe anawapenda kwa sababu mmenipenda mimi na kwa sababu mmeniamini kuwa nimetoka kwa Baba. 28 Nilitoka kwa Baba na nimekuja ulimwenguni; tena, naondoka ulimwenguni na ninaenda kwa Baba". 29 Wanafunzi wake wakamwambia, "Unaona, sasa unaongea wazi wazi na hautumii mafumbo. 30 Sasa, tunajua kwamba unajua mambo yote, na hauhitaji mtu yoyote akuulize maswali. Kwa sababu hii tunaamini kuwa unatoka kwa Mungu. 31 Yesu akawajibu, "Sasa mmeamini?" 32 Tazama, saa inakuja, ndiyo na hakika imefika, ambapo mtatawanyika kila mmoja na kwa wa kwao mtaniacha mwenyewe. Lakini siko peke yangu kwa sababu Baba yupo nami. 33 Nawaambia mambo haya ili kwamba ndani yangu muwe na amani. Duniani mna matatizo, lakini jipeni moyo, nimeushinda ulimwengu.
Hili ni jina lingine la Roho Mtakatifu, pamoja na "Roho wa Kweli." Alikuwa tayari ulimwenguni, lakini angekuja kwa njia maalum, kukaa kati ya Wakristo, milele. Yesu na Roho Mtakatifu wote ni Mungu; kwa sababu ya ukweli huu, inaweza kusemekana kwamba Yesu atakaa katika Wakristo baada ya kifo chake.
Haya ni maneno ambayo yanaweza pia kutafsiriwa kama "wakati unakuja." Yesu anaelezea wakati baada ya kifo chake kama saa hii itakapokuja. Ukitumia maneno haya, yataweza kuonekana kama unabii.
Yesu analinganisha kifo chake na maumivu ya mwanamke anayezaa. Ni kwa maumivu ambapo maisha mapya huja. wakati wa mfano huu kusemwa, hakuna hakika ya wasikilizaji kuelewa mfano huu.
Yesu ameketi chakulani na wanafunzi wake na anaendelea kuwafundisha
Hii inamaanisha kuwa hamtaiacha imani ndani ya Yesu.
Baadhi ya waamini wanaweza kuuawa kwa sababu wasiomjua Mungu Baba pia hawamjui wala kumuelewa Mungu Mwana, Yesu Kristo.
Hiki ni cheo cha Muhimu cha Mungu.
Angalia ulivyotafsiri "tangu mwanzo" kwenye Yohana 15:26
"Mfariji atakuja ikiwa nitaondoka"
Angalia jinsi ulivyotafsiri kwenye Yohana 14:25
Yesu alipoondoka duniani na akarudi kwa Mungu Baba, kisha Mungu Roho akaanza kuwaonyesha watu wana dhambi na wanahitaji msamaha unaopatokana kwa Yesu pekee.
Inamaanisha watu wanaoishi duniani
"Atawaambia watu kwamba kwa sababu narudi kwa Baba, hamtaniona tena, mtajua kuwa ni mimi mwenye haki ya kweli"
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu cha Mungu.
Angalia jinsi ulivyotafsiri kwenye Yohana 12:30
"ujumbe kwa ajili yenu"
Hili ni jina la Roho Mtakatifu atakayewaambia watu kweli ya Mungu
kweli inamaanisha ukweli wa kiroho
Mungu Baba, Mwana, na Roho wote wanamiliki ulimwengu. Kwa pamoja ni wamoja na ni Mungu pekee.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu.
"karibu" au "kabla ya muda mrefu"
Wanafunzi wanaulizana kuhusu alichosemaYesu
wanafunzi hawakuelewa kuwa yesu alikuwa anaongelea kifo chake msalabani
Hii inaweza kumaanisha kufufuka kwa Yesu, au kuja kwa Yesu mara ya pili
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na wanafunzi wake
tafsiri kwa kuonesha kuwa kifuatacho ni cha muhimu zaidi
lakini watu wanaompinga Mungu watashangilia
Baba na Mwana wanajibu maombi pamoja. Wanaomwamini Yesu wana msamaha wa milele wa dhambi na wanaweza kuomba kwa Baba kupitia kwa Mwana, na Baba atajibu.
Hiki ni cheo cha Muhimu cha Mungu.
Baba atawapatia mahitaji yao kwa sababu ya mahusiano yao na Yesu. "kwa sababu ni wafuasi wangu" au "kwenye mamlaka yangu"
"kwa lugha ambayo ni ngumu kueleweka"
Kibinadamu kujifunza kuhusu Mungu Baba kupitia Mwana wa Mungu, Yesu. Kumjua Mwana ni kumjua Baba.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu.
Mtu akimpenda Yesu, Mwana, pia anampenda baba, kwa sababu Baba na Mwana ni mmoja.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu.
Baba alimtuma mwana msalabani awaokoe waamini toka kwenye dhambi na jehanamu, akafufuka toka kwa wafu, na akarudi Mbinguni.
"dunia." Ni mahali ambapo watu wanaishi.
wanafunzi wanamjibu Yesu
"Hatimaye sasa mmeiweka imani yenu kwangu!"
Yesu anaendelea kuongea na wanafunzi wake
"wengine watawatawanya"
Hili jina la muhimu la Mungu
amani ya ndani
nimezishinda taabu na mateso ya duniani
1 Yesu aliyasema mambo haya; kisha akainua macho yake kuelelea mbinguni na akasema, "Baba, saa imewadia; mtukuze mwanao ili na mwana naye akutukuze wewe - 2 kama vile ulivyompatia mamlaka juu ya vyote vyenye mwili ili awape uzima wa milele wale wote uliompatia. 3 Huu ndio uzima wa milele: kwamba wakujue wewe, Mungu wa kweli na wa pekee, na yeye uliyemtuma, Yesu Kristo. 4 Nilikutukuza hapa duniani, na kuikamilisha kazi uliyonipa niifanye. 5 Sasa, Baba, unitukuze mimi pamoja na wewe mwenyewe kwa utukufu ule niliokuwa nao pamoja na wewe kabla ya ulimwengu kuumbwa. 6 Nililifunua jina lako kwa watu ulionipa hapa duniani. Walikuwa watu wako; lakini ulinikabidhi mimi. nao wamelishika neno lako. 7 Sasa wanajua kuwa kila kitu ulichonipa mimi kinatoka kwako, 8 kwa maneno yale uliyonipatia mimi-- Nimekwisha wapatia wao maneno hayo. Waliyapokea na kweli wakajua ya kuwa mimi nimetoka kwako, na wakaamini kuwa wewe ndiye uliyenituma. 9 Ninawaombea wao. Siuombei ulimwaengu bali wale ulionipa kwa kuwa wao ni wako. 10 Vitu vyote ambavyo ni vyangu ni vyako, na vile ulivyonavyo wewe ni vyangu; nami ninatukuzwa katika hivyo. 11 Mimi simo tena ulimwenguni, bali wao wamo ulimwenguni, nami sasa naja kwako. Baba Mtakatifu, watunze kwa jina lako lile ulilonipa sisi ili wao nao wawe na umoja, kama vile mimi na wewe tulivyo na umoja. 12 Nilipokuwa nao, niliwalinda kwa jina ulilonipa; Niliwalinda, na hakuna hata mmoja wao aliyepotea isipokuwa mwana wa upotevu, ili kwamba maandiko yatimie. 13 Sasa ninakuja kwako; lakini ninasema haya ulimwenguni ili kwamba furaha yangu ikamilishwe ndani yao wenyewe. 14 Nimewapa neno lako; ulimwengu imewachukia kwa sababu wao si wa ulimwengu, kama vile mimi nisivyokuwa wa ulimwengu 15 Siwaombei kwamba uwatoe ulimwenguni bali uwalinde na yule mwovu. 16 Wao si wa dunia kama vile mimi nisivyokuwa wa ulimwenguni. 17 Uwaweke wakfu kwako mwenyewe katika Kweli; neno lako ndiyo kweli. 18 Ulinituma ulimwenguni, nami nimewatuma ulimwenguni. 19 Kwa ajili yao mimi mwenyewe ninajitoa kwako ili kwamba na wao wajitoe kwako kwa ile kweli. 20 Si hawa tu ninaowaombea, bali na wale watakaoamini kupitia neno lao 21 ili kwamba wao nao wawe na umoja, kama vila wewe Baba, ulivyo ndani yangu nami ndani yako. Nawaombea ili kwamba wao pia waweze kuwa ndani yetu ili ulimwengu uweze kuamini kuwa wewe ndiye uliyenituma. 22 Utukufu ule ulionipa mimi - nimewapa wao, ili kwamba waweze kuwa na umoja, kama vile sisi tulivyo umoja - 23 Mimi ndani yao, nawe ndani yangu, ili waweze kukamilishwa katika umoja; ili ulimwengu ujue kuwa hakika wewe ndiye uliyenituma, na kuwapenda, kama vile wewe ulivyonipenda, mimi. 24 Baba, kile ulichonipa mimi - Natamani kwamba wao pia waweze kuwa pamoja nami mahali nilipo ili waweze kuona utukufu wangu, ule ulionipa: kwa kuwa wewe ulinipenda mimi kabla ya kuumbwa kwa misingi ya ulimwengu. 25 Baba mwenye haki, ulimwengu haukukujua wewe, lakini mimi nakujua wewe; na wanajua kwamba ulinituma. 26 Nililifanya jina lako lijulikane kwao, na nitalifanya lijulikane ili kwamba lile pendo ambalo kwalo ulinipenda mimi liweze kuwa ndani yao, na mimi niweze kuwa ndani yao."
Sura hii ni sala moja ndefu.
Sura hii inaonyesha wazi kwamba Yesu alikuwepo kabla ya ulimwengu kuumbwa.
Sala inaweza kuwa dhana ngumu kutafsiri katika tamaduni ambazo hazijui desturi hii. Kwa kuwa Yesu ni Mungu, sala zake si kama sala za watu wengine. Sura hii inaweza kuwa vigumu sana kuelewa kwa sababu Yesu hakuhitaji kuomba msaada, na sala zake pia zinaweza kuonekana kama amri. Haingekubalika kwa mtu mwingine kuomba kwa namna hii.
Yesu anamwomba baba yake, Mungu Baba amtukuze, mwana wa Mungu
Hivi ni vyeo vya mhimu amabavyo huelezea uhusiano kati ya Mungu na Yesu
Hii inamaanisha sehemu ya juu
Uzima wa milele ni kumjua Mungu wa kweli na wa pekee, Mungu Baba na Mungu Mwana na Mungu Roho.
Hii inamaanisha kumjua mungu kwa uzoefu na wala si juu ya Mungu
"Kazi"inamaanisha jumla ya huduma ya Yesu hapa Duniani.
Yesu alikuwa na utukufu pamoja na Mungu Baba '"Kabla ulimwengu haujaumbwa" Kwa sababu Yesu ni Mungu Mwana. Baba, Mwana, na Roho Mtakatifu ndio Mungu wa Kweli ambaye amekuwepo milele yote na ataendelea kuwepo milele ne milele.
Hivi ni vyeo vinavyoonyesha uhusiano kati ya Mungu na Yesu.
Hapa neno "Dunia" humanisha watu wa dunia. Hii inamaanisha Mungu amewatofautisha na wale wasioamini.
Wameyatii mafundisho yako
Hapa neno ulimwengu linamanisha watu waovu duniani au watu wasiomtii Mungu
Hii inamaanisha hali ya kuwa duniani na kuwa mmoja wa wale wanaoishi humo.
Yesu anamwomba Baba ili awalinde wale wanaoamini. Mungu Baba huwalinda wale wanaomwamini Mungu Mwana na kuwafanya wawe na umoja na Mungu katika utatu wake
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu
Hapa neno "jina"linamaanisha ulinzi na usimamaizi wa Mungu. "Uwalinde na kwa ulinzi wa jina lako kama ulivyonilinda mimi" au "uwalinde kwa nguvu za jina lako ulilonipa mimi
"mtu pekee aliyepotea ni mwana wa upotevu"
"yule ambaye tokea awali uliamua kumwamngamiza"
"Ili mambo yaliyoandikwa kwenye maandiko"
watu wakaao duniani
uwalinde didi a Shetani
wafanye kuwa watu wako kwa kuwafundisha kweli
ujumbe wako ni kweli au unachosema ni kweli
kwa kila mtu duniani kote
unaweza pia kutafsiri kuwa: "ili kwamba wajitoe kikamilifu kwako"
Mungu Baba yumo ndani ya Mungu Mwana na mwanaYumo ndani ya Baba. Wla wamwaminioa Yesu, Mungu mwana huwa na umoja na Baba na mwana wamwaminipo.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu
Hii humanisha watu wa duniani
nimewaheshimu wafuasi wangu kama ambavyo wewe umeniheshimu mimi
Unaweza kutafsiri kama: "ili uweze kuwaunganisha kama ambavyo umetuunganisha sisi"
kuwa kitu kimoja
ulimwengu ni watu
Mungu Baba amempenda Mungu mwana. Kabla Mungu hajauumba ulimwengu, nafsi za Mungu hupendana, na zitaendelea kupendana milele yote.
hii inamaanisha mbinguni
ili waweze kujua ukuu wangu
Hapa Yesu anamaanisha wakati wa kabla ya uumbaji
"ulimwengu hauna uzoefu wa kukujua wewe kama ninavyokujua; na hawa wanajua kuwa wewe umenituma"
Hili linamanisha Mungu.
Upendo wa jinsi hii hutoka kwa Mungu na hulenga mema ya wengine, hata kama hauna maslahi binafsi. Upendo wa jinsi hii huwajali wengine bila kujali wanachofanya
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimucha Mungu
1 Baada ya Yesu kusema maneno haya, aliondoka na wanafunzi wake kuelekea bonde la Kidron, ambako kulikuwa na bustani, ambako yeye na wanafunzi wake wakaingia ndani yake. 2 Sasa yule Yuda, aliyetaka kumsaliti, naye alilijua eneo hilo, kwani Yesu alikuwa akienda hili eneo mara kadhaa akiwa na wanafunzi wake. 3 Naye Yuda, baada ya kuwa amepata kundi la maaskari na maofisa toka kwa wakuu wa makuhani, wakaja wakiwa na taa, kurunzi na silaha. 4 Naye Yesu, hali akijua kila kitu kilichokuwa kikifanyika dhidi yake, alijitokeza mbele na akawauliza, "Ni nani mnayemtafuta?" 5 Nao wakamjibu, "Yesu Mnazareth." Yesu akawaambia, "Mimi ndiye" Naye Yuda aliyemsaliti, alikuwa amesimama pamoja na wale askari. 6 Kwa hiyo alipowaambia, "Mimi ndiye" walirudi kinyume na kuanguka chini. 7 Halafu akawauliza tena, "Ni nani mnayemtafuta? Nao wakamjibu tena "Yesu mnazareth." 8 Yesu akawajibu, "Nimekwisha kuwaambia kuwa Mimi ndiye; kwa hiyo kama mnanitafuta mimi, waacheni hawa wengine waende." 9 Haya yalikuwa hivyo ili lile neno litimilike; pale aliposema; "Katika wale ulionipa, sikumpoteza hata mmoja." 10 Ndipo Simon Petro, aliyekuwa na upanga, akaufuta na kumkata sikio la kulia mtumishi wa Kuhani mkuu. Na jina lake mtumishi yule lilikuwa Malko. 11 Yesu akamwambia Petro, "Rudisha upanga wako kwenye ala yake. Kwa nini nisikinywee kikombe kile alichonipa Baba?" 12 Basi lile kundi la askari na jemedari, na watumishi wa Wayahudi, walimkamata Yesu na kumfunga. 13 Nao wakamwongoza kwanza mpaka kwa Anasi, kwani yeye alikuwa mkwe wa Kayafa, ambaye ndiye aliyekuwa Kuhani mkuu kwa mwaka huo. 14 Sasa Kayafa ndiye aliyekuwa amewapa ushauri Wayahudi ya kwamba ilimpasa mtu mmoja afe kwa ajili ya watu. 15 Simon Petro alimfuata Yesu, na vivyo hivyo mwanafunzi mwingine. Na yule mwanafunzi alikuwa akifahamika kwa kuhani mkuu, naye akaingia pamoja na Yesu katika behewa ya Kuhani mkuu; 16 lakini Petro alikuwa amesimama nje ya mlango. Basi yule mwanafunzi aliyekuwa akifahamika kwa kuhani mkuu, alitoka nje akaenda kuongea na yule mwanamke mtumishi aliyekuwa akilinda mlango na kumwingiza Petro ndani. 17 Basi yule kijakazi aliyekuwa akilinda mlango, alimwambia Petro, "Je wewe si mmoja wa wafuasi wa huyu mtu?" Naye akasema, "Mimi siye." 18 Na wale watumishi na wakuu walikuwa wakisimama mahali pale; wamekoka moto wa kwa maana, kulikuwa na baridi, na hivyo walikuwa wakiota moto ili kupata joto. Naye Petro alikuwa nao, akiota moto akiwa amesimama. 19 Kuhani mkuu alimhoji Yesu juu ya wanafunzi wake na mafundisho yake. 20 Yesu akamjbu, "Nimeuambia waziwazi ulimwengu; Mimi nilifundisha mara kwa mara kwenye masinagogi na hekaluni mahali ambapo wayahudi hukusanyika. Nami sikusema lolote katika siri. 21 Kwa nini mliniuliza? Waulizeni walionisikiliza juu ya kile nilichosema. Hawa watu wanajua mambo yale niliyosema. 22 Yesu alipokwisha sema hivyo, mmoja wa wakuu aliyekuwa amesimama akampiga Yesu kwa mkono wake na kisha akasema, "Je, hivyo ndivyo inavyokupasa kumjibu kuhani mkuu?" 23 Naye Yesu akamjibu, "Kama nimesema jambo lolote baya basi uwe shahidi kwa ajili ya uovu, na kama nimemjibu vyema kwa nini kunipiga? 24 Ndipo Anasi alipompeleka Yesu kwa Kayafa kuhani mkuu akiwa amefungwa. 25 Sasa Simoni Petro alikuwa amesimama akijipasha joto mwenyewe. Halafu wale watu wakamwambia. "Je, wewe pia si mmoja wa wanaafunzi wake?" Akakana akisema "Mimi siye." 26 Mmoja wa watumishi wa kuhani mkuu, ambaye alikuwa ndugu wa yule mwanaume ambaye Petro alimkata sikio, alisema, "Je si wewe niliyekuona naye kule bustanini?" 27 Petro akakana tena, na mara Jogoo akawika. 28 Kisha wakamchukua Yesu toka kwa Kayafa mpaka kwenye Praitorio. Ilikwa asubuhi na mapema. Wao wenyewe hawakuiingia ile Praitorio ili wasije wakanajisika na kuila pasaka. 29 Kwa hiyo Pilato akawaendea akisema. "Ni shitaka gani linalomhusu huyu mtu?" 30 Wakamjibu na kumwambia, "Kama huyu mtu asingekuwa mtenda maovu, tusingemleta kwako." 31 Pilato akawaambia, "Mchukueni ninyi wenyewe, mkamhukumu kulingana na sheria yenu." Nao Wayahudi wakamwambia, "Sheria haituruhusu sisi kumwua mtu yeyote." 32 Walisema haya ili neno la Yesu litimilike, neno ambalo alikuwa amekwisha sema juu ya aina ya kifo chake. 33 Basi Pilato akaingia tena Praitorio akumwita Yesu; akamwambia, "Je, wewe ni mfalme wa Wayahudi?" 34 Yesu akamjibu, "Je, wewe waniuliza swali hili kwa Sababu wataka kujua au kwa sababu wengine wamekutuma ili uniulize mimi?" 35 Naye Pilato akamjibu, "Mimi si Myahudi, au sivyo?" Taifa lako na kuhani mkuu ndio waliokuleta kwangu; wewe umefanya nini? 36 Yesu akajibu; "Ufalme wangu si wa ulimwengu huu, kama ufalme wangu ungekuwa na sehemu katika ulimwengu huu watumwa wangu wangenipigania ili nisitolewe kwa wayahudi. Kwa kweli ufalme wangu hautoki hapa" Basi 37 Pilato akamwambia, "Je, wewe basi u mfalme?" Yesu akajibu, "wewe ndivyo unanvyosema kuwa mimi ni mfalme, Kwa sababu hii mimi nilizaliwa na kwa sababu hii mimi nimekuja ulimwenguni ili niwe shahidi wa ile kweli. Yeyote aliye wa hiyo kweli huisikiliza sauti yangu. 38 Pilato akamwambia, "Kweli ni nini?" Naye alipokwisha sema haya akaenda kwa Wayahudi na kuwaambia "Siona katika lolote mtu huyu. 39 Ninyi mna utamaduni unaonifanya nimfunfungulie mfungwa mmoja wakati wa Pasaka. Je mnataka nimfungulie mfalme wa Wayahudi." 40 Kisha walipiga kelele wakisema, siyo huyu, tufungulie Baraba." Naye Baraba alikuwa mnyang'anyi.
Mistari ya 13 na 14 inasema, "kwa kuwa alikuwa baba mkwe Kayafa, ambaye alikuwa kuhani mkuu mwaka huo. Sasa Kayafa ndiye aliyewapa Wayahudi ushauri kwamba ingekuwa bora kwamba mtu mmoja afe kwa ajili ya watu . " Hii ni taarifa ya mabano inayotolewa na mwandishi. Inalenga kuelezea taarifa muhimu ya historia. Inawezekana kuweka taarifa hii kwa mabano.
Ufalme wa Kirumi haukuruhusu Wayahudi kutekeleza adhabu ya kifo kwa mtu yeyote. Kwa hiyo, Wayahudi walipaswa kuwasilisha kesi yao kwa mtawala wa kipagani, Pilato.
Yesu anamwelezea Pilato kwamba ufalme wake sio "wa ulimwengu huu." Wataalamu wengine huchukua hii kumaanisha ya kwamba Yesu anatawala ufalme wa kiroho, lakini wengine wanasema kama maana ya maneno ya Yesu ilikuwa kama ufalme wake haukushindana na ufalme wa Kirumi. Inawezekana kutafsiri maneno haya kama ufalme wa Yesu "haukuanzisha mahali hapa au huanzisha mahali pengine."
Maneno haya hutumiwa kwa njia mbili tofauti katika kifungu hiki. Kwanza, Yesu anasemekana kuwa mfalme wa Wayahudi. Yeye ndiye mfalme wa Wayahudi na ulimwengu wote. Pili, hutumiwa kwa kinaya au kudhihaki na Pilato. Pilato hakumwamini Yesu kuwa mfalme wa Wayahudi.
Hili ni bonde liliko Yerusalem ambalo hutenganisha Mlima wa hekalu na Mlima wa mizeituni
hili lilikuwa shamba la mizabibu
Yesu anaanza kuongea na askari, waheshimiwa, na Mafarisayo
Yesu alijua mambo yote yaliyopaswa kumpata
Hapa neno "yeye" halipo kwenye tafsiri ya asili lakini limefananishwa tu na "mimi ndiye"
watu walianguka chini kwa sababu ya nguvu za Yesu
Yesu, mtu wa kutoka Nazareth
Hapa neno "yeye" halipo kwenye tasfsiri ya asili lakini limehusishwa tu.
"Neno" linamaanisha maneno ambayo Yesu aliyaomba.
Markusi ni mtumishi wa kiume wa Kuhani Mkuu
Huu ni mkoba wakisu au sime unauzuia kisu kisimkate mwenye nacho
Hii inamaanisha 1) Kiasi cha mateso ambayo Yesu alitakiwa kuyapokea 2) Gadhabu ya Mungu ambayo Yesu ilimlazimu kuivumilia ili kuwalkomboa watu wake.
Yesu anahoji hili swali kuonesha msisitizo kwamba lazima ateseke.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu.
Mstari wa 14 unatoa maelezo yanayomhusu Kayafa
hii inamaanisha viongozi wa Wayahudi
Askari walimfunga Yesu mikono ili asitoroke
Huyu ni mtume Yohana, mwandishi wa wa hii injili
"Wewe ni mmoja wa wanafunzi wa huyu mtu"
Huyu alikuwa Kayafa
Yesu aliifanya huduma yake katika uma wa watu
Hawa ni wale watu waliomsikia Yesu akifundisha
'Hivyo sivyo inavyokupasa kumjibu Kuhani Mkuu"
"niambie makosa yangu niliyoyasema"
"kama nimejibu kwa ukweli usinipige"
Hapa habari inarudi kumwelezea Petro.
Swali hili linatoa msisitizo wa ukweli wa jambo
hapa neno "naye" linamaanisha Yesu
Hii inamaanisha kuwa petro alimkana kwa kujua kuwa alikuwa na Yesu.
Ikumbukwe kuwa Yesu alimwambia Petro kuwa jogoo atawika kabla hajamkana
Askari na washitaki wa yesu wanamleta kwa Kayafa. Mstari wa 28 unaeleza sababu zilizowafanya wasiingie katika Praitorio.
Huyu mtu ni mtenda maovu, na ni lazima tumlete kwako ili aadhibiwe"
Hili neno "kumleta" linamaanisha kumkabidhi kwa adui
Kwenye mstari wa 32 mwandishi anaelezea jinsi ambavyo yesu alitabiri kifo chake
Hawa ni viongozi wa Wayahudi aliompinga Yesu na kumkamata.
Kulingana na sheria ya Kirumi, Wayahudi wasingweza kumuua mtu.
Hapa Pilato anauliza swali kuelezea jinsi ambavyo hana haja na tamaduni za Kiyahudi
Wayahudi wenzako
Sentesihii yaweza kumaanisha 1) "Ufalme wangu si sehemu ya dunia hii" au 2) "Si hitaji ruhusa ya dunia hii kuwa mtawala wao" au "Si kwa kutokana na ulimwengu huu kwamba nina mamalaka ya kuwa mfalme."
"wangewazuia viongozi wa Kiyahudi kunikamata"
"mambo ninayoyaongelea" au "mimi"
"Hakuna awezaye kujua kitu kilicho cha kweli"
hii inamaanisha viongozi wa Kiyahudi
tafsri kuonesha kuwa hawakumtaka Baraba bali Yesu
Hapa Yohana anaeleza Baraba alikuwa mtu wa aina gani
1 Basi Pilato alimchukua Yesu na kumchapa. 2 Wale maaskari wakasokota miiba na kutengeneza taji. Wakaiweka juu ya kichwa cha Yesu na kumvalisha vazi la rangi ya zambarau. 3 Wakamjia na kusema, "Wewe mfalme wa Wayahudi! na kisha kumpiga kwa mikono yao. 4 Kisha Pilato alitoka nje na kuwaambia watu, "Tazama nawaleteeni huyu mtu kwenu ili mjue kwamba mimi sikuona hatia yoyote ndani yake." 5 Kwa hiyo Yesu akatoka nje; alikuwa amevaa taji ya miiba na vazi la zambarau. Ndipo Pilato akawaambia, "Tazameni mtu huyu hapa!" 6 Kwa hiyo wakati kuhani mkuu na wakuu walipomwona Yesu, wakapiga kelele wakisema, "Msulubishe, msulubishe." Pilato akawaambia, "Mchukueni ninyi wenyewe mkamsulubishe, kwa kuwa mimi sioni hatia ndani yake." 7 Wayahudi wakamjibu Pilato, "Sisi tunayo sheria, na kwa sheria hiyo inampasa kufa kwa sababu yeye alijifanya kuwa mwana wa Mungu." 8 Pilato aliposikia maneno haya alizidi kuogopa, 9 akaingia Praitorio tena na kumwambia Yesu, "Wewe unatoka wapi? Hata hivyo, Yesu hakumjibu. 10 Kisha Pilato akamwambia, "Je, wewe huongei na mimi? Je, wewe hujui kuwa mimi nina mamlaka ya kukufungua na mamlakaya kukusulubisha?" 11 Yesu akamjibu, "Usingekuwa na nguvu dhidi yangu kama usingepewa toka juu. Kwa hiyo, mtu aliyenitoa kwako ana dhambi kubwa." 12 Kutokana na jibu hili, Pilato akataka kumwacha huru, lakini Wayahudi wakapiga kelele wakisema, "Kama utamwacha huru basi wewe si rafiki wa Kaisari: Kila ajifanyaye kuwa mfalme hunena kinyume cah kaisari." 13 Pilato alipoyasikia maneno haya, akamleta Yesu nje kisha akakaa kwenye kiti cha hukumu mahali pale panapojulikana kama sakafu, lakini kwa Kiebrania, Gabatha. 14 Siku ya maandalizi ya pasaka ilipofika, panapo muda wa saa ya sita. Pilato akawaambia Wayahudi, "Tazameni mfalme wenu huyu hapa!" 15 Wakapiga kelele, "Mwondoshe, mwondoshe, msulubishe!" Pilato akawaambia, "Je, nimsulubishe mfalme wenu?" Naye Kuhani mkuu akajibu, "Sisi hatuna mfalme isipokuwa Kaisari." 16 Ndipo Pilato alipomtoa Yesu kwao ili asulibiwe. 17 Nao wakamchukua Yesu, naye akatoka, hali ameubeba msalaba wake mwenyewe mpaka kwenye eneo liitwalo fuvu la kichwa, kwa Kihebrania huitwa Golgotha. 18 Ndipo walipomsulibisha Yesu, pamoja naye wanaume wawili, mmoja upende huu na mwingine upande huu, na Yesu katikati yao. 19 Kisha Pilato akaandika alama na kuiwekwa juu ya msalaba. Hapo paliandikwa: YESU MNAZARETH, MFALME WA WAYAHUDI. 20 Wengi wa Wayahudi waliisoma alama hiyo kwani mahali pale aliposulibishwa Yesu palikuwa karibu na mji. Alama hiyo iliadikwa kwa Kiebrania, kwa Kirumi na kwa Kiyunani. 21 Kisha wakuu wa makuhani wa Wayahudi wakamwambia Pilato, "Usiandike, 'Mfalme wa Wayahudi; bali yeye alisema mimi ni mfalme wa Wayahudi." 22 Naye Pilato akawajibu, "Niliyoandika nimeandika." 23 Baada ya askari kumsulibisha Yesu, walichukua mavazi yake na kuyagawa katika mafungu manne, kila askari fungu moja, vivyo hivyo na kanzo, Sasa ile kanzu haikuwa imeshonwa bali ilkuwa imefumwa yote tokea juu. 24 Kisha wakasemezana wao kwa wao, "Tusiipasue, bali tupigeni kura ili kuona itakuwa ya nani." Hili lilitokea ili lile andiko litimizwe, lile lisemalo waligawanya nguo zangu, na vazi langu wakalipigia kura." 25 Askari walifanya mambo haya. Mama yake Yesu, dada wa mama yake, Mariamu mke wa Kleopa na Mariamu Magdalena - wanawake hawa walikuwa wamesimama karibu na msalaba wa Yesu. 26 Yesu alipomwona mama yake pamoja na yule mwanafunzi aliyempenda wakisimama karibu, akamwambia mama yake, "Mwanamke, tazama, ona mwanao huyu hapa!" 27 Kisha akamwambia yule mwanfunzi, "Tazama, huyu hapa mama yako. "Tokea saa hiyo yule mwanafunzi akamchukua kwenda nyumbani kwake. 28 Baada ya hilo, Hali Yesu akijua kuwa yote yamekwisha kumalizika ili kutimiza maandiko, akasema, "Naona kiu." 29 Chombo kilichokuwa kimejaa Siki kilikuwa kimewekwa pale, kwa hiyo wakaweka sifongo iliyojaa siki juu ya ufito wa hisopo, wakamwekea mdomoni mwake. 30 Naye Yesu alipoionja hiyo, akasema, "Imekwisha." Kisha akainamisha kichwa chake, akaikabidhi roho yake. 31 Kwa vile ilikuwa ni wakati wa maandalio, na kwa sababu miili haikutakiwa kubaki juu ya msalaba wakati wa Sabato (kwa kuwa Sabato ilikuwa siku ya muhimu), wayahudi walimwomba Pilato kuwa miguu yao wale wliokuwa wamesulibishwa ivunjwe, na kwamba miili yao ishushwe. 32 Ndipo askari walipokuja na kuvunja miguu ya mtu wa kwanza na wa pili aliyekuwa amesulibiwa pamoja na Yesu. 33 Walipomfikia Yesu, walimkuta tayari alikuwa amekwisha kufa, kwa hiyo hawakuvunja miguu yake. 34 Hata hivyo, mmoja wa askari alimchoma Yesu ubavuni kwa mkuki, na mara yakatoka maji na damu. 35 Naye aliyeona hili ametoa ushuhuda, na ushuhuda wake ni wa kweli. Yeye anajua kuwa alichokisema ni cha kweli ili nanyi pia muamini. 36 Mambo haya yalikuwa ili lile neno lililonenwa lipate kutimia, "Hakuna hata wake mmoja utakaovunjwa." 37 Tena andiko lingine husema, "Watamtazama yeye waliyemchoma" 38 Baada ya mambo haya Yusufu wa Arimathaya, kwa vile alikuwa mwanafunzi wa Yesu, lakini kwa siri kwa kuwaogopa Wayahudi, alimwomba Pilato kwamba auchukue mwili wa Yesu. Naye Pilato akampa ruhusa. Kwa hiyo Yusufu akaja kuuondoa mwili wa Yesu. 39 Naye Nicodemo ambaye hapo awali alimfuata Yesu usiku naye akaja. Yeye alileta mchanganyiko wa manemane na udi, yapata uzito wa ratili mia moja. 40 Kwa hiyo wakauchukua mwili wa Yesu wakaufanga kwenye sanda ya kitani na pamoja na yale manukato, kama ilivyokuwa desturi ya wayahudi wakati wa kuzika. 41 Mahali ambapo Yesu alisulibiwa kulikuwa na bustani; ndani ya ile bustani kulikuwa na kaburi jipya ambalo hakuna mtu alikuwa amawahi kuzikwa humo. 42 Basi, kwa kuwa ilikuwa siku ya maandalio kwa Wayahudi, na kwa vile lile kaburi lilikuwa karibu, basi wakamlaza Yesu ndani yake.
Baadhi ya tafsiri hupendelea kuweka nukuu za Agano la Kale. ULB na tafsiri nyingine nyingi za Kiingereza huingiza mistari ya 19:24, ambayo ni nukuu kutoka Agano la Kale.
Rangi ya zambarau ilikuwa ishara ya kifalme Rangi ya zambarau ilikuwa ishara ya kifalme katika Mashariki ya Karibu. Yesu alivikwa kuoneka kama mfalme kwa kumdhihaki. Yesu alikuwa amevaa kuonekana kama mfalme kwa kukejeliwa.
Pilato hakutaka kumhukumu Yesu kwa kifo, lakini Wayahudi walimlazimisha. Walifanya hivyo ili kuifanya kuonekana kama kuruhusu Yesu kuishi kungeweza kusaliti serikali ya Kirumi.
Maneno yanayofuata yanatakiwa kuchukuliwa kudhihaki: "Salamu, Mfalme wa Wayahudi," "Je, nimsulubishe mfalme wenu?" na "Yesu wa Nazareti, Mfalme wa Wayahudi." Kudhihaki ni matumizi ya kinaya kumtukana mtu.
Haya ni maneno mawili ya Kiebrania. Baada ya kutafsiri maana ya maneno haya ("Sakafu ya mawe" na "Mahali pa Fuvu"), mwandishi hufasiri sauti zao kwa kuandika kwa herufi za Kigiriki.
Hii "Salaam" inayoambatana na mkono ulioinuliwa ilitumika kwa msalimia Kaisari pekee yake. Wakati asakari wakitumia kofia ya miiba na vazi la dhambarau kwa kumkejeli Yesu, hawakumtambua kwa hakika kuwa ni mfalme.
Hii ni sawa na kusema kuwa sioni sababu ya kumwadhibu
taji na vazi la dhambarau ni vitu vinavyovaliwa na wafalme tu.
Yesu alihukumiwa kufa kwa kifo cha kusulibiwa kwa sababu ya kudai kuwa yeye alikuwa "mwana wa Mungu"
Hiki ni cheo cha muhimu cha Yesu
"Unatoka wapi? Pilato alimuliza Yesu kwa ajili ya kujua utambulisho wake. utamaduni wako unaweza kuwa njia maalumu ya kutambua utamaduni wa mtu.
Pilato anaonyesha kushangazwa na Yesu kwa kutokuitumia nafasi hiyo ya kujiteteta. "Nijibu"
"Una mamalaka kinyume changu kwa sababu tu umepewa"
Neno "kutoa" linamaanisha kumkabidhi Yesu kwa adui, kama vile Yuda alivyomtoa Yesu kwa viongozi wa Kiyahudi
"madai ya kuwa yeye ni mfalme"
Hii inamaanisha kuwa aliwaagiza askari kumleta Yesu nje il ikumwonyesha kwa makutano.
Watu wakubwa walikaa wakati watu wengine amabao si wskubwa walisimama.
Hiki ni kiti maalumu ambacho watu mhimu walikaa wakati wa kufanya maamuzi ya kiofisi. Utamaduni wako unaweza kuwa na njia tofauti wautaratibu huu.
Hili ni eneo maalumu ambalo watu maalumu ndio wsalioruhusiwa kupaingia, Utamaduni wako unaweza kuwa na maeneo maalumu kama hili.
Hii ilikuwa lugha ambayo wahebrania waliongea
Muda umepita na sasa ni saa la sita, wakati Pilato anawaagiza askari wamsulibishe Yesu.
kama muda wa mchana
Hapa inamaanisha Pilato aliwaambia viongozi wa Kiyahudi
Pilato anawauliza Wayahudi ikiwa wanataka askari wake wamsulibishe Yesu.
Unaweza kutafsiri kama: "kwenye eneo ambalo watu wanaliita fuvu la kichwa"
Kiebrania ni lugha ya Waisraeli
Unaweza kutafsiri kama: "pia waliwasulibisha wahalifu wengine wawili kwenye misalaba yao"
hapa inamaanisha mtu aliyeandika kwa niaba ya Pilato na kuiweka juu ya msalaba wa Yesu
Unaweza pia kutafsiri hii kama: "hivyo yule mtu aliandika maneno haya: Yesu ya nazarethi, mfalme wa Wayahudi"
Hii ni lugha ya serikali ya Kirumi
Wakuu wa makuhani walienda mpaka Ikulu kumshitaki Yesu juu ya maneno na miujiza yake.
Pilato anamaanisha kuwa hawezi kubadilisha maneno katika kibao
Mwishoni mwa mstari wa 24 kuna tofauti kutoka habari kwa kuwa Yohana anaelezea jinsi tukio hili linatimiza maandiko.
askari waliweka kando kanzu na hawakuigawa
hivi ndivyo askari walivyogawana mavazi ya Yesu.
Huyu ni Yohana mwandishi wa injili hii
"Mwanamke, tazama na ufifkiri juu huyu mtu kama angekuwa mwano"
"fikiri juu ya huyu mwanamke kama angekuwa mama yako"
Hiki ni kinywaji cha makomamanga kilchokuwa kimechachushwa kwa muda mrefu
"Hawa" nia walinzi wa Kirumi
Hi ni kiufito kilichokuwa na uwezo wa kunyonya kimiminika
Yesu aliito roho yake kwa Mungu na kuruhusu mwili wake kufa
Hii inamaanisha viongozi wa Kiyahudi
Huu ni muda uliokuwa kabla ya pasaka ambao ulitumika kuandaa chakula
Unaweza kutafsiri kama, "kuvunja miguu ya waliosulibiwa na kuiondoa miili yao kutoka kwenye misalaba yao"
Unaweza kutafsiri kama, "ambaye walimsulibisha karibu na Yesu"
Sentesi hii inatoa mukhutadha wa habari. Mwandishi ambaye ni (Mtume Yohana) anawafahamisha wasomaji kuwa yeye alikuwepo na kwamba tukiamini alichoandika
"Hakuna atayevunja hata mmoja ya mifupa yake"
Yusuph kutoka mji wa Arimathaya
"Kwa kuwahofia viongozi wa Kiyahudi"
Huyu ndiye aliyeenda kwa Yesu wakati wa giza
Haya ni manukato yaliyo kabla ya mazishitumika kuandaa maiti
Kipimo cha mia moja
"Ratli moja" ni sawa na kipimo cha gramu 31
Hapa mwandishi Yohana anatoa maelezo kuhusu mahali ambapo kaburi lilikuwa
Kulingana na sheria ya Kiyahudi, hakuna mtu aliyeruhusiwa kufanya kazi baada ya jua kuzama. Ilikuwa ni mwanzo wa Sabato na Pasaka
1 Mapema siku ya kwanza ya juma, kungali bado giza, Mariamu Magdalena alikuja kaburini; akaliona lile jiwe limeondolewa kaburini. 2 Kwa hiyo akakimbia mbio kwenda kwa Simon Petro na kwa yule mwanafunzi mwingine ambaye Yesu alimpenda, kisha akawaambia, "wamemchukua Bwana kaburini, nasi hatujui kule walikomlaza." 3 Kisha Petro na yule mwanafunzi mwingine wakatoka, kuelekea kaburini. 4 Wote walipiga mbio kwa pamoja; yule mwanafunzi mwingine alikimbia kwa kasi zaidi ya Petro nakufika kaburini wa kwanza. 5 Akasimama na kisha kuangalia kaburini; akaiona ile sanda ya kitani imelala, lakini hakuingia ndani. 6 Kisha Simon Petro naye akafika akaingia ndani ya Kaburi. Akaiona ile sanda ya kitani imelala pale 7 na ile leso iliyokuwa kichwani pake haikuwa imelala pamoja na zile sanda za kitani bali ilikuwa imelala pembeni peke yake. 8 Ndipo yule mwanafunzi mwingine naye alipoingia ndani ya kaburi; akaona na kuamini. 9 Kwa kuwa hadi wakati huo walikuwa bado hawajayajua maandiko kwamba ilimlazimu Yesu afufuke tena katika wafu. 10 Kisha wanafunzi wakaenda tena nyumbani kwao. 11 Hata hivyo, Mariamu alikuwa amesimama kaburini akilia, alivyokuwa akiendelea kulia alisimama kisha akatazama kaburini. 12 Akaona malaika wawili wenye sura nyeupe wamekaa mmoja kichwani na mwingine miguuni mahali ambapo Yesu alikuwa amelala. 13 Nao wakamwambia, "Mwanamke, kwa nini unalia?" Naye akawaambia, "Ni kwa sababu wamemchukua Bwana wangu, nami sijui walikomweka." 14 Alipokwisha sema hayo, aligeuka na kumwona Yesu akiwa amesimama. Lakini hakutambua kama huyo alikuwa Yesu. 15 Naye Yesu akamwambia, "Mama, kwa nini unalia? Unamtafuta nani?" Naye huku akidhani kuwa ni mtunza bustani akamwambia, "Bwana, kama ni wewe uliyemchukua, niambie ulikomweka, nami nitamchukua." 16 Yesu akamwambia, "Mariamu." Naye akageuka mwenyewe na kumwambia kwa Kiaramu, "Raboni," yaani hii ni kusema, "Mwalimu." 17 Yesu akamwambia, "Usiniguse, kwani bado sijapaa kwenda kwa baba; bali uende kwa ndugu zangu ukawaambie kuwa nitapaa kwenda kwa Baba yangu ambaye pia ni Baba yenu, Mungu wangu na Mungu wenu." 18 Mariamu Magdalena akaja kuwaambia wanafunzi, "Nimemwona Bwana," na kwamba amemwambia mambo haya. 19 Na ilipokuwa jioni, siku hiyo, siku ya kwanza ya juma, na milango ikiwa imefungwa mahali wanafunzi walipokuwapo kwa kuwahofia Wayahudi, Yesu alikuja na kusimama katikati yao na kuwaambia, "Amani iwe kwenu." 20 Alipokwisha sema haya akawaonesha mikono yake na ubavu wake. Nao wanafunzi walipomwona Bwana walifurahi. 21 Kisha Yesu akawaambia tena, "Amani iwe nanyi. Kama vile Baba alivyonituma mimi, vivyo hivyo nami nawatuma ninyi." 22 Yesu alipokwisha sema hayo, akawavuvia akawaambia, Pokeeni Roho Mtakatifu. 23 Yeyote mmsameheye dhambi, wamesamehewa; na wale mtakaowafungia watafungiwa." 24 Thomaso, mmoja wa wale kumi na wawili, aliyeitwa Didimas, hakuwa na wanafunzi wenzake Yesu alipokuja. 25 Wale wanafunzi wengine waka mwambia baadaye, "Tumemwona Bwana." Naye akawambia, "Kama sitaona alama za misumari katika mikono yake, na kuweka vidole vyangu kwenye hizo alama, na pia kuweka mkono wangu kwenye ubavu wake sitaamini." 26 Baada ya siku nane wanafunzi walikuwa chumbani tena, naye Thomaso alikuwa pamoja nao. Wakati milango ilipokuwa imefungwa Yesu alisimama katikati yao. na akasema, "Amani na iwe nanyi." 27 Kisha akamwambia Thomaso, leta kidole chako na uone mikono yangu; leta hapa mikono yako na uweke kwenye ubavu wangu; wala usiwe asiyeamini bali aaminiye." 28 Naye Thomaso akajibu na kumwambia, "Bwana wangu na Mungu wangu." 29 Yesu akamwambia, Kwa kuwa umeniona, umeamini. Wamebarikiwa wao wanaoamini, pasipokuona." 30 Kisha Yesu alifanya ishara nyingi mbele ya wanafunzi, ambazo hazijawahi kuandikwa katika kitabu hiki; 31 bali hizi zimeandikwa ili kwamba muweze kuamini kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo, mwana wa Mungu, na kwamba muaminipo muwe na uzima katika jina lake.
Wanafunzi walikuwa na nguvu maalum waliopewa na Roho Mtakatifu. Aliiwezesha huduma yao.
Hii ni neno la Kiebrania. Yohana "alifasiri" sauti zake kwa kubadilisha herufi za Kiebrania na kutumia herufi za Kigiriki. Kisha anaeleza kwamba maana ya neno hili ni Mwalimu." Mtafsiri anatakiwa kufanya hivyo, lakini aifasiri kwa kutumia herufi za lugha inayolengwa.
Kuna siri juu ya mwili wa Yesu wakati huu. Alikuwa kimwili mwenye makovu kutoka kusulubiwa lakini pia aliweza kuingia katika vyumba bila kutumia mlango. Ni vyema kuiacha hii siri mahali pale lakini maelezo yanaweza kuwa muhimu ikiwa tafsiri haieleweki kwa msomaji.
Mathayo, Marko, Luka, na Yohana wote waliandika juu ya malaika waliovalia nguo nyeupe wakiwa pamoja na wanawake katika kaburi la Yesu. Waandishi wawili kati yao waliwaita wanaume, lakini ni kwa sababu tu malaika walikuwa katika hali ya kibinadamu. Waandishi wawili waliandika kuhusu malaika wawili, lakini waandishi wengine wawili waliandika juu ya moja tu. Ni bora kutafsiri kila moja ya vifungu hivi kama inavyoonekana katika ULB bila kujaribu kufanya vifungu vyote kufanana.(Angalia: Mathayo 28: 1-2, Marko 16: 5 na Luka 24: 4 na Yohana 20:12)
Jumapili
Sentesi hii inaonekana kuwa ni njia ambayo Yohana aliitumia kumwonyesha yeye katika kitibu chote. Neno "upendo" linamaanisha upendo wa ndugu au upendo wa rafiki au kwa mwanafamilia
Mtu amechukua
Yohana anatumia neno hili kwa kuonyesha unyenyekevu akimaanisha yeye mwenyewe badala ya kutumia jina lake.
Hizi zilikuwa nguo za mazishi zilizotumika kuuzongazonga mwili wa Yesu.
Hizi ni nguo azazovalishwa mfu kabla ya kuzikwa
Hiki ni kitambaa kidogo ambacho hutumika kwa kufutia jasho usoni amabcho pia kilitumika kufunika uso wake
Yohana anatumia neno hili kwa kuonesha unyenyekevu akimaanisha yeye mwenyewe pasipo kutaja jina lake.
Alipoona kuwa kaburi lipo wazi, aliamini ya kuwa yesu alikuwa amefufuka kutoka wafu
hapa mwandishi anawaongelea wanafunzi ambao hawakujua bado maandiko yanayosema kuwa Yesu angefufuka tena.
Malaika walikuwa wamevaa nguo nyeupe
walimuuliza
Kwa sababu wameuchukua mwili wa Bwana wangu
Nami sijui walipouweka mwili
Yesu alimuuliza
neno "yeye" hapa linarejjea kwa yesu
niambie ulipokiweka
Maria Magdalena anataka kuchukua mwili wa Yesu na kuuzika tena.
Neno "Rabboni" linamanisha rabi au mwalimu katika Matamushi ya Kiaramaic ya Mariamu
Yesu alitumia neno "ndugu" akimaanisha wanafunzi wake
Yesu alifufuka toka wafu kisha akatabiri kupaa mbinguni, akirudi kwa Baba, Mungu Baba
Hivi ni vyeo muhimu vinavyofafanua uhusiano kati ya Yesu na Mungu, na kati ya waumini na Mungu.
hii inamaanisha Jumapili
hii ni salamu ya kawaida"
"aliwaonyesha vle vidondo mikononi mwake na ubavuni.
hii nisalamu ya kawaida
Mungu Baba alimtuma Mungu Mwana anayewatuma waumini katika nguvu ya ya Mungu Roho.
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu
"Mungu atawasamehe"
"Mungu hatawasamehe"
Tazama tafsiri tok Yohana 11:15
neno "yule" linamaanisha Thomaso
Nitaamini tu pale nitakapoona alama za misumari na ubavu wake
Neno "mwake" linamaanisha Yesu
Neno "wake" linamaanisha Yesu
Hii ni salamu ya kawaida
bila imani
"umeamini kuwa niko hai"
"ambao ambao hawajaniona nikiwa hai
Hii inamanisha miujiza inayotumika kuonyesha ushahidi kuwa Mungu ana nguvu zote na ambaye ana mamalaka kamili juu ya ulimwen
Hiki ni cheo muhimu cha Mungu
"Munaweza kuwa na uzima katika jina lake"
hii inamaanisha maisha ya kiroho
1 Baada ya mambo hayo Yesu alijidhihirisha tena kwa wanafunzi katika Bahari ya Tiberia; hivi ndivyo alivyojidhihirisha mwenyewe: 2 Simon Petro alikuwa pamoja na Thomaso aitwaye Didimas, Nathanaeli wa kana ya Galilaya, wana wa Zebedayo na wanafunzi wengine wawili wa Yesu. 3 Simon Petro akawaambia, "Mimi naenda kuvua samaki." Nao wakamwambia, "Sisi, pia tutaenda nawe." Wakaenda wakaingia kwenye mashua, lakini usiku huo wote hawakupata chochote. 4 Na asubuhi kulipokucha, Yesu alisimama ufukweni, nao wanafunzi hawakutambua kuwa alikuwa Yesu. 5 Kisha Yesu akawambia, "Vijana, mna chochote cha kula?" Nao wakamjibu, "Hapana." 6 Akawambia, "Shusheni wavu upande wa kuume wa mashua, nanyi mtapata kiasi." Kwa hiyo wakashusha wavu nao hawakuweza kulivuta tena kwa sababu ya wingi wa cha samaki. 7 Basi yule mwanafunzi ambaye Yesu alimpenda akamwambia Petro, "Ni Bwana." Naye Simon Petro aliposikia kuwa ni Bwana, akajifunga vazi lake (maana hakuwa amelivaa vizuri), kisha akajitupa baharini. 8 Wale wanafunzi wengine wakaja kwenye mashua (kwani hawakuwa mbali na pwani, yapata mita mia moja kutoka ufukweni), nao walikuwa wakivuta zile nyavu zilizokuwa zimejaa samaki. 9 Walipofika ufukweni, waliona moto wa mkaa pale na juu yake kulikuwa na samaki pamoja na mkate. 10 Yesu akawambia, "Leteni baadhi ya samaki mliovua sasa hivi." 11 Basi Simon Petro akapanda na kuukokota ule wavu uliokuwa umejaa samaki wakubwa, kiasi cha samaki 153; japo walikuwa wengi, ule wavu haukuchanika. 12 Yesu akawaambia, "Njoni mpate kifungua kinywa." Hakuna hata mmoja wa wanfunzi aliyethubutu kumwuliza, "Wewe ni nani?" Walijua kuwa alikuwa ni Bwana. 13 Yesu akaja, akachukua ule mkate, kisha akawapa, akafanya vivyo hivyo na kwa wale samaki. 14 Hii ilikuwa mara ya tatu kwa Yesu kujidhihirisha kwa wanafunzi wake baada ya kufufuka toka wafu. 15 Baada ya kuwa wamefungua kinywa, Yesu akamwambia Simon Petro, "Simon mwana wa Yohana je, wanipenda mimi kuliko hawa?" Petro akajibu, "Ndiyo, Bwana; "Wewe wajua kuwa mimi nakupenda." Yesu akamwambia, "Lisha wanakondoo wangu." 16 Akamwambia mara ya pili, "Simon mwana wa Yona, je, wanipenda?" Petro akamwambia, "Ndiyo, Bwana; wewe wajua kuwa nakupenda. "Yesu akamwambia, "Chunga kondoo wangu." 17 Akamwambia tena mara ya tatu, "Simon, mwana wa Yohana, Je wanipenda?" Naye Petro alihuzunika kwa vile alivyomwambia mara ya tatu, "Je Wewe wanipenda?" Naye akamwambia, "Bwana, unajua yote; unajua kuwa nakupenda." Yesu akamwambia, Lisha kondoo wangu. 18 Amini, amini, nakuambia, ulipokuwa kijana ulizoea kuvaa nguo mwenyewe na kwenda kokote ulikotaka; lakini utakapokuwa mzee, utanyosha mikono yako, na mwingine atakuvalisha nguo na kukupeleka usikotaka kwenda." 19 Yesu alisema haya ili kuonesha ni aina gani ya kifo ambacho Petro angemtukuza Mungu. Baada ya kuwa amesema haya, akamwambia Petro, "Nifuate." 20 Petro aligeuka na kumwona yule mwanafunzi ambaye Yesu alimpenda akawafuata- Huyu ndiye aliyekuwa amajiegemeza kwenye kifua cha Yesu wakati wa chakula cha jioni na kumwuliza, "Bwana, ni nani atakayekusaliti?" 21 Petro alimwona na kisha akamwuliza Yesu, "Bwana, Huyu mtu atafanya nini?" 22 Yesu akamjibu, "Kama nataka abaki mpaka nitakapokuja, hilo linakuhusu nini?" Nifuate." 23 Kwa hiyo habari hii ikaenea miongoni mwa wale ndugu, kwamba mwanafunzi huyo hatakufa. Lakini Yesu hakumwambia Petro kuwa, mwanafunzi huyo hafi, "Kama nataka yeye abaki mpaka nitakapokuja yakuhusu nini?" 24 Huyu ndiye mwanafunzi atoaye ushuhuda wa mambo haya, na ndiye aliye andika mambo haya, na tunajua ya kuwa ushuhuda wake ni kweli. 25 Kuna mambo mengine mengi ambayo Yesu aliyafanya. Kama kila moja lingeandikwa, nadhani kwamba ulimwengu wenyewe usingetosha kuviweka vitabu ambavyo vingeandikwa.
Yesu anatumia mifano mingi ya uchungaji. Kwa mfano, "kulisha kondoo wangu," "chunga kondoo wangu" na "kulisha kondoo wangu." Petro sasa angekuwa mchungaji wa watu wa Mungu.
"Baadaye kitambo"
unaweza kutafsiri pia kwa kusema, "na Tomaso tuliyemwita Didimasi"
Maana ya jina hili ni "mapacha"
hii ni hali ya kusema rafiki zangu
maana yake, "mtakamata samaki wachache kwenye nyavu zenu"
vuteni nyavu ndani
Huu ni upendo unaotoka kwa Mungu ambao hutazama zaidi mema ya wengine, hata kama hauna maslahi binafsi. Upendo wa aina hii huwajali zaidi wengine bila kujali wanachokifanya
Hii ni kwa mujibu wa mukhutadha
Hii ni kwa mujibu wa mukhutadha
"mita tisini"dhiraa ni ndogo kuliko nusu mita
Hii inamaanisha kuwa Petro alirudi kwenye mtumbwi
na akatoa nyavu na kuziweka ufukweni
Unaweza kutafsiri hii kama, "nyavu hazikuharibika
mlo wa asubuhi
unaweza kutafsiri hii kama muda nambari tatu.
Hapa "upendo" linamanisha aina ya upendo unaotoka kwa Mungu, amabao unaangalia mema ya wengine, hata pale ambapo hakuna maslahi binafsi
Petro anajibu, anatumia neno kwa "upendo" ambalo linonyesha upendo kwa ndugu au upendo wa urafiki au upendo wa kifamila.
"Lisha watu wangu ninaowajali"
"Wajali watu wangu ninaowajali"
Mara hii Yesu anapouliza swali hili anatumia neno kwa "upendo" ambalo linamanisha upendo wa ndugu au upendo wa urafiki au upendo wa kifamila
"Uwajali watu wangu ninaowajali"
itafsiriwe kama ilivyo kwenye Yohana 1:49, 1:51
Yohana analitumia neno hili kuonyesha kuwa anatoa maelezo ya mukhutadha kabla hajaendelea na simulizi
Huu ni aina ya upendo amabao hutoka kwa Mungu ambao huangalia mema ya wengine hata kama hauna maslahi binafsi. Aina ya upendo huu huwajali wengine, bila kujali wanachokifanya
Hii inakumbushia chakula cha mwisho ambacho Yesu alikula na wanfunzi wake
Hapa neno "yeye" linalemlenga "mwanafunzi ambaye Yesu alimpenda"
Hapa "yeye", "a...ki", linamanisha "mwanafuzi ambaye Yesu alimpenda" Tazama 21:20
Inamaaninisha kur duniani kwa Yesu mara ya pili, atakapokuja kutoka mbinguni.
"usijihusishe na jambo hilo"
Yesu ana anatumia neno hili kwa wanafuzi wake kama nduguze.
Huu ndio mwisho wa Injili ya Yohana. Hivyo mwandishi ambaye ni Yohona anatoa salamu za mwisho na kusema kidogo kuhusiana na yeye mwenyewe.
mwanafunzi wa Yohana
neno kushuhudia kama lilivyotumika hapa linamaanisha kuona kitu
"sisi" hapa inamaanisha wale wanaomwamini Yesu
unaweza kutafsiri pia kwa kusema, "kama mtu angeandika kila kitu"
Yesu alifanya miujiza mingi kuliko ambavyo watu wangeweza kuandika kwenye vitabu